WQXS

You will find below System news issued by the Computer Team of WQXS NETWORK about the various ORBITRAX Modules.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/11/2023	9.3 SMS Log
Did you know ... that SMS sent or scheduled to be sent can be viewed in SMS log (SMS activity log)? Option is to be used as a supporting tool only by Companies using SMS feature. SMS Log is used purely for reviewing of all scheduled, sent or error SMS messages, this is not an option of resending failed (error) SMS messages, which have to be resent from particular records / HAWBs. To view SMS Log follow these steps: 1) Go to 9.3 2) Select criteria to display SMS log for: - Type (SSR, Bulletin, Message from SSR). By default All are displayed - Status (Scheduled, Sent, Delivered, Error, Cancelled). By default All are displayed NOTE 1: We (WQXS) only provide interface between Orbitrax and SMS provider software. Therefore we do not guarantee that all statuses are available. For example: many providers do not offer SMS delivery confirmation. If this is the case, status Delivered will not show and the last available status will be Sent and Status2 ok - Dates range From and To. For quick date entry use usual keys: T for T(oday date) or Y for Y(esterday date) 3) Click on icon Refresh or press F5 and window with following columns / info will be displayed, matching selected criteria: - Type: SSR, Bulletin, SMS from SSR - HAWB (number) - Status: Scheduled, Sent, Delivered, Error, Cancelled - Status2 - one of the following: a) blank (in case of Status Scheduled) b) ok (in case of Status Sent) c) error + error description (in case of Status Error) as provided by SMS provider, for example: "At least one phone has error" - Rcpt (Recipient) Type: usually "Other" - Rcpt (Recipient) Name: usually blank - Rcpt (Recipient) Phone: phone number SMS was sent to / was attempted to be sent to - Message: text of SMS message 4) You can sort data in columns, either in ascending or descending order, by clicking on the title of required column 5) Available options are, upon using one of the icons on the top taskbar. Going from the left: - Open - direct access to SSR Log - Search (binocular) - to search for any value or text put required text in between * * (stars), then click on Save - Refresh - after setting criteria as in item 2) above NOTE 2: Option Open will open SSR Log, where SMS is stored under status SM with all details as visible in 9.3. NOTE 3: SMS can be cancelled as long as its status is Scheduled (not yet sent). If you want to cancel Scheduled SMS, open SSR Log, highlight SM line and click on icon Change Status. You will be asked "Do you want to cancel selected SMS?" If you answer Y(es) - scheduled SMS will be deleted from SMS queue.

ORBITRAX.WIN	19/11/2023	Warehouse Outbound sessions...
Do you know ... that there is an output of Warehouse Outbound sessions in xls? This equally concerns menu items Warehouse outboud 1.13.2.A and Warehouse outbound with reallocation 1.13.2.B To generate xls file from outbound sessions, follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.13.2.A (or 1.13.2.B) 2) Select dates range in fields Export from and To 3) Select Status. By default Open sessions are prompted. Change Status to Closed, if required 4) Click on icon Refresh on the top taskbar (currently 7th icon from the left or 10th from the right). Alternatively, press F5. As a result, scan out sessions matching selected criteria will be displayed 5) You can mark multiple sessions from the list. Use Ctrl+left mouse click to select single sessions (marking them blue) or Shift+left mouse click to select block of sessions (marking them blue) 6) Once selection is done - click on icon xls on the top taskbar (currently 2nd icon from the left) 7) Select location of the file to save xls 8) Give file the name in field "Save xls" 9) Click on Select to save the xls file in selected location NOTE 1: The following details are listed in xls: - HAWB number - Town (of consignee) - Zip code (of consignee) - Consignee name - Consignee address NOTE 2: In generated xls HAWBs and not pieces are listed.

ORBITRAX.WIN	12/11/2023	Change of tariff currency -...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of automatic tariff recalculation in case of changed tariff currency? This happens in case of need for changing tariff currency and consequently its values. Automatic tariff conversion is based on current exchange rates entered in 3.2 Currency Files. The same principle applies to all tariffs: - Agent Tariff - 3.9.1.2 - Customer Tariff - 3.9.2.2 - Linehaul Tariff - 3.9.3.2 - Handling Tariff - 3.9.4.2 - Special Services of Customer Tariff - 3.9.5.1 - Special Services of Agent Tariff - 3.9.5.2 - Extra Services (Tariff) - 3.9.7.1 To automatically recalculate tariff with other currency, follow these steps: 1) Depending on your needs, go to any of the above tariff and open it to see tariff details with currency and values 2) Change currency from current (source) to new (target) 3) Question will pop up "Recalculate Tariff From Currency (source) to (target)?" 4) If you answer "Yes" a new window will appear showing exchange rate as in Currency File 3.2 5) Save and all values inside this tariff will be changed as per prompted exchange rate NOTE 1: If change of tariff currency is a result of incorrect currency selection at the original tariff entry, answer "No" and only currency will be changed, with tariff values remaining the same NOTE 2: Although currency conversion is prompted as in item 4) above, you are free to enter any other conversion rate EXAMPLE: - Exchange rate for EUR in 3.2 Currency File is 1 as EUR is a local currency - Exchange rate for USD in 3.2 Currency File is 1,068, what means that 1 EUR = 1,068 USD - Current tariff entered in EUR is 10,00 per 1 kg and 8,00 per additional 1 kg - After changing currency EUR to USD as per items 1) - 4), conversion will apply and values of this tariff will automatically change to 10,68 and 8,54 (rounded up or down, whichever applies).

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/10/2023	MOB for drivers of Depots (...
Did you know ... that we have recently developed an option for drivers of Depots, whereby Depot is an Agent of your Company, who has his own drivers, with whom you do not have any direct relations? This System News is continuation of previous System News of 29/10/2023, subject "MOB for drivers of Depots (NEW) - part I" and is about visualization of POD / SSR imported from MOB of the driver of Depot into Orbitrax and visualization of the Depot drivers on MAP. Steps (A) + (B) + (C) have been described in above mentioned System News. (D) Visualization of POD / SSR imported into Orbitrax 1) At the time of scan / download of HAWB by driver of Depot on his MOB, SSR 23 Out for Delivery is transferred to Orbitrax and consequently sent to Customer + it is visible in Tracking 2) At the same time Internal Note (SSR 99) is created in Orbitrax (2.1) with the following text: "Shipment scanned by Depot driver ABCXXX0000 - 19", where ABCXXX0000 is the Depot and 19 (or any other number) is ID of the driver as described in previous System News "MOB for drivers of Depots (NEW) - part I" - NOTE 1 3) Driver of Depot enters POD / SSR into MOB the usual way. Settings of Agent Depot applies to all drivers of Depot 4) POD / SSR are transferred from MOB of the Depot driver to Orbitrax, the usual way. POD / SSR are then sent to Customer + are visible in Tracking 5) At the same time Internal Note (SSR 99) is created in Orbitrax (2.1) with the following text: "Status added by Depot driver driver ABCXXX0000 - 19" where ABCXXX0000 is Depot and 19 is ID of the driver (E) Visualization of the Depot drivers on MAP 6) MAP has been modified, in order to locate drivers of Depot, separately from your own drivers 7) In the top right corner, there is selection of drivers: own drivers (Drivers) and drivers of Depot (Depot Drivers). MAP user can switch from one option to to another 8) On the list of Depot drivers on the right hand side, drivers are shown as e.g. ABCXXX0000 - 19, where ABCXXX0000 is Depot and 19 is ID of the driver.

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/10/2023	MOB for drivers of Depots (...
Did you know ... that we have recently developed an option for drivers of Depots, whereby Depot is an Agent of your Company, who has his own drivers, with whom you do not have any direct relations? Example: Your Company has an Agent ABCXXX0000. Agent ABCXXX0000 is Delivery Agent for certain area, your Delivery Sheets are printed for this Agent ABCXXX0000 (alone), but this Agent acting as Depot, has several drivers who deliver your shipments. This newly developed option allows scanning shipments in MOB by those drivers and collecting PODs / SSRs, which are then transferred to Orbitrax. There are several steps to follow, in order to activate this option. These steps are: - setup in Orbitrax (A) - setup in MOB (B) - scanning of HAWB in MOB (downloading HAWB data) (C) - visualization of POD / SSR imported into Orbitrax (D) - visualization of the drivers on MAP (E) This System News is about first 3 steps (A+B+C), remaining 2 (D+E) will be described in the next System News, for the ease of a step by step setup. (A) Setup in Orbitrax 1) Depot Agent (ABCXXX0000) should be set in Orbitrax - Agent File 3.1.2, Tab.12 MOB, section MOB permissions as "Depot Driver Mode" + Save modified Agent File (B) Setup in MOB 2) Log in as Depot Agent - in our example it would be ABCXXX0000. 3) Driver should go to Tools, check option Depot Agent, enter his Name and Phone # 4) Save 5) Log out and log in again. Upon new login, Tools will show ID of the driver NOTE 1: ID of the driver of Depot is unique and is allocated based on phone number provided (genuine or not - this is not verified by MOB) NOTE 2: Depot Agent DOES NOT download Delivery Sheet, however shipments must be manifested to Depot Agent, otherwise Driver of the Depot will not have shipments data available to scan (C ) Scanning of HAWB in MOB (downloading HAWB data) 6) Driver of the Depot should go to option Import shipments on main screen of MOB and start scanning barcodes of shipments given to him for delivery 7) shipments scanned in will be immediately shown in To Do List and ready for collecting of PODs / SSRs 8) Collection of PODs / SSRs and MOB permissions, such as collecting pictures or changing dates / time are the same as those of Depot Agent (ABCXXX0000) set in Orbitrax, Agent File 3.1.2, Tab.12 MOB, section MOB permissions.

ORBITRAX.WIN	11/10/2023	MOB new versions - Privacy ...
Did you know ... that as required by Google, we had to include Privacy Policy in MOB and ask users to give certain permissions and change some settings in order to make sure MOB app is functioning properly? As a reminder MOB = MOBile application compatible with Orbitrax and used by the drivers. Consequently, at the start of new version of MOB (to be released soon) and prior to use, the user (driver) will see, will have to go through and perform the following actions in this sequence: 1) Privacy Policy - the user will have to read Privacy Policy and click on Accepted 2) Camera permission - the user will have to read text on Camera permission and click on OK. Afterwards standard Camera permission options will be displayed: Allow Orbitrax.mob to take pictures and record video? While using app Only this time Do not allow 3) Location permission - the user will have to read text on Location permission and click on OK. Afterwards standard Location permission options will be displayed: Allow Orbitrax.mob to access this device location? Options Precise and Approximate While using app Only this time Do not allow 4) Geolocation access in background - the user will have to read text on Geolocation access in background and click on Yes 5) Disable power saving - the user will have to read text on Disabling power saving and click on Yes. Afterwards the following message will be displayed: Stop optimising battery usage Orbitrax.mob will be able to run in the background. Its battery usage will not be restricted. Answer - Allow NOTE: If Privacy Policy is not accepted or if it is accepted, but even one of required permission is not granted or other settings are omitted - user will not be able to use the MOB app and will be asked to Accept / grant permissions / change omitted settings at the next start of MOB app.

ORBITRAX.WIN	08/10/2023	Creating Invoice for single...
Did you know ... that on top of invoice(s) printing options: - 4.2.2 Print All Customer Invoices - 4.2.3 Print Invoices for One Customer - printing invoice directly from HAWB screen, Tab. 3 Pricing, icon Invoice there is also an option of printing invoice for single HAWB from shipments list? Here is how to proceed: 1) Go to 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 2) Go to Advanced Search by clicking on middle binocular icon 3) Set your criteria, e.g. dates range, Service, Customer, Shipper Country, Consignee Country, Flag Received, Manifested, etc 4) If no criteria are set, by default all records from last week are displayed 5) When a list of records is displayed, find shipment you want to invoice, highlight it blue and click on icon Create Invoice on the top taskbar (currently 9th icon from the top right) 6) Confirmation request message will be displayed "Create New Invoice. Continue?" If your answer is No - you will get back to shipments list. If your answer is Yes - usual invoice printing window will be displayed 7) Selected HAWB to invoice will be displayed in field HAWB (field is blocked as it does not allow any change) 8) Save to continue with invoice printing and confirming as usual 9) If there is no shipment shown to invoice, the possible reason could be: - shipment selected from list of shipments was not received - shipment selected from list of shipments was not manifested, unless option "Allow invoice unmanifested shipment" is checked in Depot File 3.7, Tab. 3 Document numbers, section Invoicing.

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/09/2023	Separate High Value (HV) Ta...
Did you know ... that on top of DOX and NDX tariffs, Orbitrax has an option of entering High Value (HV) tariffs? Originally HV tariff was just a surcharge on NDX tariff, but as it would not cover all cases, e.g. different weight breaks for NDX and HV, an option of a separate HV tariff has been added. To create a HV tariff follow these steps: 1) Go to either 3.9.2.1 (Customer) or 3.9.1.1 (Agent) 2) In field Type, select option HV NOTE 1: Type of tariff Any applies to types for which specific tariff has not been entered separately. Example: tariff has been entered for Type Any and HV. Tariff Type Any will apply to DOX and NDX. Tariff Type HV will apply only to HV shipments 3) Enter usual tariff elements: - Single CRB / ARB - Customer or Agent Rate Band (pricing zone) - Tariff Active from date - Tariff Expiry date (as always - if unknown enter 01/01/2100) - Selection of Rate Bands (CRB / ARB) in section Rate Bands (by +) - Selection of Services (one or many) by + in section Services 4) Save and continue entering tariff as usual: Type, Currency, Description, Weight breaks and Values 5) Save when finished NOTE 2: Tariff Type HV will apply to shipments with Type HV entered either manually or NOTE 3: Tariff Type HV will apply to shipment with Type NDX and then automatically converted into HV if shipment value exceeds Low value limit as set in Country File 3.8.1.2 (Consignee country) NOTE 4: In case of different value currencies in shipment and those set in Country File, Type is changed from NDX to HV based on currency conversion set in Currency file 3.2 NOTE 5: If shipment type is HV (either entered manually as HV or automatically converted from NDX to HV as explained in NOTES 3 and 4 above) and if there was no HV tariff entered for a specific Customer / Agent - shipment will be priced at "0" (pricing in Tab. 3 of HAWB will show "0").

ORBITRAX.WIN	25/09/2023	Hypothetical income based o...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax allows simulating Customer income based on use of another tariff? This report answers question "What would be my income if Customer ABCXXXXXXX was not on tariff A, but on tariff B? How would my income and margin change?" The above is based on using a "prospect" tariff, so called target tariff, comparing it with current, so called source tariff, applying both to true shipments, then showing the final result of calculation / comparison. There are many possible options / selections for tariffs / income / margins comparison. For the sake of this System News, very 1st on the subject, we take the simplest example. Other options will be described in the future System News. To calculate income based on compared tariffs, follow those steps: 1) Go to 4.4.4.2 Gross Profit - tariffs comparison 2) In section Filter, select Customer Code 3) In field Shipment p-u date from and to, enter dates range of shipments which you want to use as a base for comparison. 4) In section Parameters, make sure that all options are unchecked (remember that we are describing the simplest option here) 5) In section Parameters, check one of the following options in order to display the results: * Full - with details of each pricing line of HAWB, including Base charge, Special Services, Extra Services, Manual Entry, etc * Detail and Summary - with one line per HAWB (all above charges in one line) In both cases there is Grand Total displayed at the bottom of the last page, showing summary of the report in one line 6) In section Different account / tariffs, select option / check box Run GPR with different customer tariff. GPR = Gross Profit Report 7) Click on + to add target tariff (which shipments data will be compared with) NOTE 1: Target tariff MUST exist. You can either run comparison by selecting existing tariff or you should first enter a new one to use it for comparison. 8) Once your criteria are set, click either on icon Printer to print report on paper or icon pdf to save file in pdf or Preview to view report on screen. 9) As a result of the above, a report will be generated whereby Income based on source tariff = Income and on target tariff = Income 2. This is variation in your current and prospect income (still based on historical HAWBs) NOTE 2: Only elements set as criteria will be shown as different, in this case Income 2 will be different from Income. As Income is always reflected in Margin (both in currency and in %), Margins MRG and MRG2 will also be different. Other elements such as FSS, FSS 2, Cost or Cost 2, etc will remain the same (identical) as they were not selected for comparison.

ORBITRAX.WIN	18/09/2023	Password recovery on Orbitr...
Did you know ... that you can recover your forgotten password on Orbitrax login? Here is how to do this: 1) When you enter your User Code in Orbitrax Login window, click on "Forgot Password?" at the bottom right corner 2) There are 2 types of messages to follow, depending on whether or not User has email address registered in User Accounts 3.11.1 2.1) Option with User email address entered in User Accounts 3.11.1: Message displayed will be: "Your password has been sent to you to the following email address: XXXXXX@XXXXXXXXX Email should be delivered to you in next few minutes. Please make sure your Orbimail system is up and running" 2.2) Option without User email address entered in User Accounts 3.11.1: Message displayed will be: "User XXXXXXX has no email registered with his account" In this case password recovery will not be possible, unless User email is completed in 3.11.1 3) In case of 2.1) User password will be sent immediately to email address registered in User Accounts 3.11.1 and email subject will be: "Orbitrax password recovery for database (+ your company name)".

ORBITRAX.WIN	11/09/2023	Changing password on Orbitr...
Did you know ... that you can change your password on login to Orbitrax? NOTE: Password can be changed only by Users who have option "Allow user to change password" checked in User Account 3.11.1. If this option is not checked, User will see a message "You are not allowed to change password" at the password change attempt. If you are a User who is allowed to change password, follow these steps: 1) Click on Orbitrax icon to open login window 2) Enter User Code and old password, as usual 3) Click on Tab Change Password 4) Enter New Password 5) Retype New Password 6) Click on OK 7) You may see the following messages: - if you entered incorrect User Code or (old) password: "Wrong Password or User Code" or - otherwise: "Your Password has been successfully changed".

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/08/2023	Changing Company details on...
Did you know ... that there is a way of changing company details (phone, fax, email) on printed HAWB? Apart from standard details, such as Company name and address, sometimes there is need of providing other details such as phone, fax and specific email address on printed HAWB and such an option does exist in Orbitrax. If details on HAWB are the same as Company details as entered in Depot File 3.7, Tab. 1 Trading information, section Parameters - there is no need to change anything. However, if one or all of elements such as phone, fax or email address have to be changed, proceed as follows: 1) Go to 3.7 Depot File 2) Go to Tab. 10 Contacts 3) Click on +. This will open a new window Depot Contact Properties 4) Select Context HAWB 5) Enter values in fields: Phone and / or Fax and / or Email and Save 6) Save modified Depot File 7) As a result of the above - values entered in Context HAWB will be printed on HAWB. NOTE: If you change only one value, other values will be automatically imported from Depot File 3.7, Tab. 1 Trading information, section Parameters.

ORBITRAX.WIN	23/08/2023	Setting up company details ...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax allows to show different company details (phone, email, etc) in body of emails with various financial documents sent to Customers / Agents? This is useful if e.g. different phone numbers or email addresses are used for various types of financial documents. Those details are stored as various Contexts under Contacts in Depot File. Apart from informational purpose, details of each Contact can be used for sending various financial documents by email. To set company details to be used in email body, follow these steps: (A) Setting up 1) Go to 3.7 Depot File, Tab. 10 Contacts 2) Click on + to add new Contact 3) Select Context INVOICE and enter details such as Person (name) in charge of invoicing, phone, fax, mobile, email and website. Save 4) Click + to add another Contact. Select Context E-Purchase and enter details such as Person (name) in charge of purchase invoices checking, phone, fax, mobile, email and website. Save 5) Each Context can be used only once. If there are more people than one in charge of either invoicing or purchase invoices checking, create group email address, so that one email can be used for each Context (B) Contexts and their details are printed in email body as follows: 6) Context INVOICE - details are printed in the email body of MNI (Manual Invoice issued in 4.6.1.1), CNS (Credit Note on Sales issued in 4.6.2) and INV (Invoices issued in 4.2.2 or 4.2.3) sent by email 7) Context E-Purchase - details are printed in email body for CRQ (Credit Request) issued in 4.6.3 and sent by email (C) Translations 8) If email body is to be sent in various languages, elements of Contexts have to be translated in 3.9.2.A, Group INV-MAIL, upon selection of languages in field Language (DEFAULT = English) 9) The variables (column Var) to be translated are: - l_einv_footer01 - Contact Name - l_einv_footer03 - E-mail: - l_einv_footer04 - Tel: - l_einv_footer05 - Fax: - l_einv_footer08 - Visit our web site at 10) Translation of text has to be entered in field "Text In Selected Language" (bottom right) 11) Click on Save after modifying each variable 12) As a result of the above, bodies of emails with above mentioned financial documents will contain details as entered in Contexts INVOICE and E-Purchase in Depot File, Tab. Contacts. NOTE 1: If no Contact with specific Context has been entered, details for emails are taken from Depot File, Tab. 1 Trading Information, section Parameters. NOTE 2: Part of Group INV-MAIL are texts of emails, whereby variables (column Var) means: - l_ecns_text is text of email body of CNS (Credit Note on Sales) - l_ecrq_text is text of email body of CRQ (Credit Request) - l_einv_spec_text is text of email body of Invoice specification - l_einv_text is text of email body of INV (Invoice) - l_einv_inv&spec_text is text of email body of Invoice AND Specification - l_emni_text is text of email body of MNI (Manual Invoice) NOTE 3: Detailed descriptions of how to set text and translation(s) of those emails have been included in: - System News dated 27/02/2020, subject "Adding text of email with electronic invoices and specifications" - System News dated 13/03/2020, subject "Adding text of email with CNS (Credit Note on Sales)" Based on above examples, the same method can be used for translating all other types of financial documents.

ORBITRAX.WIN	20/08/2023	Printing separate Manifests...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax allows printing separate manifests for Documents (DOX), Non-Documents (NDX) and High Value (HV) shipments? In order to print separate manifests, follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.6.1 Print Manifests 2) Click on + to add new Manifest details 3) Enter mandatory details as usual: Agent, MAWB, Date Upto 4) Make sure that box Print is checked and check box DOX to create manifest for DOX shipments 5) To create manifest for NDX shipments, repeat steps 3) and 4), except that you should check box NDX 6) To create manifest for HV (High Value) shipments, repeat steps 3) and 4), except that you should check box HV NOTE 1: Manifests details can be entered in 1.6.1 in advance, with future dates and MAWB numbers if known, even if there are no HAWBs in Orbitrax yet. When the right time comes, manifests created in advance will pick all relevant HAWBs. NOTE 2:If you use option of printing All Manifests from a list, make sure that box Print is NOT checked for future manifests. To change status from Print No to Print Yes - it is not necessary to open each manifest separately and check box Print. Highlight manifest with flag Print No and click on key space to change its status to Print Yes, making selected manifest available for printing.

ORBITRAX.WIN	10/08/2023	Logo and company details on...
Did you know ... that we can add logo and your company details to the labels for shipments registered in our Webservice? 1) Some Customers register shipments by our (WQXS) Webservice, directly on our server, instead of sending shipments data by interfaces and transferring them by regular emails or by FTP / SFTP. 2) Shipments registered by Webservice can have labels printed for them and although regular label is generic one (only with shipments data), on your request we can add yours or any other logo at the top right corner and your company details, such as phone numbers, fax numbers, email address and website, at the bottom. 3) The only restriction is that company details can not exceed 250 characters. 4) Option, as one off with possible modifications, so to be rarely used, has not been added to Orbitrax. If you are interested in having this option, please contact us and we will make necessary changes for you in the main database.

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/07/2023	Warehouse and non-Warehouse...
Did you ... know that Agents can be either Warehouse or non-Warehouse? 1) Generally, all Agents (including Drivers) should be able to scan out or shipments assigned to them should be able to be scanned out. 2) However, there may be Agents in Orbitrax, such as Airlines or Handling Agents or those supplying e.g. dry ice or providing insurance (means neither delivery nor pickup Agents), for whom no shipments are scanned out, even if those Agents appear on HAWB. 3) When you create a new Agent in 3.1.1 Enter Agent, by default this newly created Agent is NOT marked as Warehouse Agent. 4) In order to allow the Agent / Driver to scan out, check box "Warehouse" in Tab. 1 Main (top right hand side of the screen). 5) Agents who do not have this box checked in Agent File will not be allowed to scan out and once attempted, Orbitrax will display a message "Agent XXXXXXXXXX NOT checked as Warehouse agent". 6) To review which Agents are and which are not Warehouse Agents, go to 3.1.3 Agent Files, check at least 2 boxes: Code (Agent Code) and AW (Agent Warehouse) in Tab. Main. Then click on left top icon Excel to generate xls. 7) Warehouse Agents will have Y and non-Warehouse Agent will have N indicated in column AW. If necessary, make correction in Agent File 3.1.2 by checking box "Warehouse" to allow scanning out.

ORBITRAX.WIN	23/07/2023	Creating Dispatchers file a...
Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax whereby drivers can be allocated to selected Dispatchers? This is particularly useful when certain Dispatchers are in charge of controlling performance (statuses of jobs - deliveries and pickups) by certain drivers. In order to have this set up, you have to create Dispatchers in 3.12.7 Dispatcher File, then allocate Agents (Drivers) to those Dispatchers and here is how to do it: 1) Go to 3.12.7 Dispatcher File. 2) Click on + to add a new Dispatchers 3) Enter Dispatcher code and add a Note if required 4) Save 5) Keep creating Dispatchers by repeating steps 2) - 4) as above 6) While all the Dispatchers have been created, go to Agent File 3.1.2 Alter Agent 7) In Tab. 1 Main, box Dispatcher - select one of the Dispatchers created as above 8) Save modified Agent File 9) When you go to 6.4 Dispatcher Module - by default all the jobs (deliveries and pickups) of all the drivers are displayed 10) Upon selection of Dispatcher in field Dispatcher, only jobs of the drivers allocated to selected Dispatcher will be displayed 11) Dispatcher can then control on screen statuses of the jobs of the drivers allocating to him, providing STATUS is part of the setup of this screen. For the details please check the System News of 15/06/2018 subject "Dispatch module configuration (part 1 - elements and their sequence on Dispatcher screen)" and of 05/07/2018 subject "Dispatch module configuration (part 2 - setting font, columns and rows size on Dispatcher screen)" NOTE 1: Not only drivers can be allocated to Dispatchers and status of their jobs controlled in 6.4. It can be any other Agent, providing they have been allocated to selected Dispatcher in Agent File 3.1.2. NOTE 2: If you do not wish jobs of a Driver / Agent to be shown in Dispatcher Module 6.4, select option Do Not Show in field Dispatcher in Agent File 3.1.2

ORBITRAX.WIN	14/07/2023	Number of days between rece...
Did you know ... that on your request we can extend number of days shipments can be scanned in after their data has been received? By default, shipments can be scanned in options either 1.13.9 Warehouse customer inbound or 1.13.10 Warehouse inbound without customer validation within maximum 14 days after shipment data has been received. After 14 days, during scanning in, shipment is shown as "In System - No". However, there are instances, typical example are e-commerce shipments, whereby data can be imported into Orbitrax well before physical shipment is received. In some cases this "gap" can be as long as several weeks. If your Company is interested in extending number of days between received data and scan in, please let us know and we will extend it directly in your database, as this option cannot be set / changed directly in Orbitrax. Maximum number of days we can extend this period to is 100 days.

ORBITRAX.WIN	10/07/2023	Printing Delivery Sheets an...
Did you know ... that you can use Expected delivery option for sending shipments data to MOB of the drivers on the Expected delivery date? This is follow up of the System News of 21/05/2023, subject "Expected Delivery - forcing SSR 23 Out for delivery for future deliveries with selected date (NEW)", as a response to questions from Members using this new option, if there is a way to send shipments data to MOB on Expected Delivery date. This is how to proceed: 1) Go to Warehouse outbound or Warehouse outbound with reallocation 1.13.2.A or 1.13.2.B respectively - depends which option you usually use 2) After shipments, one lot per Expected Delivery date have been sorted, scan them out per date 3) Close scan window 4) Close session 5) Open sessions with status Closed, if necessary - sort by column Agent or Closed (to sort closed sessions chronologically), select required scan session and Generate Delivery Sheet by clicking on icon "Create delivery sheet from selected warehouse session" on the top taskbar NOTE 1: As a reminder - after you created Delivery Sheet from 1.13.2.A or 1.13.2.B, you have to open it from screen Delivery Sheet Print to complete it with Expected Delivery date 6) DO NOT PRINT OR CONFIRM Delivery Sheets other than those with current Expected Delivery date as yet, as confirming Delivery Sheet sends data straight to the MOB of the driver and this is not what you want for future dates. At this stage, just create Delivery Sheet with future Expected Delivery dates and leave them available for printing / confirmation in 1.6.5 NOTE 2: Do not attempt to create all Delivery Sheets from 1.13.2.A or 1.13.2.B all in one go, as you will end up with a lot of Delivery Sheets on screen Delivery Sheet Print with the same (current) date and you may find it difficult to allocate different Expected Delivery dates to each of them 7) Every morning, before expected delivery time, go to Print Delivery Sheet 1.6.5 8) All not yet confirmed Delivery Sheets created in 1.13.2.A or 1.13.2.B will be there 9) Sort displayed Delivery Sheets by column Expected delivery 10) Print AND confirm ONLY selected Delivery Sheets, with Expected (current) Delivery date, all Delivery Sheets with future Expected Delivery dates should stay there, waiting to be printed and confirmed on the following day 11) As a result, drivers will have ONLY shipments data with certain Expected Delivery date sent to their MOBs. EXAMPLE: - There are 2 shipments to be delivered by driver ABC0000000 - HAWB 100720231 on 11/07/2023 (today) and HAWB 100720232 on 12/07/2023 (tomorrow) - Go to 1.13.2.A/B and scan out HAWB 100720231 - Close window, close session - From Closed sessions screen generate Delivery Sheet for session with HAWB 100720231 - Print Delivery Sheet and confirm it - Data for HAWB 100720231 will be sent to MOB of the driver ABC0000000 today - on 11/07/2023 - Change screen to sessions with status Open - Click on + to start a new session - Scan out HAWB 100720232 - Close window, close session - From Closed sessions screen generate Delivery Sheet for session with HAWB 100720232. Change Expected Delivery date to 12/07/2023. DO NOT PRINT AND CONFIRM IT - On 12/07/2023 go to 1.6.5 Print Delivery Sheet - Print and confirm Delivery Sheet for driver / agent ABC000000 with Expected Delivery date 12/07/2023, as displayed - Data for HAWB 100720232 will be sent to MOB of the driver ABC0000000 only on 12/07/2023 NOTE 3: Providing drivers do not need paper Delivery Sheets for future dates delivery - generating Delivery Sheets, after shipments have been scanned out, can be done AFTER drivers are gone. This allows warehouse manager to process shipments data with future Expected Delivery dates without rush.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/06/2023	IE (Republic of Ireland) - ...
Did you know ... that Ireland (Republic) is finally switching to full postal codes system, so called "eircodes"? 1) This requires changes in Orbitrax, as Ireland from a non-zip country becomes zip country with unique zipcodes / postcodes / eircodes format (mask) 2) Each eircode consist of seven characters (+ space) and the mask / format is A9X XXXX, whereby: - A9X is called a "Routing Key" and is a combination of any 1 letter and any 2 digits, e.g. A42 or D06. The only exception is routing key D6W, which covers area Dublin 6W and which is letter-digit-letter - XXXX is Unique Identifier, it can be any combination of any letters and any digits and together with Routing Key makes entire eircode unique, for each building 3) Although we are unable to provide eircodes for every building in IE (nobody provides such a list), we have compiled a list of 1500+ IE towns and their Routing Keys and have adapted Orbitrax to accept eircodes in required format A9X XXXX either for manual entries or for importing IE data into Orbitrax, e.g. from interfaces NOTE: This is particularly important for companies using soap interface for exporting data from Orbitrax to DHL. As of 02/07/2023 DHL WILL NOT accept data for IE without AT LEAST Routing Key provided. Other integrators and other courier companies may follow 4) Typical IE zip / postcode / eircode should read e.g. A65 F8E6 or H21 86AB or Y23 MR12. Customers should be able to provide full address of the consignee including complete eircode (Routing Key + Unique Identifier) 5) However, if Unique Identifier is unknown, you can use only Routing Key e.g. A65 and complete it with XXXX, e.g. A65 XXXX, while you manually enter HAWB in Orbitrax 6) Option of a new mask / format of IE zips will be provided with the next version of Orbitrax 7) Previously used IE towns with no zips will have to be replaced by new towns + they respective Routing Keys (used in Orbitrax as zips with ranges). For example Town KILMACRENNAN with Routing Key F92 is showing in Town & Zipcode List 3.8.4.1 as F92 0000 - F92 ZZZZ, to accept all possible combinations of digits and letters within Unique Identifier 8) As towns / zips can be a part of existing zoning, please contact Beata who will help with a new zoning, to make sure that the change will not have any impact on zoning / pricing.

ORBITRAX.WIN	23/06/2023	Displaying a list of the sa...
Did you know ... that we have recently added a new option in Orbitrax which allows to quickly identify the same HAWB numbers? As Duplicate means identical record (the same HAWB number, Pickup date, Customer) we called it the Same HAWB, as only HAWB number is taken into consideration while displaying the results. Duplicates can be blocked in Orbitrax in Depot File 3.7, Tab.9 Settings (see System News dated 01/08/2014, subject "Duplicate HAWB Number Handling"), but this mainly concerns avoiding duplicates when HAWBs are entered manually. There are however cases of manual entry + the same HAWBs imported by e.g. interface where above option (3.7 > Settings) will not work. In this case, duplicated HAWB numbers should be identified and one (or more) can be deleted in order not to create confusion at e.g. scanning or billing (see item 8 below). In order to identify the same HAWB numbers, follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.3 > Advanced Search (binocular icon) 2) Select dates range. You can select any other options you want e.g. Service code, if you search for same HAWB numbers within the same service code or Customer, if you search for the same HAWB numbers from the same Customer 3) In section Type: select option Same HAWB 4) This will activate section Shipment: 5) In section Shipment: select option Not in P-up order NOTE 1: There is option in Orbitrax of allocating HAWB number to Pickup Order, while Pickup Order has its own system-created, unique number. If option Not in P-up order has been selected, all HAWBs allocated to Pickup Orders will be ignored. If other options - Any or In P-up order are selected, then system will display two records, whereby one is HAWB and another one is the same HAWB, just allocated to Pickup Order. NOTE 2: There are companies not using Pickup Module and therefore Pickup Orders at all. In this case, option Any in Shipment: can be selected (it is prompted by default). 6) Click on Save and a list of HAWBs with the same numbers will be displayed 7) Sort by column HAWB to have the same HAWBs placed one under another 8) From there you can decide how to handle the same HAWBs. You can delete one (or more) of them, bearing in mind that statuses could be imported by interface to any of them (statuses coming by interface to duplicated / the same HAWB may be allocated to any random HAWB, if only HAWB number is matched). By not deleting one of those records, you risk billing the same shipment twice. NOTE 3: Option is available from Orbitrax version 19.02.02 (19.2.2) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	13/06/2023	Expected Delivery - forcing...
Did you know ... that we have recently added a new setup for applying Expected Delivery date to HAWBs printed on Delivery Sheet in 1.6.5 or directly from warehouse out session? This option would be particularly useful for Customers of those Companies, which generate and print Delivery Sheet on day 1 (e.g. in the evening of day 1), drivers take their shipments also on day 1, but deliver them on the following day(s). This could be the case of scan out on Friday evenings and deliveries only as of Monday or e-commerce / distribution shipments, whereby drivers take load of shipments to be delivered with next few days. Shipments printed on Delivery Sheet with set Expected Delivery date, will have SSR 18 In transit automatically added at the time of Delivery Sheet printing, instead of usual SSR 23 Out for delivery, which will be added on Expected Delivery date. This will solve the problem of Customers receiving SSR Out for delivery on day 1 as a result of Delivery Sheet printing, if in reality shipment is scheduled to be out for delivery on day 2 or 3 or even later. To set up Expected Delivery option, follow these steps: (A) Delivery Sheet 1) If you generate Delivery Sheet from 1.6.5, you will see a new option there Expected Delivery. Enter date when shipment is expected to be delivered, Save and proceed with Delivery Sheet printing and confirming 2) If you generate Delivery Sheet directly from outbound scan session 1.13.2.A Warehouse outbound or 1.13.2.B Warehouse Outbound with reallocation, when you get to screen Delivery Sheet Print, open the details of Delivery Sheet by clicking on top left icon Open. Enter Expected Delivery date, save and proceed as usual NOTE 1: Generating Delivery Sheets like in items 1) and 2) above, usually automatically generates SSR 23 Out for delivery, which is added to all shipments appearing on Delivery Sheet. However, in case of Expected Delivery date other than Delivery Sheet date entered, SSR 18 In transit will be added /sent instead (B) Forcing / adding SSR 23 Out for delivery - setup in Task Manager 9.1 NOTE 2: Usually it is either Delivery Sheet printing which triggers SSR 23 Out for delivery or Manifest printing which triggers SSR 18 In transit. In case of Expected Delivery date, we have to force SSR 23 Out for delivery, to follow previously added SSR 18 In transit and we do it in Task Manager 9.1 3) Go to Task Manager 9.1 4) Click on + to add a new task 5) Select (newly added) Task type "Generate SSR 23". It has self-description "Generate Out For Delivery status for future deliveries" 6) Give this Task your own name and description in fields "Task name" and "Task description" respectively. They are free entry fields and they can be anything, which helps you to identify the objective of this task, e.g. Future 23 7) Click on button New Schedule and complete it as follows: - Occurs: Daily - Daily: Every 1 day(s) - Occurs once at - enter time of the day of Expected Delivery. It is recommended to set realistic time, when drivers usually leave the warehouse or before e.g. 07:00. This is the time when SSRs 23 Out for delivery will be sent to Customers, so estimate the best time as per your ops. It however should be early enough, so that Customers do not get SSR 23 after they already got 00 Delivered - Duration (of the task) - Start date: current date is prompted and by default option No end date is prompted, which is ok 8) Save newly created schedule, then click on icon Save again to save newly created Task 9) As a result of the above, following SSR 18 added at the time of Delivery Sheet printing, SSRs 23 Out for delivery will be automatically added to HAWBs on all Delivery Sheets with Expected Delivery date corresponding with current date EXAMPLE: - We set up Task "Generate SSR 23" in 9.1, with options Daily and Occurs once at 06:30 - HAWB 1234567890 has been entered and scanned out for driver ABCBRU0000 on Tuesday 13/06/2023 - HAWB 1234567890 will be however delivered on Wednesday 14/06/20223 - Delivery Sheet for driver ABCBRU0000 is printed with date 13/06/2023 and with Expected Delivery date 14/06/2023 - HAWB 1234567890 receives SSR 18 In transit, which is sent to Customer on 13/06/2023 as per SSR setup in 3.10.1 - On Wednesday 14/06/2023 at 06:30 SSR 23 Out for delivery is added to HAWB 1234567890 and sent to Customer NOTE 3: Option is available from Orbitrax version 19.02.00 (19.2.0) onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	11/06/2023	Replacing default Agents of...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of quick replacing default Agents of the Zones (listed in 3.8.3.2), all in one go? This is particularly useful when you want to replace default Agent for multiple zones, in case of e.g. changing the default Agent for all export destinations, one driver permanently replacing the other or any zones where replacing default Agent can be done in one go. To change default Agent for the zones, follow these steps: 1) Go to 3.8.3.7 Replace default agents of zones 2) Enter (or select from a list by clicking on ... box) the code of the old Agent in field "OLD Agent" 3) This will display a list of all the zones with selected Agent being default Agent 4) From this screen you can either view the details of selected zone (2nd top left icon Open) or view zips / postcodes allocated to selected zone (3rrd top right icon Open zip code list) 5) If you do not want to replace default Agent in some zones displayed, click on red X icon on the top taskbar, to remove this zone from the displayed list of the zones to replace default Agent for 6) Enter (or select from a list by clicking on ... box) the code of the new Agent in field "NEW Agent" 7) Click on the 1st top left icon REPLACE agent ... 8) You will be then asked for confirmation. Check box "Confirm operation" and click on Yes. 9) As a result of the above, default Agent in all displayed zones will be replaced.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/05/2023	Removing Pickup Agent from ...
Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax which allows removing all Pickup Agents allocated to selected HAWBs in one go? Automatic allocation of a Pickup Agent to HAWB takes place when Pickup Agent is set up in the Zone File 3.8.3 with possible exceptions entered on the zip code (postcode) level in 3.8.4.1 However, there may be instances when Pickup Agents allocated to HAWB have to be removed. In order to remove Pickup Agents from HAWBs follow these steps: 1) Create Shipments Pack of HAWBs you intend to remove Pickup Agents from NOTE 1: Detailed description of shipments selection and creating full Shipments pack have been described in the System News on 27/06/2011 subject "Shipments Pack". NOTE 2: Shipments selection and / update selected shipments / creating light Shipments Pack has been described in the System News on 31/01/2017 subject "Light Pack on shipments list (New)" 2) Once shipments has been selected, use one of the above methods to get to screen "Update shipments in pack" 3) In the bottom left section of this screen check option "Remove pickup agent from shipments" 4) Save 5) Upon saving, the system will start updating shipments in Pack (removing Pickup Agents from HAWBs), showing progress bar and at the end of the progress will display a message that Update has been successful NOTE 3: The above procedure removes Pickup Agents from shipments (HAWBs) only, not from Pickup Orders.

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/05/2023	Unmatched SSR Logs - matchi...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of linking imported SSRs with HAWB in case they have not been matched on import? This System News is a response to issues faced after we (WQXS team) set up a new, complex interface with an Agent for one of the Members, which we monitored for several days. All imported SSRs (by e.g. interface, web, MOB) are listed in 2.5 View SSR import Logs. Menu item 2.5 has been described in details in the System News dated 29/10/2018 subject "SSR import Logs (review) - Menu option 2.5". NOTE 1: Unmatched SSRs, as not allocated to HAWB, are never sent to Customers, so it is in your interest to make sure imported SSRs are matched with HAWBs. Here is how to match unmatched SSRs with HAWB: (A) Cases - possible reasons 1) There are 3 main cases when imported SSRs are not linked with HAWB: - SSR has been imported from the Agent (by e.g. interface) for HAWB which does not yet exist in Orbitrax at the time of SSR import (awaiting manual entry and / or left unmanifested) - Agent has sent SSR for shipment which is not yours (RED FLAG - billing!) - Agent has sent SSR for your shipment, but with incorrect HAWB, e.g. with his own HAWB / reference number instead of yours 2) In all above cases imported SSRs are shown in 2.5 with Status <Inbound> and "No" showing in column "Linked" (linked / matched SSRs are shown with Status as per SSR setup: Send, Full Send, ON HOLD or Check) (B) Matching SSR with HAWB 3) Go to 2.6.1 4) This will open Unmatched SSR List with all <Inbound> not yet linked SSRs 5) To match SSR with HAWB, click on 2nd top left icon "Link log" 6) This will display possible matches NOTE 2: If HAWBs in your Orbitrax are not unique, there may be more than one match prompted. Always make sure that you match correct HAWB - check date, Agent, Customer, etc. If unsure - click on top left icon Open to open HAWB with all its details 7) Make sure correct record is highlighted, then click on top left icon "Link SSR log" NOTE 3: There may be more lines prompted also in case of correct HAWB: - different Pickup Agent and Delivery Agent, whereby there is the same HAWB (ours), while 2 different Agents HAWBs - more than one SSR imported for the same HAWB and unmatched If this is the case, you will have to click on icon "Link SSR log" twice or as many times as needed, until you see selected record gone from the Unmatched SSR List 8) As a result of the above, selected SSRs will be matched with selected HAWB, they will show in SSR Log and consequently - they will be available to Customers as per setup (email, web tracking, interface, etc) NOTE 4: SSRs matched with HAWB are first sent to Orbitran, then they are re-imported into Orbitrax, so allow 1-2 minutes for the process to be completed (C) SSRs without prompted HAWB match 9) If in 2.6.1 you selected HAWB, clicked on icon "Link log" and see no HAWB to match SSR with, it may mean that HAWB is still not in Orbitrax. It may be caused by delay in manual HAWB entry or may mean that the Agent has sent SSR for HAWB which is not yours. It has to be investigated 10) Only when it is confirmed that indeed there is no genuine match between SSR received and HAWB - you can click on red cross icon and remove selected SSR from the list 11) By the end of the day, Unmatched SSR List should be blank and a new list should be dealt with from scratch, on the following day.

ORBITRAX.WIN	21/05/2023	Generate EXCEL Report 4.4.9...
Did you know ... that while making your selection of data to be displayed in Excel, you can use option of Reverse Selection? This option is very useful due to huge number of data / fields available for selection, allowing you to quickly include / exclude selected data / fields from Excel report you are about to generate. To use option of Reverse Selection follow these steps: 1) Go to 4.4.9 2) Make your primary data selection in usual Advanced Search window: e.g. dates from and to, Customer code, Agent Code, Service Code, Group, Required Status Flag(s), etc. Remember that you can use a wildcard * in order to extend your selection 3) Once primary selection has been completed, click on Save. This will display a secondary selection screen "Generate XLS file with shipment details" 4) Select (check) required boxes 5) On top of typical selection options Select All and Unselect All, there is a button Reverse Selection 6) Click on button Reverse Selection to unselect checked boxes (leaving remaining boxes checked). Click on button Reverse Selection again to select again checked boxes (leaving remaining boxes unchecked). NOTE: Only data based on checked boxes appears in Excel report.

ORBITRAX.WIN	14/05/2023	Delivery to PUDO (Pick Up D...
Did you know ... that we have added handling of delivery to PUDO? Generally, our Members deliver shipments to door. However, there may be cases when shipment(s) has / have to be delivered to PUDO. Typically, PUDO is a drop off and collection site such as lockers accessible by PIN codes or local stores and retailers. It gives flexibility of collecting shipments without consignee having to wait for a courier, as it is accessible either within store opening hours or in case of lockers - usually 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. It is Customer who decides whether shipment should be delivered to door or to PUDO. If it is PUDO - Customer is obliged to provide PUDO number by e.g. interface. PUDO number is then imported into HAWB screen, field PUDO (alphanumeric, max 10 characters). There is a way of handling PUDO shipments by a driver on his MOB and communicating delivery to PUDO to the Consignee and here is how it is / can be organized: (A) MOB 1) When driver downloads Delivery Sheet with PUDO shipment on his MOB, PUDO number is displayed in shipment details 2) Driver enters POD as usual, but instead of the recipient name he enters box number or any other PIN number / access code to access box or pick it up from the shop (B) Orbitrax 3) Providing email / SMS Shipment Delivered notification has been set up in 3.11.5 - Consignee will receive email / SMS advising that shipment has been delivered to PUDO nr XXXXXXXX and PIN is XXXXXX EXAMPLE: Email subject: ABCPAR (your Company code) - TEST000000 (Customer code): Shipment 140520231 Email body: Your shipment 140520231 has been delivered to PUDO 1234567890. PIN number / access code 05052021 NOTE: Notifications by email to the consignee have been described in details in the System News dated 23/04/2023, subject "Notifications by email to the consignee".

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/04/2023	Town and Alternative Town n...
Did you know ... that we have facilitated changing the order of Town Names / Alternative Town names? This is in order to quick changing the order of already set Town and Alternative Town Names (Alternative and Alternative 2) instead of retyping them or copying + pasting in e.g. Notebook and then copying and pasting them back. As a reminder - Alternative Town Names are used mostly (but not limited to) by the Companies using multilingual town names. For example: - In Belgium there is BRUXELLES (language FR), BRUSSEL (language NL) and BRUSSELS (language EN) - all the same town. The same case with with ANTWERPEN, ANVERS and ANTWERP or GENT, GAND and GHENT - In Poland it could be WARSZAWA (language PL), WARSAW (EN) and / or WARSCHAU (DE) - In France it could be LONDRES (FR), LONDON (EN) and / or LONDYN (PL) - In Cyprus (we welcome our new Member in Cyprus) it could be LIMASSOL / LEMESOS or PAPHOS / PAFOS NOTE 1: Alternative town names can be set depending on the language used by the Customers sending the data by e.g. interfaces NOTE 2: Maximum to enter is 1 Town and 2 Alternative Town names To change the order of Town / Alternative Town Names follow these steps: 1) Go to 3.8.4.1 Town & Zipcode File List 2) Enter country code in field Country Code = 3) Using sorting by either Town (name) or Zip From, look for record you want to modify 4) Click on icon Open (top left) 5) Use down or up arrows next to town names to change their order, e.g. from XXX - YYY - ZZZ to YYY - ZZZ - XXX 6) Save NOTE 3: Exact setup and more examples of Alternative Town Names have been described in details in the System News dated 08/01/2016, subject "Alternative Town Names".

ORBITRAX.WIN	23/04/2023	Notifications by email to t...
Did you know ... that apart from usual SSRs sent to Customers, Orbitrax has an option of sending shipments status notifications to the consignees of specific (or all) Customers by email? This includes "Shipment received", "Shipment out for delivery" and "Shipment delivered". NOTE: If one or more of those statuses are to be sent to the consignee by email, it is required that email address of the consignee is entered in field email in Consignee section of HAWB. Sending those statuses to the consignees by email requires a specific setup and this is how to do it: (A) Setup in Customer file 1) In Customer File 3.3.2 go to Tab. 4 Communication 2) In bottom left section Notification check one or more of the following boxes, depending what statuses you want to be sent to the consignees: - Shipment received email (when shipment has been received, e.g. scanned in) - Out for delivery email (when Delivery Sheet has been generated) - Shipment delivered email (when POD has been received / entered in Orbitrax) 3) Save modified Customer File (B) Setup in Description Files 4) Go to 3.11.5 5) Depending on statuses you want to be sent to the consignees, select one or more options in field Content, to set up subject of emails to be sent to the consignees: - Shipment received notification email subject Example: "Your shipment XXXXXX - status update - received" - Out for delivery notification email subject Example: "Your shipment XXXXXX - status update - out for delivery" - Shipment delivered notification email subject Example: "Your shipment XXXXXX - status update - delivered" 6) Depending on statuses you want to be sent to the consignees, select one or more options in field Content, to set up emails text (body) to be sent to the consignees: - Shipment received notification email body Example: "Your shipment XXXXXX has arrived at XXX at the last mile carrier warehouse. Further statuses will follow. Please contact us at XXXX in order to ..." - Out for delivery notification email body Example: "Your shipment XXXXXX is out for delivery and is expected to be delivered today. In case of your absence, shipment will be delivered to your Mailbox. Please contact us at XXXXXXX in order to ... " - Shipment delivered notification email body Example: "Your shipment XXXXXX has been delivered on XXXXXXX at XXXXX and signed by XXXXX. If you have any query, please contact us at XXXXXX" 7) Setting up emails subject and body requires: - Customer Code entry in field Account. To set it up for all accounts (all Customers) put * (star sign) in field Account - Language code (EN, FR, NL, etc) - text of either subject or body of email 8) Above XXXXXX in examples stand for variables, which can be used in email subject or body. They are listed in field "Variables". Here are examples of variables available to be put in text (field Description): %H% = HAWB Number %HA% = Agent HAWB Number %CR% = Customer reference %PD% = Pickup Date %ED% = Export Date %AP% = Agent mobile phone number (number taken from Agent File Menu option 3.1.1 - Enter Agent or Menu option 3.1.2 - Alter Agent, Tab 3 - Contacts, field "Mobile". (Note: only "Main contact") %CP% = Member Company phone number (number taken from Depot File - Menu option 3.7 either from Tab 10 - Contacts, Context CSV and if this one has not been defined - then from the field "Phone" in Tab 1 - Trading information) %COD% = COD (amount and currency, taken from HAWB screen) %WD% - next day %ED% - today %POD% - POD %PUDO% - PUDO nr (taken from field PUDO on HAWB screen) 9) EXAMPLE of using variables in text of email subject: Your shipment %H% - status update will be sent as email with Subject Your shipment 123456 - status update 10) EXAMPLE of using variables in text of email body: Dear Customer, Your shipment, reference %H%, will be delivered to you on %WD% between 09:00 and 18:00. Please note that, in case of absence, the passport will be delivered in your MAILBOX! Please check it, thank you. If you wish to change the date of delivery (%WD%) please call us today (%ED%) at (%CP%) before 21.00. Kind regards will be sent as email with body: Dear Customer, Your shipment, reference AX1809363754, will be delivered to you on 2022-01-20 between 09:00 and 18:00. Please note that, in case of absence, the passport will be delivered in your MAILBOX! Please check it, thank you. If you wish to change the date of delivery 2022-01-20 please call us today 2022-01-19 at +32 (0)3 23415784 before 21.00 Kind regards 11) Emails sent to the consignees are automatically registered in SSR Logs as: - SSR C4 Email sent to Consignee (SSR visible in Tracking, without text of email) - Internal SSR 99 (invisible in Tracking, with consignee email address shown in field Subject and text of email shown in field Message of SSR) 12) There are other options of sending notifications by email to the consignees in Orbitrax and they will be described in the next System News.

ORBITRAX.WIN	18/04/2023	STATUS Entry in MOB - vario...
Did you know ... that Status (SSR) entry in MOB has some additional options, which can be pre-set in Orbitrax? When driver selects from a list or scans a barcode of (as was described in the last System News) a shipment for POD / Status entry, the following options are available: - POD - STATUS - SAME POD Each of these options has various setups in Orbitrax. This System News is about STATUS. 1) Upon clicking on HAWB and then on option STATUS, driver can select required status from the list, by clicking on + in SSR field 2) This will expand a list of Status codes available to a driver 3) Statuses are by default in English. If in the meantime language of the driver has been changed in Orbitrax in 3.1.2 Alter Agent, field Language, it can be changed in MOB > Tools > selection of language + Reset STATUS. Driver will be required to quit MOB (application) and enter it again 4) Available statuses are assigned to a driver per driver. That means that certain drivers may have access to some statuses in MOB blocked in Orbitrax. The same applies to statuses (SSRs) changed / modified afterwards 5) Allowing / disallowing statuses (SSRs) can be done in 3.1.2 Alter Agent > Tab. 7 Web SSR, by highlighting SSR in section "List of allowed SSR on web SSR entry", then by + to allow or red x to disallow (block). This setup is identical for WEB and MOB SSR entry for a particular driver 5) There are 2 ways of updating accessibility to modified SSRs codes selection in MOB, after (a) In MOB: Tools > Reset STATUS (b) In Orbitrax: 3.1.2 Alter Agent > Tab. 12 MOB > Generate QR Code, then go to MOB > Tools > click on barcode and scan QR code generated in Orbitrax In both cases a list of SSR codes available to a particular driver will be updated as per list of allowed / disallowed SSRs as set up in Agent File 3.1.2, Tab. 7 Web SSR 6) On top of SSR selection, driver has an option of adding Additional information, for example: - additional information for SSR 05 Shipment refused can be name of the person who refused shipment and / or reason - additional information for SSR 10 Business closed (holiday) can be a date when company opens again 7) If option "Allow picture for Status" has been checked (allowed) in 3.1.2 Alter Agent > Tab. 12 MOB, then upon selection of SSR code, driver has an option to take a picture, by clicking on button "camera". Picture taken will be visible in Orbitrax, in SSR Log, upon clicking on button "Show signature" Otherwise driver confirms SSRs he selected (and optional information if he entered one) by clicking on Save (green V sign) and he moves back to shipments list. AS A REMINDER: All processed shipments (those with POD or other Status entered) are moved from To Do List to Done List. Undelivered shipments (shipment for which status / SSR other than POD has been entered) can be moved back to To Do List. For the details check System News dated 19/02/2023 subject "Reversing HAWB from Done List to To Do List in MOB".

ORBITRAX.WIN	13/04/2023	Same POD entry in MOB
Did you know ... that POD entry in MOB(ile application used by the drivers) has an additional option of replicating POD? When driver selects from a list or scans a barcode of (as was described in the last System News) a shipment for POD / Status entry, the following options are available: - POD - STATUS - SAME POD This System News is about option SAME POD. This option is particularly useful in case of more than 1 shipment delivered to the same consignee or shipments to many consignees but signed for by e.g. the same reception. To use SAME POD option follow these steps: 1) Enter POD for selected HAWB in MOB NOTE: Detailed process of POD entry has been described in the System News dated 30/03/2023 subject "POD Entry in MOB - various options". 2) Upon next HAWB selection from shipments list in MOB, instead of selection option POD, select option SAME POD 3) The warning message will then appear on screen asking for confirmation of you indeed want to apply the same POD as previously (with POD details shown) 4) Answer YES and as a result - previously entered POD details will apply to the 2nd, 3rd or each next HAWB selected from the list of shipments.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/03/2023	POD Entry in MOB - various ...
Did you know ... that POD entry in MOB has some additional options, which can be pre-set in Orbitrax? When driver selects from a list or scans a barcode of (as was described in the last System News) a shipment for POD / Status entry, the following options are available: - POD - STATUS - SAME POD Each of these options has various setups in Orbitrax. This System News is about POD. Upon clicking on HAWB and then on option POD, apart from entering Name of the recipient in field Name or stamp, driver has several buttons / options available there: 1) NEIGHBOUR - automatically adds (and then exports to Orbitrax) text "Delivered to neighbour at No". All driver has to do is to enter No after this text displayed on screen, then save POD by clicking on green V sign 2) STAMP - automatically fills in POD as Company Stamp. Driver only has to save POD 3) MAILBOX - automatically adds (and then exports to Orbitrax) text "Delivered to Mailbox". Driver only has to save POD NOTE 1: In each of the above options, driver can complete POD by own text added (short text, not a message), after filling in field "Name or stamp" or moving a cursor to the end of automatically prompted text. For example - a driver can enter Neighbour No, but also recipient (neighbour) name in field "Name or stamp" 4) Date and time: driver may or may not be allowed to modify date and time of POD. This can be allowed / disallowed in Agent File 3.1.2, Tab. 12 MOB. If these options are disabled, driver will have only option of saving POD with prompted date and time. If modifying date and / or time are allowed, driver can either change them by clicking on + or - to select lower / higher date and time (separately for hours and minutes) or click on Save to save POD with prompted date and time 5) Electronic signature or picture - upon saving POD, driver can then enter picture or collect electronic (by finger) signature, if allowed. Option Delivery to Neighbour, signature screen and taking pictures can be enabled / disabled in Agent File 3.1.2, Tab. 12 MOB. IMPORTANT! Note than driver can either take a picture or collect electronic signature - he cannot take / collect both. If he skips picture screen, by clicking on red X - he will be automatically moved to signature screen. If a driver is NOT taking picture or collecting signature - he should click on red X on each screen. Drivers often click on green V and they therefore create "blank" pictures and increase amount of data collected, with no benefit of "blank" pictures transferred to Orbitrax NOTE 2: As a reminder - after setup in Agent File 3.1.2, Tab. 12 MOB has been done or changed, QR code can be used for modifications in MOB. The process has been described in the System News dated 12/06/2022, subject "MOB - simplified setup with QR code".

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/03/2023	Scan for POD - option in MOB
Did you know ... that MOB allows the driver to scan a barcode for shipment he wants to enter POD / SSR for? NOTE 1: This System News is for companies using MOB (MOB = Mobile application for the drivers) This option is particularly useful, if there are a lot of HAWBs downloaded in MOB and if they are not displayed in delivery order, to avoid scrolling up and down the list and looking for a particular shipment to enter POD / SSR (Status) for. As a reminder - Delivery Sheet can be generated in Orbitrax, printed and sent to MOB of a driver in scanning out (Warehouse outbound) order and prior to this - scanning out in Warehouse outbound can be done in sequence of planned delivery order. Proper, guiding messages are prompted in Orbitrax during generating of Delivery Sheet. To scan a barcode, driver should follow these steps: 1) In main MOB screen, go to option Scan for POD 2) Scan a barcode of shipment being delivered to enter POD for or undelivered shipment to enter SSR (Status) for 3) Basic details of a shipment will be displayed with following (standard) options available: - POD - STATUS - SAME POD 4) Driver should continue with POD / SSR (Status) entry as usual NOTE 2: Detailed description of each of 3 above mentioned option and their various setup / sub-options will be described in the next System News.

ORBITRAX.WIN	19/03/2023	Invoicing selected shipments
Did you know ... that on top of invoicing a single shipment (by clicking on button Invoice in HAWB Tab. 3 Pricing) or all shipments for either one (4.2.3) or all Customers (4.2.2) there is a way in Orbitrax to invoice selected shipments? This System News is a response to frequently asked questions "How to invoice selected shipments?" NOTE: Invoicing from Menu items 4.2.2 or 4.2.3 also gives an additional option of Category, Group and Service Code, which may narrow your shipments selection for invoicing. To invoice selected shipments follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.3 > Advanced Search (binocular icon) + Save 2) Set additional criteria for shipments selection: Dates (range), Customer, Service Code, etc, then Save to have a list of shipments matching your set criteria displayed 3) Use usual combination: either left mouse click + Shift to to mark a bloc of shipments blue or left mouse click + Ctrl to mark selected records blue 4) Add those selected shipments to Pack by clicking on icon Add shipments to pack (4th top right) 5) In a newly open window Select Pack click on icon Create new pack (2nd top left), give this new Pack a name, click on Save, then click on Select (1st top left) to add selected shipments to newly created Pack 6) After a new Pack has been created, go to either 4.2.2 or 4.2.3 and generate Invoice usual way, except that in field Shipment Pack you should select from a displayed list of Packs a Pack you created like in item 5) above 7) As a result, only selected and added to Pack shipments will appear on Invoice generated this way.

ORBITRAX.WIN	14/03/2023	Password in CRA wiped out b...
Did you know ... that the "website is not working" problem some Customers report from time to time, usually is NOT any problem with a website (CRA)? NOTE 1: This is for companies whose Customers are using web interface (CRA - Customer Restricted Area) for HAWBs entries and tracking. Based on our experience, when Customer calls saying "your website is not working" it usually means that update of a browser they use wiped out saved login details, such as login and password. If this is the case and they used to just click on OK to log in, they will have to type in Customer Code, login and password from scratch. If they do not remember their password, they should follow these steps: 1) In CRA login window, Customer should click on link "Forgot your password?" 2) This will open a new window where Customer should enter Customer Code and Login (Email address) Customer used to log in with. If Customer Code is unknown, it can be found on Invoice NOTE 2: If email address typed in, does not match email used for previous logins, request to recover password will be denied and a message "It looks like your data are incorrect or unknown to our services! We are sorry but we cannot process your request" will appear on screen 3) If Company Code and email address have been entered correctly, the following message will appear on screen: "Your request has been executed. We sent you an email with your new password. Sign in and change your password. Thank You for choosing us" 4) Email (multilingual) with link for resetting password will be sent immediately 5) Upon clicking on link provided in email, Customer will be moved to a place where they can enter, confirm a new password and save it 6) Then, Customer should login to CRA using a new password.

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/02/2023	Copying shipment details wi...
Did you know ... that we have added an option of whether copied shipment should or shout not keep charges history? Copying shipment (through Copy shipment icon from shipments list) is not a new option, but as it turns out - some companies prefer copying shipment without and some with original (source) shipment charges. Some companies use Copy shipment option purely for not having to fill in all shipment details (Consignee Name, Address, Zip, Country, Contact, Phone, etc) but without charges, which may vary from source (copied from) to target (copied to) shipment. However some companies use Copy shipment option to copy specific AWB with pre-set charges, including Basic charge, Special and/or Extra. Sometimes there are 7-8 or even more charges per source shipment, so using Copy shipment with charges allows them skipping manual pricing of a target (copied) shipment again. To suit needs of both groups and save time on adding or deleting charges to or from copied (target) shipment, we have added a new option of selecting in between 2 copying methods. Follow these steps to activate one of them: 1) Go to Depot File 3.7 2) Go to Tab. 9 Settings 3) There is a new option "Shipment copy" added at the right bottom section of the screen 4) Depending on your company needs, select option either Without charge history (prompted) or With charge history 5) As a result of the above selection, shipments will be copied without or with charges, accordingly. NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 19.01.00 (19.1.0) onwards, to be released week 9-10.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/02/2023	Linehaul cost split on Deli...
Did you know ... that we have added a new option 4.11 for quick linehaul cost split on Delivery Agent? Although option says "Linehaul cost split", it can be used for allocation of any other cost that has an effect on Agent charges, such as various tollgates e.g. motorway toll, bridge crossing toll, etc. For clarity, use a proper Description of charges, like in item 5) below. While standard, "full" linehaul requires setting up: linehaul, handling at origin, handling at destination Agents, flights and routings, linehaul handling at origin and destination tariffs, creating MAWB - quick linehaul cost split is a quick way of allocating linehaul cost just to Delivery Agent, without having to set up any of the above. To add / split linehaul cost per shipment on Agent, what is done per Manifest / Delivery Sheet, follow these steps: 1) Go to 4.11. By default all Manifest / Delivery Sheets of current date are displayed 2) If you want to extend dates, select dates range you want to display Manifest / Delivery Sheet for 3) In field Agent, enter Agent Code or select it from the list 4) In field Charge, enter the amount to allocate to all shipments on selected Manifest / Delivery Sheet and enter / select currency 5) In field Description, enter description of the charge (which will show in pricing line) 6) Refresh by clicking on Refresh icon or F5 to display Manifests / Delivery Sheets matching dates and Agent code entered 7) Highlight required Manifest / Delivery Sheet from a list (for a quick lookup at shipments on selected Manifest / Delivery Sheet, click on icon Shipments on manifest on the top taskbar), then click on top left icon Confirm charge. 8) When you reply Yes to question "Continue with adding charges?" - it will trigger adding charges to shipments on selected Manifest / Delivery Sheet, with charge description as in item 5) above NOTE 1: Charge is allocated to Agent Pricing on HAWB, Tab. 3 Pricing, as Manual charge. NOTE 2: Full linehaul is splitting linehaul charge per shipment, in proportion to weight. Quick linehaul is fixed rate per shipment, regardless shipment weight. It may happen that full amount to allocate can not be ideally split in between shipments. If this is the case, charge on one, randomly selected shipment is either rounded up or down, automatically. NOTE 3: Option is available from Orbitrax version 19.00.00 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	19/02/2023	Reversing HAWB from Done Li...
Did you know ... that HAWB which had Status (SSR) entered and was then automatically moved from To Do List to Done List in MOB, it can be reversed to To Do List? As a reminder - Orbitrax.MOB is a MOBile application used by the drivers. Reversing HAWB from Done List to To Do List allows POD entry, after other SSR has been previously entered Typical example is when SSR "09 Not in / closed on delivery - calling card left" has been entered, then the consignee responds by calling either the office or the driver (depending on info on calling card) and 2nd delivery attempt can now be executed by a driver and POD entered afterwards 1) After original SSR has been entered for selected HAWB, HAWB is moved from To Do List to Done List 2) To reverse it, go to Done List, select required HAWB from a list of "done" HAWBs (HAWBs with either POD or other Status / SSR entered). 3) Once required HAWB has been selected, there are following icons to choose from, depending on status entered previously: (a) STATUS icon - for HAWB with POD entered. Click on it to check the details of POD. No other option is available here (b) green circle arrows icon AND STATUS icon - for HAWBs with SSR entered previously (not POD) 4) If a driver wants to reverse HAWB to To Do List, he should click on green circle arrows icon 5) He will then be asked: "Do you want to transfer the HAWB to the TO DO LIST?" No / Yes. 6) After he answered Yes, HAWB will be placed back in To Do List and will be available again for POD Entry.

ORBITRAX.WIN	13/02/2023	Navigation button in MOB
Did you know ... that we have added a navigation button to MOB? As a reminder - MOB is a MOBile application used by the drivers, which enable the drivers to: - download Delivery Sheets sent from Orbitrax - collect PODs on delivery with additional options of a) adding recipient signature (by finger) or b) taking picture - collect Pickup Orders sent from Orbitrax and confirming or rejecting them Upon going from shipments list (in To Do List) to the screen of shipment details, if a driver clicks on top right vectors icon, he will be moved to navigation from his current location to the point of destination. Vectors icon is available in all kind of jobs: - D(elivery) - P(ick up) - SP (Sprinter Pickup) - SD (Sprinter Delivery) NOTE: Should your company require MOB, for smoother / faster info flow and for the dispatchers to be in contact with the drivers, please contact us and we will install / set it up for you.

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/01/2023	Shipment redelivery report ...
Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax of controlling Redeliveries and Redeliveries charges? In most cases, if option Subject to Re-Delivery Charges has been checked in Customer File Tab. 3 Financial, Redelivery charges are added to HAWB automatically, based on 2nd, 3rd or next scan out. This option has been already described in the System News dated 25/04/2016, subject "Redelivery SPS automatically added to HAWB on the second Warehouse OUT scan". However, some Companies prefer adding Redelivery charges manually rather than automatically, on a case by case basis. This is mostly cases of shipments which are not returning to the Warehouse after 1st scan out, such as international export shipments. Also - unlike in case of redelivery of domestic / local shipments usually charged at 100% of original delivery charge, cost of redelivery of international export shipments is usually different from standard, published delivery rate and is difficult to estimate in advance, as it may vary from one destination to another or one case to another. Here is how to handle redeliveries manually: 1) Go to HAWB in 1.3 2) Click on icon + on the top taskbar 3) You will be asked "Are You Sure To Continue With Re-delivery Procedure?" Answer Yes 4) This will add a yellow flag either 2ND Delivery, 3RD Delivery or 3RD+ Delivery (depending how many times icon + has been clicked on) 5) Save modified HAWB NOTE: Unlike automatic adding Redelivery charges on scan out, as described in the System News mentioned above, adding Redelivery by + does NOT add Special Service and consequently does NOT add any special charges. 6) To check HAWBs with manually added Redeliveries, go to 4.4.22.3 Shipment redelivery report. By default current date is displayed 7) Select dates range and refresh by either clicking on icon Refresh or by F5 8) You will see a list of shipments to which Redelivery has been added manually and number of those redeliveries. Redelivery 1 means if was 2nd delivery attempt Redelivery 2 means it was 3rd delivery attempt, Redelivery 3 means it was 4th delivery attempt, etc 9) Open HAWB concerned by clicking on Open icon and add Redelivery charge manually in Tab. 3 Pricing by clicking on + 10) Save HAWB with modified pricing.

ORBITRAX.WIN	22/01/2023	Orbimail - errors (blinking...
Did you know ... how to fix / handle red blinking errors on Orbimail? As a reminder - Orbimail is supporting Orbitrax application exclusively sending emails generated by Orbitrax, e.g. SSRs to Customers, Manifests to Agents, Invoices, Bulletins, etc. Unlike Orbitran, which is fully controlled and supported by us (WQXS) and which is sending and receiving data in various formats, Orbimail is only a tool conveying emails generated by Orbitrax to your email service provider, to be sent further by SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol). Consequently - any errors in Orbitran have to be reported to us (WQXS) and will be fixed by us, but errors in Orbimail have to be reported to your email service provider. Here is how to identify errors, check error logs and what actions to take: 1) When you see in Orbimail red blinking message "Errors" - it means that some of the emails have not been sent. NOTE: You can also see errors in Orbitrax 9.2 Email Log where, by default, Errors from previous and current date are displayed. Emails can be resent and Error Messages copied directly from Orbitrax 9.2, however some of the actions, like changing Username and / or Password have to be performed directly in Orbimail. 2) Click on Stop in window Email sender, then click on option Errors to open window with error emails displayed 3) There are some common reasons for emails to fail. Some can be easily spot on and corrected (like incorrect email address of the recipient), some will have to be fixed by your email service provider. The most common reasons are: 3a) Incorrect email address of the recipient Solution: Highlight required email, click on icon envelope in the top taskbar. This will open a window Failed email. Correct email address in section Email Address, then click on icon envelope in the top left corner of window Failed email. Orbimail will attempt to send this email to the corrected email address as soon as Orbimail session starts. Remember to change email address to correct one in Customer / Agent File Tab. Communication, as changing email address in Orbimail and resending is only ad hoc solution and concerns only 1 particular email. For correct email address to be picked by Orbimail next time - it has to be changed in Communication, permanently. 3b) Insufficient message quota - can be viewed in Error Message Solution: Highlight required email, click on icon envelope in the top taskbar. This will open a window Failed email. Click CtrlA in section Error Message to mark entire test of error message. Click CtrlC to copy, open a Notepad, click on CtrlV to paste error message. Save it and send to your email provider to fix it, means to extend space for your emails 3c) Service unavailable - can be viewed in Error Message Solution: Highlight required email, click on icon envelope in the top taskbar. This will open a window Failed email. Click CtrlA in section Error Message to mark entire test of error message. Click CtrlC to copy, open a Notepad, click on CtrlV to paste error message. Save it and send to your email provider to fix it, means to check what is wrong with the service 3d) Your username or password is incorrect - can be viewed in Error Message Solution: Highlight required email, click on icon envelope in the top taskbar. This will open a window Failed email. Click CtrlA in section Error Message to mark entire test of error message. Click CtrlC to copy, open a Notepad, click on CtrlV to paste error message. Save it and send to your email provider with request to provide you with correct / current username and / or password. Once received, go to main Orbimail main screen (without starting a new session), go to Maintenance (on the top taskbar) > 3.1 Setup and enter received values in fields Username and Password. Click on button Test Connection to check if credentials provided are ok. Then Save and start Orbimail.

ORBITRAX.WIN	15/01/2023	Inbound Discrepancy Report ...
Did you know ... that Inbound Discrepancy Report (being one of the oldest options in Orbitrax) gives a preview of shipments manifested (expected) vs shipments received? "Inbound" means any shipment without status "Shipment received", so effectively Inbound Discrepancy Report shows any shipment without status "Shipment received" - inbound or, in some special cases - also outbound. Those special cases can be shipments of which data has been sent by your Company on behalf of your Customer, or directly by your Customer to e.g. DHL, but no further status proving DHL has physically received a shipment has been received. Inbound Discrepancy Report would perfectly work for reconciliation of shipments data received e.g. via ORBITRAX.WEB or any other interface and corresponding shipment(s) not received by the end of the day. Inbound Discrepancy Report however is identifying shortages "by date", what means that it would not be very useful to Companies operating on shipments received on a weekly or even monthly basis. To run Inbound Discrepancy Report follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.9.2 Inbound Discrepancy Report 2) Set criteria to sort data by (you can select more than 1 criteria): - MAWB - Customer - Agent - Pickup Agent 3) Select dates range From and To. Date is when shipments data has been received 4) Save to display a list of shipments matching selected criteria 5) From a list of displayed HAWBs you can: - view selected HAWB - print a list - preview a list - export list as pdf file - enter Multi SSR for selected HAWBs (icon M-SSR on the top taskbar) 6) There is no icon to output a list in xls file, but you can use the usual method of copying data in xls: - highlight top record - right mouse click - select option Copy data to clipboard - open Excel and paste it 7) Option of Inbound Discrepancy Report allows you to process shipments data as per your needs. For example: - enter Multi SSR 52 "Manifested but not arrived (missing) at import station" for selected HAWB(s) or any other SSR - delete selected HAWB(s) - investigate why shipments apparently handed over by your Customer directly to the Agent did not receive status "received" from the Agent. This is essential for the billing as shipments without status "Shipment received" cannot be invoiced.

ORBITRAX.WIN	09/01/2023	Setting Export (Manifest / ...
Did you know ... that Warehouse Outbound sessions allow changing export (manifest) date of scanned HAWB(s) and consequently dates of generating Manifests or Delivery Sheets? Export (manifest) date on HAWB can always be changed manually, HAWB by HAWB, but this is time consuming, hence much faster solution of setting Export date for all scanned HAWBs in scan session has been developed. Option of selecting Export (manifest) date in scan out session window, allows splitting scanned HAWBs in between several days all in one go and as a result - generating manifests or Delivery Sheets for several days in advance. This is particularly useful for the Companies which prepare Delivery Sheets once or twice a week, for the drivers who are to deliver shipments within a week or so, on separate Delivery Sheets. By default, Export date is current date. To apply other Export (manifest) date during scan out sessions, follow these steps: 1) Depending which option you use - Warehouse outbound or warehouse Outbound with reallocation - go to either 1.13.2.A or 1.13.2.B 2) Click on + to start new sessions 3) In field Export date - enter (or select from calendar) date you want to scan shipments for / appear on Manifest / Delivery Sheet with a particular date 4) In field Agent - enter Agent Code 5) Start scanning 6) After all HAWBs (barcodes) have been scanned - close scan session window 7) Close open session NOTE 1: It is required to start session with entering / selecting required Export date first, like in item 3) above. If you start with entering Agent Code, the date will change to current date in the process. NOTE 2: It is required to close session like in item 7) above. If you do not close session, next scan out will attempt to continue scanning in the still open session window and choosing other Export date will not be possible. 8) To scan out HAWBs with another Export date, click on +, select Export date and continue steps 4) to 7) 9) To scan out HAWBs with yet another Export date, repeat the steps as above 10) As a result of the above, all sessions, even for the same Agent / Driver will be shown in sessions list (screen Warehouse outbound), for each entered / selected Export date separately and all scanned out HAWBs will have Export (Manifest) date allocated accordingly on HAWB screen NOTE 3: If one of your selected Export date is future date, e.g. on 09/01/2023 it was scanned with Export date 15/01/2023, make sure that on sessions list screen you extend Export from date to 15/01/2023, as otherwise only current dates to and from are prompted and sessions scanned with future dates will now be displayed. 11) Proceed with creating Delivery Sheets, as you usually do (by clicking on icon Create delivery sheet for selected warehouse session), and generate / print Delivery Sheet for each session / Export date separately. EXAMPLE: - on 09/01/2023 driver ABCBRU0000 has 300 shipments to deliver between 10/01/2023 and 14/01/2023 (5 days) - Driver ABCBRU0000 (or warehouse manager) sorts all shipments per day, either by postcodes or by any other key - Driver ABCBRU0000 scans out: 1st lot of shipments with Export date 10/01/2023 (+ closes session) 2nd lot of shipments with Export date 11/01/2023 (+ closes session) 3rd lot of shipments with Export date 12/01/2023 (+ closes session) 4th lot of shipments with Export date 13/01/2023 (+ closes session) 5th lot of shipments with Export date 14/01/2023 (+ closes session) - Driver ABCBRU0000 generates Delivery Sheet for 10/01/2023, 11/01/2023, 12/01/2023, 13/01/2023, 14/01/2023 separately NOTE 4: If Delivery Sheets are to be sent to MOB (Mobile device) of the driver - they have to be sent (confirmed) on the expected day of delivery and not all in one go. If they are sent all in one go and if Driver selects option of daily cleaning the database on his MOB - Delivery Sheets with future dates will be wiped out and it will be impossible to resend them from Orbitrax.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/12/2022	Warehouse Search 1.13.6
Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax of searching for and displaying all scans (in and out) of selected HAWB? This allows to check shipment movement in and out the warehouse. To check scans history of selected HAWB follow these steps: 1) Got to 1.13.6 Warehouse Search 2) Enter HAWB you looking for scans of 3) Press Enter or click on OK 4) As a result of the above, you will see history of scans (Inbound and Outbound) of selected HAWB, with the oldest scans shown at the top and newest at the bottom. If required - click on a header of any column you want to sort data by. NOTE 1: Above info is also included in HAWB SSR Log 1.2 Tab.2 History, however in SSR Log they are squeezed between SSR Codes, while in 1.13.6 there is history of only scans, so their visibility is much clearer. NOTE 2: There is more info in 1.13.6 then there is in Shipment Log, as the details in 1.13.6 also include Zone, Town, Weight and Pieces. NOTE 3: From Warehouse Search screen, you can open full HAWB screen by clicking on top left icon Open. NOTE 4: There is no option of printing Warehouse Search result in xls, but if such a report is required, click on top line to highlight it blue > right mouse click > select option Copy data to clipboard > open Excel > Paste.

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/12/2022	Import shipments from exter...
Did you know ... that while importing shipments details from Excel file, there may be messages displayed, prompting what elements of injected file are causing issues with injection? This System News is prompted by Members trying to recently import / inject shipments data from Excel who were experiencing problems and were calling our support for assistance. 1) Although xlsx file can be injected in Orbitrax, the best option is to save a file as Excel 97-2003 and use this format for injection in 7.4 Import shipments from external files > Import from excel 2) In case of incorrect or missing data a warning will be displayed by Orbitrax, prompting line number causing issue and the nature of this issue 3) Examples of warning messages and their meaning: - "Line 2 Invalid Country Code" - if country code in file is either incorrect or missing in line 2 of the file - "Line 5 Weight Must Be Entered" - if weight is missing in line 5 of the file - "Line 202 Pieces Must Be Entered" - if number of pieces is missing in line 202 of the file - "Line 958 Invalid Customer Code" - if Customer Code is missing in line 958 of the file AND if Customer Code has not been entered for entire file in window Import from Excel file (main) 4) The most common issue was when, after there was no warning message about the content (means data was verified and ok), there was still a message "Imported 0 shipments" displayed 5) Most likely reason for 4) is that HAWBs you try to inject in file already exist in Orbitrax. If this is the case: a) change HAWB numbers in file manually OR b) check box Automatic HAWB Numbering in window Import from Excel file (main) and try again 6) After the data has been verified ok by Orbitrax and there are no other issues, there will be a message displayed "Imported XXXX shipments" (whereby XXXX should match number of HAWBs in file), followed by message "File Imported".

ORBITRAX.WIN	18/12/2022	Column Del(ivered) added to...
Did you know ... that on request of few Members, we have added an indication that shipment has been delivered, as additional column Del to shipments list in Advanced Search screens? 1) Column Del(ivered) has been added after other statuses indicators columns: Rec(eived), Hold (On hold), Manif(ested), for immediate clarity of shipment status, when Status Flag "Any" has been selected. 2) Delivered shipments (ONLY shipments with SSR 00 Delivered) will have indication Yes shown in column Del. Not delivered shipments, also those with Final status other than 00 Delivered, will show blank status 3) Column Del(ivered) can be sorted in either ascending or descending order by clicking on column header Del, the way any other column can be sorted NOTE: Option is available in Orbitrax version 18.04.05 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	11/12/2022	Setting up Cash invoices
Did you know ... that there is a way of setting up Cash invoices in Orbitrax? Although cash payments are exceptions rather than a rule, sometimes there is need to issue Cash invoice, to walk-in Customers who do not have an account-based relationship with the Company. Here is how to set it up in Orbitrax: 1) Create joint Cash Customer account in 3.3.1, the way you would create any other Customer, e.g. CASH000000 2) In field Language, select one of the Options (Option 1 to Option 10). For English - leave Language blank, but still one of the Options (1 to 10) has to be selected. For other languages - select proper language + one of the Options (1 to 10) 3) In Tab. 3 Financial check box Cash Payments NOTE 1: Details of shipments registered for Cash Payments Customers can be viewed and downloaded in Excel in 4.4.23 Shipments cash payment report 4) Save 5) Go to 3.9.A.2 NOTE 2: Although option 3.9.A.2 Language Translations is generally used for translations from English to another language, Options within each language allow changing Default text to desired text, for all Customers who are not "typical" credit Customers. This includes different than Default Titles or Footers, what is the case of Cash invoice. 6) Make sure that Cash Customer Language and Option are selected 7) Select Group INV 8) By scrolling down look for the following values in column Field and change text in bottom left section Default by by typing in in the bottom right section Text in Selected Language: - change Field title from text INVOICE to text CASH INVOICE (by typing CASH INVOICE in the bottom right corner - change Field footer 2 from text This invoice is payable strictly within %days% days from date of invoice to text This invoice is payable strictly by cash - Var l_inv_footer (if Default is blank) should be e.g. * PAID BY CASH * - Field footer3 text Invoices not settled within X days are subject to X% current interest yearly as from the date of issue of the invoice - should be removed - change Field Invoice Spec text Invoice Specification to e.g. CASH INVOICE specification - change Field Invoice Tot To Pay text from TOTAL TO PAY (VAT Included) to TOTAL PAID BY CASH (VAT included) 9) Save NOTE 3: If texts are not translated, Default text will apply on Cash Invoices NOTE 4: The above prompted texts are purely indicative. It is recommended that test Cash Invoice is printed to check if the text / layout are correct or if further changes in 3.9.A.2 are required NOTE 5: Suggested Cash Customer code CASH000000 is only an example. Depending on Company needs, there can be more Cash Accounts created: e.g. per divisions or various locations, e.g. CASHPAR000 for Paris, CASHNCE000 for Nice, CASHMRS000 for Marseilles, CASHLYS000 for Lyon, etc. NOTE 6: In case of joint Cash accounts used for HAWB entry, e.g. CASH000000, changing Customer Name, address and VAT will be required prior to Cash invoice issuing. However, if regular Cash Customers had Cash accounts created specifically for them, no changes will be required. NOTE 7: Cash invoice may be considered cash receipt for Customer / Shipper. However, depending on local regulations, it may be required to use cash registers registered with the local tax authorities and complying with local specifications. NOTE 8: IMPORTANT - reprinting Cash invoices, if required, should be done from mailbox set up in Tab. 11 BCC in Depot File 3.7, as otherwise if reprinted from 4.2.8 - Customer Name, address and VAT will be those of last generated invoice. NOTE 9: The same method of using various Language Options can be used as Language Options for other joint Accounts and invoicing e.g. Consignees or any 3rd party, by changing Default text of group INV to other, required text.

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/11/2022	Distribution Module (1.14) ...
Did you know ... that one of Orbitrax options is Distribution module (1.14) for registering, injecting and controlling various stocks? Typical examples of stocks: - gifts (e.g. Christmas gifts or those for advertising campaigns) received from Customer for distribution - own items (gifts, promotional or operational items such as stock of envelopes or other packaging materials) - electronic or other type of equipment received from Customer for scheduled or ad hoc distribution - spare parts received from Customer for scheduled or ad hoc distribution Electronic equipment and spare parts may have serial numbers, making each stock item unique, while gifts or other items may be just to use up as long as stock lasts. Both have a slightly different way of handling. (A) Stock of items without serial or other unique numbers INPUT: 1) Go to 1.14.2 2) Click on + to add new stock 3) Elements to enter are: - Reference - e.g. (Customer Code ABCDEF0000) CHRISTMAS GIFTS 2022 - Customer (code) - Date - Quantity - e.g. 100 for 100 Christmas Gifts - Single Item Weight - weight of each of 100 items - Description - e.g. DESKPAD - CALENDAR - MUG - Note - any internal note 4) Save USAGE: 4) When you enter HAWB containing item(s) from Stock, for selected Customer, click on forklift icon above field Pieces on HAWB 5) Default (prompted) number of stock item to pick is 1. You can change it to more stock items, if required 6) Click on 3 dots icon next to Reference, look for registered Stock (in our example - CHRISTMAS GIFTS) and double click to select 7) Close Stock selection window 8) Enter number of pieces on HAWB (as number of items from stock do not always equal number of pieces of shipment). Weight is imported from stock automatically, as total weight of stock items picked 9) Save HAWB as usual CONTROL: 10) As soon as stock items have been used, it lowers total items in selected stock. For example, if there was stock of 100 CHRISTMAS GIFTS and we used 7 items on HAWB, remaining stock would lower to 93 11) Number of remaining stock can be checked in 1.14.1 - Stock Control 12) In this option you can: - see all stock items entered manually in 1.14.2 (or injected in 1.14.3) - set stock as active / non active by checking / unchecking box Active. Stock items cannot be picked for HAWB from stock which is not active. Non active stock can be either not active (yet) or already used up - Active / Non active / All stocks can be displayed on screen by using filter Active, No-Active or All - stock from selected Customer can be displayed on screen by using filter Customer - select stock, double click to open it and set warning of low stock. For example for stock containing 100 items, you can set low stock warning as 10, by entering 10 in field Low Level Alert. Low level should be high enough to secure time for more stock items delivery by / picked up from Customer. Stock below set limit is indicated on a list by warning "Low stock" and is highlighted red - set stock (warehouse) location, e.g. - L12, which would e.g. prompt warehouse area or even shelf number to look for stock items - register (add) new items to existing stock, by clicking on + - preview / print / save in pdf above stock details - view list of HAWBs selected stock has been allocated to, by clicking on icon List of shipments (on the top taskbar, 4th from the right) - view stock audit, which shows all changes made to stock from its manual entry / injection, by clicking on icon Open audit Log (on the top taskbar, 3rd from the right) (B) Stock of items with serial or other unique numbers - usually when entire stock has quantity of 1 item INPUT: 13) Every stock item is unique, so it has to be entered separately. Because, in case of many items, manual entry would be time consuming, it is recommended to inject stock from file. The process has been described in details in the previous System News on 21/11/2022, subject "Stock import 1.14.3 from xls or xlsx file (NEW)" USAGE: 14) As a single item equals a full stock, it is recommended to use those serial / tag numbers as either Reference or Description, for easy recognition during stock linking to HAWB by either Description of Reference, e.g: - item 1 - Description: HP USB KEYBOARD FR, Reference: H3141265PXM - item 2 - Description: HP USB KEYBOARD FR, Reference: H3161247KOH - item 3 - Description: HP USB KEYBOARD GB, Reference: H4465781LUK Items with quantity 1, used once for HAWB, cannot be used any more CONTROL: 15) Same as (A) Stock of items without serial or other unique numbers, except that in most cases there will be no low stock limit to set, as stock item used once, will use up entire stock. ************ NOTE 1: You can allocate to HAWB only upto available items in stock. If you attempt to allocate more stock items than available, there will be warning message displayed: "Stock level too low. There is only XX items left". NOTE 2: If you attempt to allocate to HAWB an item from stock already used up, there will be warning message displayed "No stock left".

ORBITRAX.WIN	21/11/2022	Stock import 1.14.3 from xl...
Did you know ... that on request of Members using Distribution Module 1.14 we have added a new option of importing stock items from xls or xlsx files? For Members not using Distribution Module 1.14 (yet) - this option allows: (a) registering (now also importing from file) certain items such as spare parts, sets of gifts, electronic equipment etc, (b) creating shipment(s) containing those items and (c) stock control. Distribution Module can be used for either items from Customers or your own. It can be very helpful during festive period, when companies are distributing calendars, deskpads or other such items. Detailed description of Distribution Module will be described in the next System News. To import stock items from file follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.14.3 Stock import 2) Generate template by clicking on xls green icon at the top. This template is in xls, but can be saved as xlsx, if required 3) Complete xls with the following details: - reference - description - notes - date (of file import) - quantity - weight - location (meaning warehouse location) NOTE 1: There will be one line in the template indicating data length and possible content: REFERENCE (text 50) / DESCRIPTION (text 100) / NOTES (text 10) / DATE (date 2000-12-31) / 1 / 1.25 / LOCATION (text 50) * Please remove this line prior to a proper file importing * NOTE 2: If date or weight of single items have not been provided in the file, they can be entered later, for all items, during a file importing 4) Save the file as xls or xlsx 5) When file is ready for importing, go back to 1.14.3 6) In field File type 1 select the file from location file has been saved. There are 2 options to choose from: xls or xlsx 7) Enter Customer Code 8) Enter Date and Weight in respective fields if they were not provided in the file you are importing. Otherwise Orbitrax will display a message pointing to missing element 9) Click on Save to start importing the file 10) The process will finish with a message "File imported" (or "File not imported" in case of missing elements like in item 8) above) 11) If file import was successful, all imported items will be visible in 1.14.2 Stock inbound and in 1.14.1 Stock control and they will be ready for processing (for adding to HAWB by clicking on forklift icon, just above field Pieces). NOTE 3: Option is available in Orbitrax version 18.04.01 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	13/11/2022	Customer Names on invoicing...
Did you know ... that we have recently added Customer Names (on top of Customer Codes) to invoice printing screens? It has been done on request of Companies having numeric Customer Codes, for clarity of info presented on invoicing screens. Customer Names have been added to the following screens: 4.2.2 Print All Customers Invoices 4.2.3 Print Invoices For One Customer 4.2.4 Reprint Customer Invoices (not yet confirmed) 4.2.8 Reprint Confirmed Invoices NOTE 1: Customer Name is shown at the right hand side, next to column Total Net NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 18.04.01 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	06/11/2022	Special Service (SPS) CITY ...
This System News, about Pickups and Sprinters / Express, is continuation of and additional information to previous System News dated 30/10/2022, subject "Special Services (SPS) CITY Surcharge ICCITY / ICCITYPU and Rules (NEW)", which was mainly about CITY Surcharge ICCITY, being SPS and Surcharge on delivery. For: - Activation and setup of SPS ICCITYPU - Tariffs - Special Service Rules CITYPICKUP for ICCITYPU refer to items (A), (B) and (D) respectively of above quoted System News, as they are identical to both ICCITY and ICCITYPU The method of automatic applying SPS ICCITYPU is slightly different than method described in (C) and it works as follows: 1) While SPS ICCCITY (delivery), based on Rule, applies to HAWB, SPS ICCITYPU applies to Pickup either: - created from HAWB by option PICK or - created manually by F12 or - imported from the website (CRA) 2) While SPS ICCITY (delivery) applies to HAWB upon manifesting (or Delivery Sheet printing), SPS ICCITYPU applies to a Pickup AFTER it was allocated to a driver in 6.4 Dispatcher Module 3) Sprinter / Express / Direct drive from A to B and generally all jobs of type Pickup & Delivery, may have both SPS ICCITY and ICCITYPU allocated to them, if both: pickup and delivery jobs are matching criteria set in Rules. However, if only one job is matching the Rules, only one SPS will be allocated upon allocation of the driver in 6.4 NOTE: New SPS ICCITY, ICCITYPU are available in Orbitrax now, regardless of the version. However the Rules of automatically adding both SPS has been added to Orbitrax version 18.04 (released last week 44).

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/10/2022	Special Services (SPS) CITY...
Did you know ... that we have recently added new SPS - Special Services (Codes) ICCITY and ICCITYPU, being Incidental charge CITY delivery surcharge and Incidental charge CITY pickup surcharge respectively? Special Services CITY surcharge has been created due to: - introduction of access restrictions to several cities in Europe, related to creation of low emission zones and consequently having blocked access to certain vehicles - introduction of low speed, being 30 or even 20 km/h in some cities or their areas - conversion of certain city areas to purely pedestrian zones, what means that the drivers are forced to park outside those areas and execute deliveries by foot The above restrictions have impact on cost of pickups and deliveries, hence introduction of CITY Special services / surcharge. (A) Activation and setup of SPS ICCITY / ICCITYPU 1) Go to 3.9.5.4 and click on + 2) Locate Code ICCITY / ICCITYPU. Having been added very recently, they should be at the bottom of the list 3) Double click on it to open 4) In newly open window Special Service Properties, you can change Basic (Common) Special Service Code ICCITY to one you want to use for Incidental charge CITY delivery surcharge, e.g. to CITYDEL in field Service Code as well as its description in field Description. In similar way you can change Code and Description of ICCITYPU. 5) If those Special Services are to be subject to FSS, check box Subject to FSS 6) Check box Enabled to activate these Special Services 7) Save to move to active Special Services screen (B) Tariffs 8) Enter tariff for Special Service ICCITY / ICCITYPU (or other Special Service, if you changed its code) the way you would enter any other tariff for Special Services. This equally applies to both: Special Services of Customer Tariff (in 3.9.5.1) and Special Services of Agent Tariff (in 3.9.5.2) (C) Applying ICCITY to HAWB 9) Special Service ICCITY can be added manually to any HAWB, the way other Special Service is added - either by typing SPS Code in field Special or by selecting it from a list by clicking on 3 dots box or by +, selecting option Special Service and selecting required SPS from a list 10) However, to simplify this, we have created Special Service Rule in 3.9.5.3 which, once set up and activated, will be adding Special Service ICCITY and its pricing automatically to HAWB matching criteria set in Rules. In similar way - Special Service ICCITYPU will be added to Pickup. (D) Special Service Rules: CITYDEL for ICCITY and CITYPICKUP for ICCITYPU 11) Go to 3.9.5.3 12) Find Rule Code CITYDEL / CITYPICKUP and double click to open it 13) Make sure that option Add special service is selected 14) Make sure that ICCITY / ICCITYPU is selected in field Special Service Code 15) Make sure box Active is checked 16) The bottom section of this screen is where by + you can add Country code, Zip from and Zip to Special Service ICCITY surcharge would apply to, if it is matching destination details on HAWB entered or for ICCITYPU - origin in Pickup. There can be multiple countries selected. If SPS ICCITY / ICCITYPU and surcharge is to apply to a single zip (post)code, the same should be entered in field Zip from and Zip to. 17) Save modified Country / Zips list 18) Save modified Rule 19) As a result of above setup, SPS ICCITY and surcharge (if tariff has been entered like in item 8) above) will be allocated to HAWB if Consignee details are matching Country and Zips entered. For ICCITYPU - to Pickup if Shipper details are matching Country and Zip entered. NOTE 1: SPS ICCITY and surcharge will be added ONLY AFTER shipment has been manifested or marked as manifested by F6. Unmanifesting / removing HAWB from manifest will automatically remove SPS ICCITY from HAWB. NOTE 2: ICCITYPU - Incidental charge CITY pickup surcharge, although having very similar setup to ICCITY like in items (A), (B) and (D), it has slightly different functionality and impact on pricing. The differences between the two will be described in details in the next System News. NOTE 3: New SPS ICCITY, ICCITYPU are available in Orbitrax now, regardless of the version. However the Rules as in item (D) will be added to Orbitrax version 18.04, to be released week 40 / 41.

ORBITRAX.WIN	24/10/2022	Shipment imported or manual...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax allows several methods to identify which records have been imported or manually entered? On top of shipment data source shown in SSR Log (already described in System News of 11/09/2020, subject "Shipment data source"), there are other ways of identifying manually entered or imported records. Here are descriptions of them all: (A) 1.3 Advanced Search (middle, binocular icon) + Save - method 1: 1) Select your criteria such as dates, then check one of the options in section Source: 2) Any - will show All 3) Imported - will show only records imported from external sources, such as interfaces or website 4) Entry - will show records entered manually 5) File - will show records injected from a file in option 7.4 6) After you made your selection, click on Save to have a list of corresponding records displayed (B) 1.3 Advanced Search (middle, binocular icon) + Save - method 2: 7) Select your criteria such as dates, perhaps Customer and do not check any box in section Source. Default Any source will apply 8) Save to have a list of all records matching above criteria displayed 9) When a list is displayed on screen, scroll to the right until you see the values in column Source, which are either: Entry, File or Imported 10) You can review the results in xls, but NOTE: Xls downloaded by the icon XLS will not show shipment source. To see source, copy data to Clipboard and paste it in XLS. Source is shown in column R - Shipment_source (C) Shipment screen 1.3 - Tab 2. Manifest 11) Imported HAWBs have <INBOUND> + import date shown in field Agent in section Manifest option 12) Shipments entered manually or imported from file in option 7.4 have this field blank and may show only the details of outgoing manifests / delivery sheets, after manifesting (D) Last but no least, Internal SSR Log DR (data Recorded) mentioned earlier, also shows source, which can be either: 13) Manual Entry 14) Orbitrax import - data import from other Orbitrax user 15) Interface import 16) Web entry - entry by Customer on the website and transferred to Orbitrax 17) File import - for data injected in 7.4 18) Web service import - when shipment data has been imported by web service based on WQXS API.

ORBITRAX.WIN	16/10/2022	Customer FSS (Fuel & Se...
Did you know ... that "Customer FSS Tariff", what is the title of Menu option 3.9.2.4, does NOT mean that FSS Tariff has to be entered individually for each Customer? As FSS is changing every so often these days, we were recently helping some Members to update them and even the "old" Members did not know that FSS Tariff can be entered "one for all" and consequently were entering and updating them separately for each Customer. This System News is meant to clarify FSS Tariff(s) entry issue. If Customer(s) does not have / do not have a FSS Tariff specific to them, one joint FSS tariff can be entered for ALL Customers. To enter Customer FSS Tariff, joint (A) or individual (B), follow these steps: (A) Joint FSS Tariff 1) Go to 3.9.2.4 (Customer FSS Tariff does not have options "Enter" or "Alter", but it is entered and maintained through one Menu option 3.9.2.4) 2) Click on Save or press Enter to display all Active FSS tariffs or just open a blank window, if there are no active FSS tariffs to display 3) Click on + to add new FSS Tariff 4) Available options are: - Country - Zone Code - Service - Tariff Code - Category - Active from - Expired 5) As everywhere else in Orbitrax, leaving options blank, means it would apply to ALL, regardless values in available options, like specified above. It means that if Country, Zone Code, Service, Tariff Code and Category are left blank, Tariff to be entered will apply to ALL Customers, sending to ALL Countries, to ALL Zones, ALL Services and ALL Categories. The only mandatory fields in this window are Active from and Expired (Tariff active from date to date) 6) Save and a window of actual FSS Tariff to enter will open 7) Enter FSS Tariff details, using available Types (per Weight, Pieces, Percentage, etc), then Save NOTE 1: Joint FSS Tariff can also apply for e.g. specific Service, if particular Service Code has been selected like in item 4) above. Then, it will be joint FSS tariff, for specific Service. NOTE 2: For the joint FSS Tariff to apply, it is enough to have box "Fuel & Security Surcharge" box checked in Customer File, Tab. 3 Financial (B) Individual FSS Tariff (applies to Customer or Customers having a specific FSS Tariff - either Type or Percentage different than entered in joint FSS Tariff) 8) Repeat steps 1-3 as above 9) In field Tariff Code, enter FSS Tariff Code, specific to a particular Customer or group of selected Customers NOTE 3: The same FSS Tariff Code is not restricted to one, particular Customer, but it can apply to many Customers, providing FSS Tariff Code is entered in those Customer Files, like in item 11) below 10) Continue steps 6 and 7 as above 11) For the individual FSS Tariff to apply - in a specific Customer File, Tab. 3 Financial, field Tariff FSS, enter Tariff Code entered in field Tariff Code like in item 9) above. This is how FSS Tariff entered in 3.9.2.4 is linked with a specific Customer / specific Customers. NOTE 4: In summary - if in Customer File, Tab. 3 Financial: - field Tariff FSS is blank and box "Fuel & Security Surcharge" is checked - joint FSS Tariff will apply - field Tariff FSS is filled in with FSS Tariff Code and box "Fuel & Security Surcharge" is checked - individual FSS Tariff will apply (providing it has been entered in 3.9.2.4) - box "Fuel & Security Surcharge" is NOT checked - no FSS Tariff will apply, even if there is FSS Tariff code entered in field Tariff FSS NOTE 5: If individual FSS Tariff has been entered only for specific element, such as Service Code and if box "Fuel & Security Surcharge" has been checked in a Customer File, Tab.3 Financial, then individual FSS will apply for shipments with specific Service Code and other shipments will pick joint FSS Tariff. EXAMPLE: - Joint FSS tariff for all services has been entered as 10% - FSS Tariff with Code 23 and for Service CDDD00 has been entered as 50% - FSS Tariff code 23 has been entered in box Tariff FSS in Customer File, Tab. 3 Financial for Customer ABCLHR0000 and box Fuel & Security Surcharge has also been checked - As a result - shipments for Customer ABCLHR0000 with service CDDD00 (Courier Domestic Door to Door) will pick FSS at 50% but shipments with any other Service Code, e.g. EIDD00 (E-commerce Import Door to Door) will pick joint FSS Tariff of 10%

ORBITRAX.WIN	09/10/2022	Additional options on SSR s...
Did you know ... that there are additional options / buttons to use in HAWB SSR screen? HAWB SSR screen can be accessed either by 2.1 > Tab. 2 History or by displaying HAWB in 1.3 and then clicking on icon Open SSR Logs on the top taskbar (3rd from the top right). At the bottom of the SSR screen there are (currently) 4 options / buttons available: - Reactivate - Warehouse search - Location in Google Maps - Show Signature 1) Reactivate - by clicking this button, user reverts current Agent (Delivery) on HAWB to default Agent. Use with caution. Option does not work for shipments unreceived or delivered 2) Warehouse Search - shows history of all scans of selected HAWB: both inbound and outbound, without having to look for them in the specific scan sessions 3) Location in Google Maps - shows location of selected / highlighted SSR / POD entry on Google Maps. Works only for Agents / Drivers on MOB 4) Show Signature - show signature or picture, if collected / taken by a driver on his MOB. Works only for Agents / Drivers on MOB.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/09/2022	Customer Template(s) for qu...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of creating Customer Template(s) to be used as a base for creating new Customer Files? Every Company has repetitive Customer records to create, which apart from (sometimes) Name, Address, VAT number and Communication have the same details. For example: Tariff (code), Service (codes), Discount, Frequency of sending PODs / SSRs, Invoice Type, Credit Terms can be all the same. Typical example are the same Bank branches, with all the details identical, perhaps except Addresses and some details in Contacts, such as Contact Names or Phone numbers. In order to avoid new Customer entry with all elements from scratch and repeating them for another Customer File entry, we created option of the Templates which can be used as a base. In order to create Customer Template, follow these steps: 1) Go to 3.3.2 and click on Save. This will display a list of all Trading Customers (Trading = Active and On-Stop) 2) In the top left selection box, select option Template 3) Click on + to add a new Template. NOTE 1: Code of a Template Customer must be of 10 characters long, as Code for any other Customer 4) Enter required details of a Template Customer, bearing in mind that the details can be very few or very complete. 5) Save NOTE 2: There could be as many Templates created as you need, e.g.: - separate for local Customers, separate for Non Local but EU, separate for Non Local Non EU - separate for those Customers of the same business profile and using the same service codes, e.g. Express - separate for those with the same tariff code and/or discount Options are unlimited, details entered in the Template can be as few as just Code or as many as options in Customer File. Mandatory fields, which usually have to be completed when Customer File is created from scratch, are not required. Here are just few examples (they do not have to start with TEMP or TEMPL, they can be any Codes of your own choice): EXAMPLE 1: Template Customer (Code) TEMPLAST50, after tariff ST(ANDARD) has been allocated to it and Discount 50% entered, would be a template (base) for Customers who are on Tariff ST(ANDARD) with 50% discount on selected services (or other) EXAMPLE 2: Template Customer (Code) TEMPLDOMST, after domestic services and tariff ST(ANDARD) have been allocated to it, would be a template (base) for Customers using domestic services and on tariff ST(ANDARD) EXAMPLE 3: Template Customer (Code) TEMPINGBRU, after all common / joined details have been entered, would be a template (base) for Customers ING (branches) in Brussels 6) After Customer Template has been created and saved, highlight required Template and click on icon Copy Customer on the top taskbar 7) Enter proper Customer Code. At this stage all details from selected Template will be copied over 8) If necessary, complete Customer details bearing in mind that, unlike in case of a Template, all mandatory fields have to be completed 9) Save newly created (copied from the Template) Customer File NOTE 3: On top of option Copy Customer (from the Template), you can also use option (icon) + Tariff for adding certain tariffs codes to selected Templates, either on the first or on last position. Option of adding tariffs (codes) to selected Customers has been described in System News "Adding tariff code to selected Customers from a list" on 22/07/2016 NOTE 4: To delete a Template from the list, highlight it blue and click on red X on the top taskbar NOTE 5: No HAWB can be entered under Template Customer and consequently - no invoices are ever generated for the Templates.

ORBITRAX.WIN	25/09/2022	Creating Extra Service INSU...
Did you know ... that in Orbitrax you can set up Extra Service for INSURANCE and set your own rules, which would apply automatically upon selection of Extra Service INSURANCE on HAWB? If your Company calculates 0% VAT on insurance or insurance is VAT exempted, you should use Extra Service rather than Special Service. While Special Services, as a rule, are always subject to standard VAT rate, Extra Services can have VAT rate set individually per service, so it can be standard, standard reduced, 0% or VAT exempted. (A) Creating Extra Service: 1) Go to 3.9.7.1, click on + and add (create) new Extra Service code, e.g. INSR or INSURANCE + Save 2) Enter Extra Service Description 3) Set active dates From and To 4) It does not concern Insurance, but in case of other Extra Service - you can check box Multiple Unit, if Extra Service are billed per unit such as minutes, km, pieces, etc. If you check box Multiple Unit, you will be required to enter number of unites, when entering Extra Service on HAWB. For example, if you set units as 15 minutes, you ill be requested to enter number of minutes, e.g. 3 for 45 minutes. Otherwise, if you do not check box Multiple Units, you will not be required to enter number of units 5) Check box Invoice Customer if you intend to invoice Customer for this Extra Service 6) Enter charge per unit (if required) and currency 7) Select VAT rate 8) Check box Pay Agent, if you intend to accept Agent charges for this Extra Service 9) Enter charge per unit (if required) and currency 10) Select either Delivery or Pickup - depending type of job this Extra Service should apply to 11) Select specific Agent or leave it blank. If you leave it blank, default Agent will apply to this Extra Service. Agent on Extra Service can always be changed manually on HAWB level 12) Check box Print on Manifest, if you want this Extra Service to be printed on Manifest 13) Check box Subject to FSS for Customer and / or Subject to FSS for Agent. If Extra Service should not be subject to FSS - leave them unchecked 14) Save NOTE: The above procedure can be used for creating any Extra Service, not only Insurance (B) Creating the rule 15) If you want Extra Service INSR to be added automatically to HAWB of certain values, go to 3.9.7.2 (Insurance with rule code INSR is the only rule available at the moment) 16) Enter description of the rule (mandatory - free entry text) 17) Enter Value range, e.g. from 1000,00 o 99999,99. There is no need to enter currency, as has been already set in items 6) and / or 9) above 18) Select Extra Service Code you created as in item 1) above, e.g. INSR, INSURANCE, etc 19) Check box Active 20) Save 21) As a result of above setups, when HAWB with value between 1000,00 and 99999,99 is entered, this Extra Service INSR or INSURANCE will be automatically added to HAWB.

ORBITRAX.WIN	19/09/2022	New Special Services (SPS) ...
Did you know... that we have recently added 3 new Special Service Codes (SPS) to the central database? Those 3 newly created / added Special Service Codes are mainly for, but not limited to, Companies using DHL services. Not limited to, because Companies are free to use those Special Service Codes, regardless of using DHL services or not. 1) Below are newly added Special Service codes with their DHL description: - RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS - added with Common Code DELRESID. Description by DHL: "Optional service that allows the shipper to activate specific delivery options by designating the delivery address as Residential. For shipments designated as Residential Address, DHL will proactively notify the receiver via email or SMS about the shipment progress. Receivers can then select the delivery option that best suits their requirements." - DIRECT SIGNATURE - added with Common Code DIRSIGNA. Description by DHL: "DHL description is: Upon customers request, DHL will obtain a signature from the receiver or a representative at the delivery address. In case no one is at the delivery address, DHL will reattempt delivery. These shipments will not be re-routed, dropped in a post box or left with the neighbor." - EXTENDED LIABILITY - added with Common Code IEXTLIAB. Description by DHL: "DHL description is: Extended Liability service allows customers to extend DHL standard liability, when shipping valuable documents that are costly to recover, in the event of partial or full loss or damage for which DHL would otherwise be liable to compensate under the standard terms and conditions. Compensation is a fixed lump sum of EUR 300.00, regardless of the replacement costs of the document." 2) Users who want to activate those SPS, should go to 3.9.5.4 Special Service Codes and click on + to go to the list of inactive SPS. Then find SPS on a list, double click to open, then modify Service Code and / or Description as per local requirements, check box Enable, check box Subject to FSS (or leave it unchecked if SPS is not to be subject to FSS). Modified Service Code will be the one to enter on HAWB in field Special 3) Save and by saving Special Service Code becomes active / enabled 4) After SPS has been activated, User is free to use it for SPS Tariffs entry - in 3.9.5.1 for Customers and in 3.9.5.2 for Agents. NOTE: Newly added Special Service Codes are available to all Companies, regardless Orbitrax version you are currently on.

ORBITRAX.WIN	13/09/2022	Sorting records on various ...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax allows to sort records on various lists in ascending or descending order? NOTE: Ascending means smallest to largest, 0 to 9, and/or A to Z. It is indicated by down arrow. Descending means largest to smallest, 9 to 0, and/or Z to A. It is indicated by up arrow. EXAMPLES: EXAMPLE 1) Main Menu Operations - 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) > Advanced Search > entered / selected criteria + Save generates shipments list. By clicking on headers, such as e.g. HAWB, Customer, Service, Weight, Zipcode, you can sort data on the list in ascending order. By clicking on a header again - you will sort it in descending order EXAMPLE 2) Main Menu Maintenance - 3.3.2 Alter Customer + Save generates a list of all Customers. By clicking on headers, such as e.g. Code, Town, Country, you can sort data on the list in ascending order. By clicking on a header again - you will sort it in descending order EXAMPLE 3) Main Menu Administration - 4.2.8 Re-print Confirmed Invoices > dates range selection + Refresh F5 generates a list of invoices confirmed in selected period. By clicking on headers such as Number, Customer, Currency or Total Net, you can sort invoices on the list in ascending order. By clicking on a header again - you will sort it in descending order EXAMPLE 4) Main Menu Maintenance - 3.9.2.2 Alter Customer Tariff + Save generates a list of all active Customer Tariffs. This one is different from previous 3, as it offers additional filters: Active Tariffs can be extended to All and Services can be limited to one. In this case, you can use sorting by e.g. Code, Service or Description within already filtered records. EXAMPLE 5) Main Menu SSR - 2.5 View SSR Import Logs, provide a list of all imported PODs / SSRs with additional filter by dates / time range or by Agent (From). You can extend default period of current day and last 2 hours, select the Agent in the box "From", then filter records in ascending order on screen by clicking on header such as e.g. Code (SSR Code), HAWB or Subject. Click on header again to sort records in descending order The above are just a few examples. Sorting in either ascending or descending order on screen works on every list generated by Orbitrax.

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/08/2022	Printing (or not printing) ...
Did you know ... that, despite two options available - Print All Customers Invoices 4.2.2 and Print Invoices For One Customer 4.2.3, there is an option in Orbitrax of printing (or not printing) invoices for selected Customers? This is particularly useful if a Company is ready with invoices printing, except for one or a few Customers, whose tariffs / pricing still has to be reviewed prior to invoice generating. If this is the case, printing invoices for selected Customers would not delay invoicing process for all other Customers. NOTE 1: If invoice(s) has/have been generated in either 4.2.2 or 4.2.3 but not confirmed, once you attempt to open one of those options, Orbitrax will ask if you want to Open List of Printed and Not Confirmed Invoices. If you answer Yes - a list of those invoices will be displayed. In there, you can either confirm displayed invoices by clicking on top left icon "Confirm invoice" or you can remove them by clicking on red X icon. NOTE 2: If you decide to remove invoices (that is if there are more than one invoice displayed), you have to remove them from the highest to the lowest invoice number. If you attempt to remove invoice with lower number first - Orbitrax will notify you that this is not possible. To print (or not print) invoices for selected Customers, follow these steps: 1) Go to 4.2.2 Print All Customers Invoices 2) Providing there is no issue like explained in Note 1 above, a window Print Invoice will open 3) In there, in line Customer and in section List, click on three dots little box 4) Move Customers you want to print invoices for from left to right side of the window, by highlighting Customer Code / Name + right arrow 5) When you selected all Customer to print invoices for, click on Save Alternatively: 6) You can select Customers you do not want to print invoices for, by reverse selection. To activate reverse selection, in line Customer, section Mask, click on little box next to sign ! 7) Proceed with action like in items 3) + 4) above, except that you are now selecting Customers you DO NOT want to print invoices for 8) When you selected all Customers you do not want to print invoices for, click on Save 9) When either 3) - 5) or 6) - 8) have been selected, complete the rest of Print Invoice details, usually "Shipment pickup date upto" and "date of invoice run" (most often hose dates are the same) and click on Save 10) Generating invoices process will start and depending on number of shipments / invoices to process, it may take a few moments 11) As a reminder - it is always faster to preview invoices in a browser, by clicking on icon Preview on the top taskbar and printing invoice from there, than printing directly on a printer.

ORBITRAX.WIN	25/08/2022	New set of zips for JP (JAP...
Please be advised, that a new set of zips (postcodes) to JP is now available. Original file of 142.600 zips (postcodes), received from a Member who specializes in shipping to JP, has been processed to work out the zip ranges in order to reduce number of records = improve zip selection speed and it is now ready for deployment. However, due to the fact that each Company may have individual JP setup (Zone Set, Zone Matrix, CRBs / ARBs), those zips cannot be injected automatically e.g. as an integral part of a new Orbitrax version. Companies who are interested in having those zips (not all would be), are requested to contact Beata who will check if JP zips can be injected without any consequences and if necessary, she will adapt your Orbitrax (Zone Set, Zone Matrix, CRBs / ARBs) to accommodate newly injected JP zips.

ORBITRAX.WIN	20/08/2022	Default Import Customer (NEW)
Did you know ... that we have recently modified the way some of the HAWB records sent by Customers are imported into Orbitrax? This concerns methods which do not require a login to a specific Customer Account, but include records sent on several Customer Accounts, such as xml file (WQXS format) or injection from external files containing not one, but several Customer Accounts. So far such data sent with blank Customer Account has been rejected by Orbitran and those records were not imported at all. This can now be changed by applying the following procedure: 1) In Depot File 3.7, Tab. 9 Setting there is a new field added at the bottom of it - Default Import Customer 2) In there, the User should enter (or select from a list) Customer Account which those "unidentified" records should be allocated to 3) It can be either Company own, "technical" Account or newly created Account, used only for storing those unidentified records 4) After this Account has been entered, Save modified Depot File 5) As a result of the above - no records with blank Customer Code will be rejected and instead all those records will be allocated to the Default Import Customer 6) Records allocated the Default Import Customer must be reviewed on a regular basis (certainly before the billing) and proper Customer Codes must be allocated to HAWBs concerned, to avoid invoicing on incorrect or "fake" / temporary Account NOTE 1: This modification does not concern internal injection from xls file in 7.4, as those files are controlled by the User, who should make sure that all necessary data is completed prior to injection (or during injection, if it concerns one and the same Customer Code for all injected records) NOTE 2: This modification has been made in and works from Orbitrax version 18.02.04 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	15/08/2022	Invoice(s) printing selecti...
Did you know ... that we have recently modified selections for invoice(s) printing in option by adding selection of Service Codes, on top of already existing: by Customer, Tariff Group, Category and Group? Service Code selection has been added to both invoice printing options: 4.2.2 Print All Customers Invoices and 4.2.3 Print Invoices For One Customer. This new functionality is particularly useful if there are several divisions within a Company, e.g. Export, Import, Domestic, E-Commerce and each division is in charge of printing invoices for their respective services, although Customers can use more than one. To generate / print invoices by selected Service Codes, follow these steps: 1) Go to 4.2.2 or 4.2.3 2) When Print Invoice window appears, click on three dots box in line Service. 3) Select required Services by moving them from left to right window by highlighting and clicking on right arrow 4) When selection is made, click on Save 5) Number of selected Services will appear in box Selected: 6) You can also use reverse Services selection by clicking on little box ! This would be helpful if you intend to print Invoices for all Services except one (or a few) selected. In this case moving Service from left to right would mean generating / printing invoices for all services, except selected one(s) NOTE 1: You can combine selections, e.g. select Group and Service, then only Invoices for selected Customers Group(s) and selected Service(s) will be generated 7) Proceed as usual with entering dates Shipment pickup date upto and Date of invoice run NOTE 2: Option of Service Codes selection for invoice printing is available from Orbitrax version 18.02.04 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/07/2022	SMS functionality - various...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has a functionality of sending SMS messages either to Customers or to Consignees, to Agents or to Shippers? There are following SMS options available in Orbitrax: 1) SSRs To Customer - upon setup in Customer File 3.3.2, Tab. 4 Communication, Function SSR, Output SMS 2) Customer and / or Agent Bulletin - upon setup in Customer File 3.3.2 and / or Agent File 3.1.2, Tab. 4 Communication, Function BULLETIN-SMS and (text to be entered) in 3.11.5 Content Bulletin and (Bulleting to be sent) in 4.3.2 SMS Bulletin 3) SSRs to Shipper - described in details in the System News dated 19/07/2022, subject "Sending SSRs by email and / or SMS to Shipper" 4) Notifications (Shipment received, Out for Delivery, Delivered) to Consignees of selected Customers - upon setup in Customer File 3.3.2, Tab. 4 Communication, section Notification and (text to be entered) in 3.11.5, Content Shipment received notification SMS, Out for delivery notification SMS, Shipment delivered notification SMS 5) SMS to Agent, Consignee, Customer, Shipper or any free entry number from SSR screen or from a list of shipments. These SMS can be either free, one-off text or based on templates pre-defined for various occurrences in 3.11.5 Content SMS from SSR screen & Shipments List NOTE 1: Orbitrax has built-in interface with SMS gateway infobip(.com). Members who have registered with infobip and purchased credit can have SMS interface switched on straight away. NOTE 2: In case of other, local SMS providers, it is possible to build a new interface from scratch, based on API provided (in English). If you are interested, contact us for further details.

ORBITRAX.WIN	25/07/2022	Using sub-accounts in web C...
Did you know ... that we have simplified option of using sub-accounts in web CRA - Customer Restricted Area? This is for companies whose Customers are using web interface (CRA) for HAWBs entries. If your Company does not use this option yet and you would be interested in having one, please contact us (CDT of WQXS) in order to create it. There is no one, universal CRA, rather it is done on a Company level, so it would require a specific setup per Company. Sub-accounts are e.g. the same departments within one Company (Customer) or different Companies within one organization, whereby each has a separate account in Orbitrax, but registering HAWBs on the website is done by one (the same) web user. Example: Web user of ING Bank HQ (Orbitrax account INGHQ00000) is registering shipments for several ING Bank branches: Branch 1024 (Orbitrax Code ING1024000), Branch 3289 (Orbitrax Code ING3289000), Branch 5689 (Orbitrax Code ING5689000) Previously, setup for sub-accounts was done on a website and required multiple actions. After the change, setup is done in Orbitrax and can be done by any Orbitrax user having access to Customer Files in 3.3.2 To prepare sub-account setup in Orbitrax for shipments entry in CRA of a multiple accounts, follow these steps: 1) Go to MAIN Customer File in 3.3.2. Going with above example, it would be INGHQBE000 2) Go to Tab. 15 WEB 3) In a (newly created) section "Link Customer Accounts", add sub-accounts by clicking on +. Going with above example, you would add ING1024000, ING3289000, ING5689000 4) Save modified Customer File 5) Action required of Admin of a web user - web user should have a box Multi Group checked on Main account in order to stay logged in and just switch between sub-accounts 6) As a result of the above setup - web user upon login in CRA will have all sub-accounts linked as in item 3) above available for selection / HAWB entry shown as "departments" at the top of Shipment Entry screen. Going with above example, web user of INGHQBE000 will have INGHQBE000, ING1024000, ING3289000 and ING5689000 available for selection for shipment entry 7) After HAWB has been saved and full HAWB or label printed, next shipment entry will require a new selection of a sub-account / department, as it goes back to the MAIN account 8) All HAWBs entered for selected sub-account / department will be transferred to Orbitrax accordingly (under each sub-account / department) 9) Shipper is a MAIN account, sub-accounts are shown in CRA as Customer Reference on HAWB providing box "Force Department as Customer Reference" has been checked in Customer File, Tab. 15. WEB, in newly created section "Other". This Reference, being sub-account, can be completed with Customer own Reference, if required. 10) Otherwise, if box "Force Department as Customer Reference" remains unchecked, field Reference on web shipment entry will stay blank, ready to be filled in with Customer Reference other than sub-account. NOTE 1: Pickup orders are transferred to Orbitrax under MAIN account NOTE 2: Option is available in Orbitrax version 18.02.00 onwards with some modifications of item 9) added in 18.02.03

ORBITRAX.WIN	19/07/2022	Sending SSRs by email and /...
Did you know ... that on top of typical sending of SSRs to Customers, Orbitrax has an option of sending SSRs directly to Shipper? In order to activate this option follow these steps: 1) During manual entry / pre-entry in 1.1 or 1.2, check one or both boxes on Shipper side of HAWB: - upper "Send SSR" box - to send SSR by email - lower "Send SSR" box - to send SSR by SMS 2) For already existing HAWBs - go to 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) and proceed as in item 1) above NOTE 1: Option SSR by email or SMS are available providing email address and / or mobile number of the Shipper are provided. Otherwise, upon attempt of checking one or both boxes, there will be a warning message: "Please enter valid email address first" or "Please enter valid mobile number first", respectively. NOTE 2: For sending SSRs to Shipper, a Company must have SMS functionality active and credit topped up 3) Option of sending SSRs by email can also be provided by Customers sending us shipments data either in format WQXS_XML or by WQXS web service. In both cases the field ShipperEmailTracking must show value 1, like this: <ShipperEmailTracking>1</ShipperEmailTracking>. As a result the upper "Send SSR" box on HAWB will be checked automatically and SSR will be sent to Shipper, providing email address of a Shipper was also provided, in field <ShipperEmail> 4) SSRs sent to Shipper either by email or by SMS (or both) are registered in SSR Log, just like any SSRs sent by email or by SMS to Customer.

ORBITRAX.WIN	14/07/2022	Changes in Shipment Quick Q...
Did you know ... that as a result of some Members requests, we have implemented a few changes to Shipment Quick Quote 2.8? NOTE to new Orbitrax users: Shipment Quick Quote 2.8 is meant to give a quick calculation of pricing upon entry of basic shipment details, without having to simulate it in 1.1 or 1.2 (HAWB Entry or HAWB Pre-Entry). It can be used either to give a quick quote (price) to a Customer upon e.g. his phone enquiry or internally, e.g. to test newly entered tariff by Orbitrax user. We have implemented the following changes: (A) Origin 1) In Pricing Info, section Origin, on top of already existing button Select Country (next to field Country) we have added a button Select Shipper, with option of copying Country, Zip and Town from Customer File 2) The above results in detailed and correct calculation of pricing in case of Zone Set / Zone Matrix system used NOTE 1: The above change has been implemented in Orbitrax version 18.02.0, already released (B) FSS in % 3) In similar way to pricing breakdown of HAWB, we have added FSS % to pricing breakdown in Shipment Quick Quote 4) As a result, the pricing breakdown of a Customer consists now of the following elements: - Total - Discount % - FSS - FSS % - Total after discount - VAT - Total incl. VAT NOTE 2: The above change will be implemented in Orbitrax version 18.02.02, to be released week 29/30 NOTE 3: We would like to remind you, that since FSS can be specific dates related, FSS % on HAWB of a certain date can be different than FSS % in Shipment Quote, which is always current (there are no shipment dates selection in Shipment Quick Quote 2.8)

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/06/2022	Pricing and invoicing of lo...
Did you know ... that there are a two methods In Orbitrax of pricing and invoicing / not invoicing lost shipments? This is follow up of System News dated 26/06/2022, subject "Shipment invoiced / not invoiced - conditions" - in part related to billing shipments without final SSR. (A) Status 1) Enter SSR 80 Confirmed lost shipments NOTE 1: SSR 80 Confirmed lost shipment does not change anything in shipment pricing automatically. If lost shipment has to be either billed at "0" or excluded from invoicing, these are the steps (B or C) to follow: (B) Pricing and invoicing lost shipment at "0" 2) Go to HAWB, Tab.3 Pricing 3) Highlight pricing line you want to change to "0" and click on icon Open 4) In a newly open window Customer charge, change Mode from Auto to Manual. Original Mode can sometimes be Auto, sometimes Manual, so just make sure that Mode is Manual before pricing at "0" 5) Replace existing pricing elements with "0" 6) Save Customer charge window 7) Save modified HAWB 8) As a result of the above, HAWB will appear on invoice with "0" charge (C) Excluding lost shipment from invoicing 9) Go to HAWB, Tab.3 Pricing 10) Highlight pricing line you want to change to "0" and click on icon Open 11) In a newly open window Customer charge, change Invoicing status from Invoice to "Do not Invoice" 12) There will be a warning displayed "This item will not be printed on invoice. Are you sure?" Answer YES 13) Save Customer charge window 14) Save modified HAWB 15) As a result of the above - HAWB will NOT be printed on invoice NOTE 2: Although lost shipment is the most obvious example, the above described procedures are not limited to lost shipments. It can be used for any shipment, regardless its status or SSR entered, which have to be priced at "0" or excluded from invoicing. NOTE 3: This System News is solely about transport charges and NOT liability for lost goods, which has to be handled / settled outside Orbitrax.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/06/2022	Shipment invoiced / not inv...
Did you know ... that there are several conditions under which shipment is invoiced? This System News has been prompted by an enquiry by one of the (old) Members who was manually changing dates of unreceived shipments to future dates in order to exclude them from current month invoicing ... 1) As a general rule - ONLY received shipments (entered in 1.1 or either scanned in or scanned out or inbound confirmed manually) are invoiced. Shipments without flag / SSR "Shipment received" are NEVER invoiced and there are no exceptions from this rule 2) Shipments received but not manifested - are invoiced ONLY if box "Allow invoice unmanifested shipments" in Depot File 3.7 Tab. 3 Document numbers is checked. Otherwise - shipment received but not manifested will not be invoiced until it is manifested 3) Shipment received but put ON HOLD (Delayed) are invoiced ONLY if box "Allow invoice of delayed shipments" in Depot File 3.7 Tab. 3 Document numbers is checked. Otherwise - shipment received but put ON HOLD (Delayed) will not be invoiced until it is taken OFF HOLD (Released from Delayed HAWBs File) 4) Shipments from Customers who have option / box "Invoice only when final SSR" checked in Customer File, Tab.11 Invoice, will be invoiced ONLY when shipment received final SSR (e.g. 00 POD, 71 Shipment destroyed upon request of Shipper, 79 Shipment confiscated by Customs, 80 Confirmed lost shipment. etc) However, billing of shipments with SSR 80 Confirmed lost shipment may require extra treatment, which will be described in the next System News.

ORBITRAX.WIN	16/06/2022	Force HAWB validation scan ...
Did you know ... that on request of few Members we have added a new option - Force HAWB validation scan to MOB (screen TOOLS 2) and to Agent File, Tab. 12 MOB? This option is forcing the Agent / Driver to confirm / validate HAWB after it has been selected from To Do list on MOB and before POD / SSR is entered, in order to avoid mistakes of POD / SSR entry for wrongly selected HAWB. This is similar to HAWB validation used for HAWB Entry / Pre-Entry in Orbitrax, in order to avoid incorrect HAWB entry. In order to activate option of forcing HAWB validation on MOB, follow these steps: 1) make sure option Force HAWB validation scan is checked in Agent File, Tab. 12 MOB in section MOB permissions 2) the same option should be checked in MOB (screen TOOLS 2) of the same Agent / Driver. Alternatively, you can use QR code method described in System News dated 12/06/2022, subject "MOB - simplified setup with QR code" 3) As a result of the above, after the Agent / Driver selects HAWB from To Do list and before he can enter POD or select SSR, he will be forced to validate HAWB 4) HAWB can be validated by one of the following options: - scanned barcode using barcode left icon - for numeric HAWB - by HAWB number entered manually using numeric keyboard activated by a middle icon - for alphanumeric HAWB - by HAWB number entered manually using keyboard activated by a right icon 5) scanned / entered HAWB number has to be confirmed by OK (green V) button 6) Only after HAWB has been validated, driver will get access to POD / SSR Entry screen. NOTE: Option will be available in MOB version 5.0.60 and in Orbitrax version 18.02.00 (18.2.0)

ORBITRAX.WIN	12/06/2022	MOB - simplified setup with...
Did you know ... that e have recently simplified setting up mobile application (MOB)? 1) First of all, we have synchronized options available in MOB (screen TOOLS 2) and MOB permissions in Orbitrax, in Agent File, Tab. 12 MOB. There is a new option "Force HAWB Validation Scan", which will be described in details in the next System News. 2) In Tab. 12 MOB in Agent File there is a new option "MOB Configuration password", which can be changed from existing one Wqxs2014. This would prevent the driver who knows Wqxs2014 from changing his own setup. Now, Orbitrax user can change the password at any time 3) In Tab. 12 MOB in Agent File there is also a new button "Generate QR Code". Upon clicking on this button, QR Code will be generated. This code, when scanned in Tools in MOB (use a barcode button in MOB) - will automatically copy MOB permissions granted in Orbitrax to TOOLS 2 in MOB. NOTE: Option will be available in MOB version 5.0.60 and in Orbitrax version 18.02.00 (18.2.0)

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/05/2022	Creating invoice for single...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of creating Invoice for single HAWB, directly from HAWB screen? This option should be used for printing "ad-hoc" invoice for single HAWB. If you wish regular invoices to be printed with just one HAWB per invoice, select option S1 in field Invoice Style in Tab. 3 Financial in Customer File. To print Invoice for single HAWB from HAWB screen, follow these steps: 1) Display HAWB to be invoiced in 1.3 2) Go to Tab. 3 Pricing 3) In top section "Customer charges" click on button Invoice. You will be asked if you want to Create New Invoice. Answer Yes 4) Print Invoice screen will be displayed, with only one option to be filled in - Date of invoice run 5) Enter Invoice date NOTE 1: The system will refuse printing invoice for selected HAWB when: - shipment pickup date is higher than Invoice run date you entered - if there were invoices already created with Invoice run date higher than date you entered In both cases there will be a message shown, giving a reason why invoice cannot be printed 6) Providing occurrences like in NOTE 1 above were not the case, a Print invoices list will be displayed with only one invoice listed, one for selected HAWB 7) Proceed as usual - preview, print, etc. and finish with confirming invoice by clicking on top left icon Confirm Invoice Troubleshooting: NOTE 2: Only shipments with status "Received" can be invoiced. If list of invoices to print (like in item 6) is blank and does not show any invoice to print, it may mean that you are attempting to invoice shipment without status "Shipment received". This may be the case if shipment has been entered in 1.2 Pre-enter HAWB(s) and it was not scanned in. You can either scan shipment in or press F6 on HAWB and in a newly open window Shipment complete, check box "Save as Received" and save Shipment complete window NOTE 3: If list of invoices to print (like in item 6) is still blank, despite marking shipment as Received by F6 as in NOTE 2, it may mean that you are attempting to print invoice for shipment which has not been manifested, if your Depot File 3.7 Tab. 3 Document Numbers states that only manifested shipments can be invoiced (box "Allow invoice unmanifested shipments" is NOT checked). If you want to print invoice for newly entered HAWB, before it was manifested, press F6 on HAWB and in a newly open window Shipment complete, check box "Save as Manifested" and save Shipment complete window. Then proceed with printing invoice as per steps 2) -7) above.

ORBITRAX.WIN	16/05/2022	Invoice specification XLS4-...
Did you know ... that on request of few Members, we have recently added a new layout of invoice specification? Modification is related to existing format XLS4 and specification format called XLS4-REF includes now Customer Reference (from field Reference in HAWB screen). To select this new layout XLS4-REF to be sent to Customer, follow these steps: 1) Go to Customer File 3.3.2 2) Go to Tab. 4 Communication 3) Click on + to add new communication 4) Select Function E-INVOICE-XLS4-REF with description: Electronic invoice specification (XLS) with VAT rate and reference 5) Select EMAIL in field Output 6) Enter email address in field Number / address 7) Save NOTE 1: In case of multiple email addresses specification should be sent to, in the list of communications, click on icon Copy record (middle icon) and replace existing email address with a new one. Then Save 8) Save modified Customer File 9) As a result, xls with invoice specification, on top of HAWB, will contain (Customer) Reference in column C. NOTE 2: Option of invoice specification XLS4-REF is available in Orbitrax version 18.01.02 (18.1.2) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	08/05/2022	SSR 96 Case closed (NEW)
Did you know ... that on request of some Members we have recently added a new SSR 96 Case closed? This is purely to close SSR Log so it does not stay open with any specific reason (which can still be found in SSR Log anyway). 1) It is similar to SSR 95 Claim closed, however: - it does not suggest that there was any claim involved - it is sent to Customer (unlike 95 which is sent to Agent) 2) Specific setup (frequency of sending) of SSR 96 can be changed in usual SSR Setup location in 3.10.1 3) SSR 96 Case closed, including translations to languages: CZ, DE, ES, FR, IT, NL, PL has been added to Tracking by our API (web service) and to common tracking by https://track.wqxs.com NOTE: SSR 96 Case closed has been added in Orbitrax version 18.01.01

ORBITRAX.WIN	04/05/2022	Forcing Agent and Service C...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has a new option of forcing Agent and Service code based on shipment weight (dead or volumetric), for selected Customer(s)? This is particularly useful, when there is not one default Agent, but Agent depends on shipment weight (dead or volumetric). Forcing Service code, even in case of the same Agent, allows applying different tariff to both: Customer and Agent. In order to activate this option follow these steps: 1) Go to 3.3.2 Alter Customer 2) Go to Tab. 8 Other 3) There is new option added on the left hand side of the screen - Force Agent and Service based on weight 4) Make sure that box Active is checked 5) Click on box Add weight rules 6) Click on + to add a new rule 7) Enter Service Code to be forced 8) Enter (or select from a list) Agent Code to be forced 9) Enter Weight from 10) Enter Weight to (if weight range is up to any weight 99999,99 - you can leave field Weight to blank) 11) Select Weight Type: Weight (Dead weight) or Volumetric Weight 12) Click on + again to add next Service Code and Agent for next weight break 13) You can choose between Weight and Volumetric Weight for different weight breaks 14) When finished - Save rule window 15) Save modified Customer File 16) As a result of the above setup, any HAWB on Customer the rule has been set up for, will force Service code and Agent for defined weight ranges 17) To modify rule entry, repeat steps 1-5, highlight required rule line, then click on icon Open, modify and Save. NOTE 1: No country or zone selection is available as there could be possible conflict between this setup and setup in Zone File 3.8.3.2, Tab. 4 Weight, which applies to all, and not only selected Customers. NOTE 2: As forcing of both Agent and Service Code is performed by Orbitran, option works ONLY for shipments with the data coming through Orbitran: by interface, from web, injected from file, and NOT for manual entries. NOTE 3: Option is available in Orbitrax version 18.01.01 (18.1.1) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/04/2022	Advanced Search by multiple...
Did you know ... that we have recently added a new option of Advanced Search by multiple key words? This may be particularly useful in case of searching for HAWBs matching specific, multiple criteria in order to apply a certain surcharge. Typical examples could be: * Deliveries to e.g. NATO HQ in BRU (BE), whereby it could be addressed to: - NATO or N.A.T.O or OTAN (French version) or O.T.A.N or NAVO (Dutch version) or N.A.V.O, - to town Brussels, Bruxelles, Brussel or even OTAN - NATO - to zip 1000, 1110 or 1130 OR: * Deliveries to pedestrian only - car free streets, whereby it could be any street at any town in any country and which attracts a special surcharge by the delivery Agent, to be passed on to Customer, e.g: Drottninggatan (street) in Stockholm, SE (zip 111 51) or Puerta del Sol (square) in Madrid, ES (zip 28013) or parts of Rue des Rosiers (street) in Paris, FR (zip 75004) ********** Current Advanced Search in Orbitrax, although flexible, would not identify HAWBs matching the above criteria with just one search, hence solution of searching by multiple keys / key words. LEVEL 1 - GROUP LEVEL 2 - SET(S) LEVEL 3 - KEYS GROUP > SETS (1 or more) > KEYS (1+, as in fact a single key can be replaced by a regular, single Advanced Search). (A) Setting up 1) Go to 1.3 2) Go to Advanced Search by clicking on middle icon (binocular) 3) Criteria does not matter at the setup stage, it will matter later at the actual search for HAWBs 4) On the right hand side of the screen there is a new field "Selection". Click on three dots box to open setup "Search Group List" LEVEL 1: 5) Click on + to create a new Group 6) Enter description of the Group, e.g. PEDESTRIAN LEVEL 2: 7) Click on + again to create a new Set 8) Enter description of the Set, e.g. PEDESTRIAN STO LEVEL 3: 9) Click on + to select key fields. Available key fields are: Conee Country Code, Conee Zip, Conee Name, Conee Address. Follow by values entry in field Value, e.g. SE for Conee Country Code, 111 51 for Conee Zip, Drottninggatan for Conee Address NOTE 1: Values entered are not case sensitive NOTE 2: Selecting keys is optional, e.g. you can select Conee Country Code and Conee Zip, without specifying Conee Name NOTE 3: If necessary, you can select more than 1 key field, e.g. Conee Zip 111 51 and, as 2nd selection, Conee Zip 111 52 or NATO as Conee Name and OTAN as 2nd selection Conee Name NOTE 4: You can use wildcards * the way they are used anywhere else in Orbitrax: * at the start is replacing any number of characters preceding entered text, * at the end is replacing any number of characters succeeding entered text, text between * such as 5 will display any number of characters preceding and succeeding 5 within zip, e.g: 111 to have records with zips starting with 111 and not only specific 111 51 displayed or * 51 to have records with zips ending 51 and not specific 111 51 or 123 51 displayed or 1 5 will display all records having 1 5 within zip. Warning! If there are spaces in the zips, they should be included in a search keys. In example of zip 111 51, typing in 1 5 will display a record with zip 111 51, but typing in 15 will not. In a similar way, wildcards can work for addresses, e.g. Drot to have all records with Drot within address e.g. Drottninggatan, Drotting street, but also e.g. Amadrotgattan NOTE 5: In a similar way, you can use a wildcard ? which is matching a single character in a specific position, e.g. m?ll would return mall, mill, mull, etc 10) After key entries, click on Save to save Search Key Set and Save again to save Search Set Properties. 11) If you intend to add a new Set for e.g. PEDESTRIAN MAD, in Search Set List (accessed by three dots icon in Selection in Advanced Search screen), open already created Set PEDESTRIAN (by clicking on icon Open), then click on + to create a new Set with Description PEDESTRIAN MAD and repeat steps 8-10 as above. You can created as many Sets as is required 12) If any Set requires changes (adding or deleting) of the keys, open required Set, make your changes and Save both: Set and Group, as both have been modified (B) Advanced Search by Group (= Sets / Keys within a group) 13) Go to 1.3 14) Go to Advanced Search by clicking on middle icon (binocular) 15) Select criteria, e.g. dates range 16) Click on three dots icon next to field Selection 17) Highlight required Group (e.g. PEDESTRIAN) and click on top left icon Select. Name of selected Group will be displayed in field Selection 18) Click on Save to display results of your search 19) As a result, all records matching complete Group PEDESTRIAN (composed of two Sets - PEDESTRIAN STO + PEDESTRIAN MAD with all set search Keys) will be displayed NOTE 6: Displayed results are on a basis of Set-and-Set and keys on a basis key-or-key. That means that the system will search for all records matching Set PEDESTRIAN STO AND Set PEDESTRIAN MAD and within Set it will look for all possible combinations of keys e.g. Conee Country Code SE + Conee Zip 111 51 OR Conee Country Code SE + Conee Zip 111 52 (if both have been entered as 2 separate keys) EXAMPLE 1: - GROUP: NATO - SET: NATO - KEYS: Conee Country Code: BE, Conee Name: * NATO , Conee Name (2nd selection of the same key): N.A.T.O , Conee Name (3rd selection of the same key): OTAN , Conee zip: 1 Upon selection of a Group NATO in Advanced search, Orbitrax will display all records matching the above criteria: in Belgium, all zips starting with 1, Consignee names containing NATO or OTAN or N.A.T.O. Real test shows that search result also includes e.g. HOSPITAL ST. LUC ANATOMIE PATHOLOGIE in 1200 Brussels, BE, as this is matching all set criteria. EXAMPLE 2: - GROUP: PEDESTRIAN - SET 1: PEDESTRIAN STO - SET 2: PEDESTRIAN MAD - SET 3: PEDESTRIAN PAR - KEYs for SET 1 PEDESTRAIN STO: Conee Country Code: SE, Conee Zip: 111 9* - KEYs for SET 2 PEDESTRIAN MAD: Conee Country Code: ES, Conee Zip: 28013, Conee Address: Puerta Del Sol - KEYs for SET 3 PEDESTRIAN PAR: Conee Country Code: FR, Conee Zip: 75004, Conee Address: Rosier, Conee Name: Hanna, Conee Name (2nd selection of the same key): Bulle Upon selection of a Group PEDESTRIAN in Advanced Search, Orbitrax will display all records matching the above criteria: - all records with zips starting with 111 9 in Sweden AND - all records with zips 28013 and address(es) containing Puerta Del Sol in Spain AND - all records with zips 750004 and address(es) containing Rosier and consignee name containing Hanna (e.g. Chez Hanna) OR Bulle (e.g. Bistro Bulle), because e.g. only those 2 places at Rue des Rosiers are in the pedestrian only area and therefore shipments to only those places would be returned by a search. The other places at Rue des Rosiers will not. 20) The above search results can be a base for adding required Special Service / Surcharge, either by Update Shipments on shipments list or by Shipments Pack. NOTE 7: Option is available in Orbitrax version 18.01.01 (18.1.1) onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	25/04/2022	Searching for HAWB(s) by ch...
NOTE: This is continuation of previous System News dated 21/04/2022 describing all types of charges, subject "Types of charges (of Customers and Agents)". Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax of searching for HAWBs by various charge types? This option is useful when you need to identify particular charges for selected HAWB(s) and selected period. To identify HAWBs with specific types of charges, follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 2) Go to Advanced Search by clicking on middle icon binocular 3) Set your criteria (dates, Customer, etc.) 4) Go to Tab. 2 Financial / MAWB / Non-standard 5) Right hand side section is selection of charges: upper - Customer charges, lower - Agent charges 6) Select one (or more) charge types by checking boxes: - Standard Charge line (with selection Auto or Manual charge) - Manual charge - Special Service Charge line (with selection Auto or Manual charge or Any) - Extra Service Charge line (with selection Auto or Manual charge or Any) 7) In addition, in Customer section there is a box "Special instruction". Special instruction is either description of Special Service or Special instruction entered manually For example: - Delivery before 10:00 is a standard description for Special Service (code) 1000 - Special instruction entered manually in Special Instruction field can be e.g. URGENT DELIVERY, which is not linked to any specific Special Service (code) 8) Rules for searching for Agent charges are identical to those in item 6) above. 9) Additional options are: Having or Not Having, which means searching for HAWBs containing or not containing selected charges 10) When selection has been made, click on Save 11) As a result of the above - HAWBs matching the criteria and containing (at least one) pricing lines with selected charge types will be displayed 12) To have a list of displayed HAWBs printed, click on icon xls to download them in xls. You can also right mouse click on top record, then select option "Copy data to clipboard" and paste to Excel (CtrlV).

ORBITRAX.WIN	21/04/2022	Types of charges (of Custom...
Did you know ... that there are several types of charges in Orbitrax, all depending on business occurrence, all entered by different tariffs and all appearing separately in shipment pricing info (HAWB screen, Tab. 3 Pricing) and on invoices? Here is a summary of various types of charges, what may be useful to the new Members and a reminder of available options to existing ones: (A) Standard (base) charge (STS): - mandatory (always appears in Pricing Info, even if it is "0") - it is a result of a Customer regular tariff entered in 3.9.2.1 Agent regular tariff entered in 3.9.1.1, based on Service Codes specified in 3.9.6. - STS tariff details can be checked by clicking on button "Show tariff" - if a particular STS tariff does not exist, values are shown as "0" and it will show a message "Tariff not found" upon clicking on button "Show tariff" - pricing line of STS shows Type "Standard" and charge is "Auto" - vatable EXAMPLE of Standard charges: Export, Import, Domestic (and variations) (B) Special Services charge (SPS) - added in HAWB screen in section Additional Services > Special Service - optional - it is a result of Special Services of Customer tariff entered in 3.9.5.1 or Special Services of Agent tariff entered in 3.9.5.2, based on Special Service Codes specified in 3.9.5.4 - SPS tariff details can be checked by clicking on button "Show tariff" - if a particular SPS tariff does not exist, values are shown as "0" and it will show a message "Tariff not found" upon clicking on button "Show tariff" - pricing line of SPS shows Type "Special" and charge is "Auto" - vatable EXAMPLE of Special charges: Delivery before 10:00, COD (Surcharge), Saturday Delivery, Waiting Time, Loading Time (C) Extra Services charge (XPS) - added in HAWB screen in section Additional Services > Extra Service - optional - it is a result of Extra services setup (codes + setup) in 3.9.7.1 - XPS tariff details can be checked by clicking on button "Show tariff" - if a particular XPS tariff does not exist, values are shown as "0" and it will show a message "Tariff not found" upon clicking on button "Show tariff" - pricing line of XPS shows type "Extra" and charge is "Auto" - vatable or non-vatable (as per XPS setup in 3.9.7.1) EXAMPLE of Extra Services charges: Insurance and any other charges with multiple units (km, piece, etc. ) which are not / cannot be covered by STS and SPS NOTE 1: (A) or (B) or (C) can all be changed manually in Pricing info, by opening pricing line and changing Mode from Auto to Manual, then change + Save. If this is done, charge changes from "Auto" to "Manual" (D) Manual charge - added in HAWB screen, Tab. 3 Pricing, by + either in section Customer Charges or Agent Charges - optional - it is NOT tariff related - it is a result of any Manual entry added to pricing by + - pricing line of Manual charge shows type "Manual" and charge is "Manual" - vatable or non-vatable (as per VAT selection during manual charge entry) EXAMPLE of Manual charge: ANY charge which are not / cannot be covered by STS, SPS or XPS NOTE 2: The way to generate report specifying HAWBs containing / not containing all the above charges will be described in the next System News.

ORBITRAX.WIN	18/04/2022	Quick replacing Customer or...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of quick replacing existing base (Standard) charges to Customer or Agent, for selection of HAWBs, without having to create a new, full tariff or replacing existing charges one by one? This is useful in case of distributions with ad hoc agreed, changeable rates for each or if there is a discounted rate to replace standard charge if it cannot be entered in Orbitrax otherwise. To replace base Customer or Agent Charge, follow these steps: 1) Got to 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 2) Go to Advanced Search by clicking on middle icon binocular 3) Select your criteria 4) Save 5) On the list of displayed HAWBs, mark shipments which would be subject to base charge replacement. To mark HAWBs, use one of the standard methods: left mouse click + Shift to to mark a bloc of records blue or left mouse click + Ctrl to mark selected records 6) Once records (HAWBs) have been marked, click on icon Update shipments (7th right on the top taskbar) 7) On the right hand side of the newly open window "Update shipments in pack", there is section "Standard charge" 8) For Customer - check box "Replace customer standard charge" 9) Complete the fields: Description, Basic, NDX, Extra, Add (Additional), ONF (Onforwarding). If there is no value to enter - leave at "0". Select VAT rate, Currency and check / uncheck box Subject to FSS. Default values are prompted, so leave them as they are if there are no change to be made. 10) Exactly the same rules apply to replacement of basic (standard) charges of the Agent, except that there is an additional selection of jobs to replace charges for: Pickup, Delivery All, Delivery Last. Option Delivery Last, as used most frequently, is prompted as default. NOTE 1: There is no obligation to replace Customer and Agent basic charges at the same time. Depending on your needs - only Customer or only Agent basic charges can be replaced. 11) When replacement charges have been entered, click on Save. Progress bar will show a process of charges replacement. Depending on number of selected HAWBs to replace base charges for - it may take several minutes. 12) When the process is completed, there will be a message "Update success" displayed. Click on OK and close the window. 13) You will then be asked if you want to save Pack of shipments selected for charges replacement. If you answer No - the process of charges replacement will be completed. If you answer Yes - Pack properties window will open. Give Pack a name in field Pack name and Save. Pack will be automatically saved, to be viewed in 1.16.1 Pack of shipments NOTE 2: The above method replaces ONLY basic (standard) charges of Customer or Agent. Any other pricing elements on selected HAWBs, such as Special Service pricing, Extra Service pricing, other Manual charges entered manually on HAWB - remain in place and unchanged.

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/03/2022	Searching for HAWBs by Invo...
Did you know ... that there are 2 ways in Orbitrax to search for HAWBs invoiced on specific invoice? Invoice number on which HAWB (and more specifically - its pricing lines if there are more than one) has been invoiced is shown on HAWB screen 1.3, Tab. 3 Pricing, top section Customer Charges, column Invoice No. To check HAWBs invoiced on specific invoice follow these steps: (A) Option 1 - by displaying shipments list 1) Go to 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 2) Got to Advanced Search (binocular icon) 3) Select dates range from and to. In addition, to narrow search criteria, you can enter e.g. Customer Code 4) Go to Tab. 2 Financial / MAWB / Non-standard 5) In section Customer (top left) enter Invoice number (without prefix e.g. 5200224 and not INV5200224) 6) Click on Save and a list of HAWBs invoiced on invoice number entered will be displayed (B) Option 2 - by re-printing confirmed invoiced 7) Go to 4.2.8 Re-print Confirmed Invoices 8) Change selection "Search by" from Date Range to Number and enter specific, the same invoice number in both fields From and To. Click on icon Refresh (or F5) to display a result of your search. NOTE: If you do not know specific invoice number but e.g. you know Customer Code, you can search either by Date Range or by (Invoice) Number range. Then, if there were more invoices matching selected criteria - all invoices will be displayed. 9) When required invoice is displayed, you can choose to either preview or print it by clicking on one of the icons on the top taskbar (you will be asked if you want to display / print invoice or specification or both). You can also download xls with invoice details (per HAWB) by clicking on xls icon on the top taskbar. There are 2 xls icons - SR and xls. To see the details (per HAWB) of selected invoice details - select icon xls. SR is a summary of all invoices displayed.

ORBITRAX.WIN	25/03/2022	New method of VAT validation
Did you know ... that the old method of validating EU VAT numbers via VIES website ceased to exist? 1) As a reminder: - single EU based Customer VAT number can be validated in Customer File 3.3.2, Tab.3 Financial, button Validate - single EU based Agent VAT number can be validated in Agent File 3.1.2, Tab.5 Financial, button Validate 2) Previously, attempt of VAT validation was opening VIES validation window in a browser, what was often ineffective due to busy EU VIES servers 3) Right now, browser does not open and VAT number is either validated or it is not (what is confirmed by a message in validation status field) 4) Method of "en masse" VAT numbers validation in 4.4.16.1 for the Agents and in 4.4.16.2 has also changed and it is much faster than before, as it is not opening VIES validation window in a browser with every attempt of each VAT number validation NOTE: Change of method of VAT number validation required change of Orbitrax. New method has been added in Orbitrax version 17.04, therefore Members who use VAT Validation, are on older versions and cannot validate VAT numbers, are requested to contact CDT for scheduling Orbitrax upgrade.

ORBITRAX.WIN	21/03/2022	POD Entry - additional shor...
Did you know ... that on request of a few Members, we have added a few new short keys, on top of already existing ones, in order to speed up PODs Entry? 1) Until now, there were 2 short keys available (to be entered in the field Name / Subject, after SSR Code 00 has been entered in SSR entry screen): C-(Tab) - fills field Name / Subject with COMPANY STAMP S-(Tab) - fills field Name / Subject with SIGNATURE 2) Newly added short keys are the following: F-(Tab) - will fill field Name / Subject with FRONT DOOR M-(Tab) - will fill field Name / Subject with MAILBOX N-(Tab) - will fill field Name / Subject with NEIGHBOUR P-(Tab) - will fill field Name / Subject with P.O. BOX NOTE: Option will be available in Orbitrax version 18.01.00 (18.1.0) to be released this week (12th)

ORBITRAX.WIN	13/03/2022	HAWB Re-pricing after chang...
Due to rapid increase of fuel prices, some Members are increasing FSS tariffs (FSS tariff for Customers in 3.9.2.4 and for Agents in 3.9.1.4) This is to remind you, as some of you complain that "new FSS is not working", that in case of a new FSS tariffs entry "post-factum" (e.g. entry on 10/03/2022 to apply from 01/03/2022) it is necessary to run HAWBs re-pricing in 4.5A in order for historical HAWBs to pick correct / increased FSS. If this is not done, HAWBs will show in Pricing Info and will be invoiced with increased FSS only from the moment of a new FSS tariff entry and not from "Active from" date. The above procedure should also be run in case of base tariff change (Customers and Agents) and also in case of applying certain monthly volume discount, after discount has been entered in Customer File 3.3.2, Tab. 3 Financial, button Discount Maintenance. Detailed procedure of HAWBs Re-pricing has been described in details in System News dated 28/01/2020, Subject "HAWB repricing".

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/02/2022	Inbound confirmation by Mul...
Did you know ... that in need of quick Inbound Confirmation, in some cases, you can use Multi SSR Entry of SSR Code 17 Shipment received? Normally, shipments should be Inbound confirmed either by scanning in in 1.13.9 Warehouse customer inbound or 1.13.10 Warehouse inbound without customer validation or in 1.9.3 Inbound Shipment Confirmation and this way get status Shipment received. Option of quick Multi SSR 17 Entry can be however used for Inbound confirmation in very specific, rare cases, for example: - xls with shipments data has been injected in 7.4, but option Inbound has not been checked by an oversight - data has been received for identical packages (e.g. distribution) and number of shipments physically received equals number of shipments in Orbitrax to be received If above is the case, quick allocation of SSR 17 would mark all selected shipments as received. This is how to proceed: 1) Go to 2.2 Multi SSR Entry 2) Go to Advanced Search 3) Select option "Not received" and other criteria, then click on Save to have required records displayed on screen 4) Once required records are displayed, use left mouse click + Shift to to mark a bloc of records blue or left mouse click + Ctrl to mark selected records blue 5) Click on top left icon Select on the top taskbar to open window SSR Entry 6) Enter time and date or skip to confirm current time and date prompted 7) Enter (SSR) Code 17 Shipment received and pick your Gateway code in field Reporting Station Code 8) Select Send option Full send 9) Click on Save and SSR 17 will be added to all selected records 10) As a result all selected shipment will get status Shipment received.

ORBITRAX.WIN	24/02/2022	Printing Manifest or Delive...
Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax of printing Manifest only for shipment grouped in Shipments Pack created during scan out in option 1.13.2.A Warehouse outbound or 1.13.2.B Warehouse outbound with reallocation? With exceptions of shipments On Hold (excluded from manifesting) or shipments marked to be manifested on a separate MAWB, as a general rule - Manifests are printed upto selected date, means all shipments upto selected date are included in Manifest. However, above option allows printing Manifest ONLY for selected shipments, if they were grouped in Shipments Pack created during Warehouse Out scan. To print Manifest for Warehouse shipments in Pack follow these steps: 1) Scan out shipments in either 1.13.2.A or 1.13.2.B. During scan out session a Shipments Pack composed of Agent Code, date and time is created and shown in box Pack 2) Once scan session has been completed and closed, go to 1.6.1 Print Manifest and click on + to create a new Manifest 3) Enter Agent, Station (if required), MAWB number (mandatory in case of Manifest) and Flight (if required) NOTE 1: Skip option / field Pack, as this is another functionality, already described in one of the previous System News 4) Click on - box ... next to field Warehouse to select Warehouse Pack created like in item 1) above 5) Enter Date Upto 6) Save 7) Locate this Manifest on the list of Manifests then preview, print or save as pdf by using one of the icons on the top taskbar. NOTE 2: The same rule applies to Printing Delivery Sheet by Warehouse Pack in option 1.6.5 Print Delivery Sheet

ORBITRAX.WIN	20/02/2022	Internal Notes added to SSR...
Did you know ... that some Internal Notes are added to SSR Log automatically? This System News is a continuation of System News dated 13/02/2022, subject "Internal Note - manual entry in SSR Log + statistics (NEW), in which we mentioned: "In the next System News there will be description of Orbitrax functions, which are adding Internal Note automatically. Internal Notes which may be added to SSR Log automatically are as follows: 1) Internal Note added from Delay File (semi-automatic) - added to SSR Log on request - type General 2) Shipment moved to Delay File - added to SSR Log as soon as HAWB has been moved to Delay File (put On Hold) - type General 3) Shipment removed from Delay File - added to SSR Log as soon as HAWB has been removed from Delay File (put Off Hold) - type General 4) Shipment removed from manifest - added to SSR Log as soon as HAWB has been removed from manifest (unmanifested) - type SSR 5) Manifest flag checked - added to SSR Log as soon as HAWB has been marked as manifested by F6 in HAWB screen - type General 6) Do not invoice - added to SSR Log as soon as HAWB has been marked as not to be invoiced by selecting option Dont Invoice in Pricing Info (Tab. 3 Pricing) on HAWB - type Billing (Customer) 7) Change of agent of manifested job - added to SSR Log as soon as Agent has been changed on HAWB after manifesting (option with warning) - type Billing (Agent) 8) Shipment weighed: XX.XX kg - added to SSR Log as soon as HAWB has been weight checked - type General There are also Internal Notes added automatically as a result of actions in Call Log: 9) Email sent to consignee xxx@xxx.net - added to SSR Log as soon as email has been sent - type General 10) Contact Consignee not successful - added to SSR Log as soon as option FAILED has been selected on HAWB with option of adding Internal Note - type General 11) Left a Tel/Mobile voice message to Consignee - added to SSR Log as soon as option MES (Message) has been selected on HAWB with option of adding Internal Note - type General.

ORBITRAX.WIN	13/02/2022	Internal Note - manual entr...
Did you know ... that on top of manual SSR Entry in 2.1, there is an option of adding Internal Note? Unlike regular SSRs, Internal Notes are never sent to Customers or Agents. Internal Notes are meant to store info on HAWB internally and can be either General or Billing (related). Billing Internal Notes can be either Customer or Agent Billing (related). Internal Notes, indicated in SSR Log as Code 99 can be either entered manually or can be automatic, being a result of some actions in Orbitrax. This System News is about manual entry of Internal Note. In the next System News there will be description of Orbitrax functions, which are adding Internal Note automatically. To distinguish between Internal Notes and regular SSRs, Internal Notes are shown in SSR log as light grey and in italic. To add Internal Note to HAWB manually, follow these steps: (A) Internal Note entry 1) Go to 2.1 Enter / View SSR(s) 2) Enter HAWB you want to add Internal Note to + Enter 3) Go to Tab. 2 History 4) Click on button Note 5) Enter a brief subject of Internal Note in field Subject. Remember to keep it short, so it is well visible later on the list of SSRs 6) Enter text (you can e.g. copy + paste email related to the issue) in field Note 7) Save 8) As a result, Internal Note you have entered will be shown in SSR Log with Code 99 and type General 9) If you want to add Customer Billing related Internal Note, check option Customer Billing Note, before entering Subject and Note like in items 4) and 5) above. 10) If you want to add Agent Billing related Internal Note, check option Agent Billing Note, before entering Subject and Note like in items 4) and 5) above. 11) As a result of 9) or 10), Internal Note you have entered will be shown in SSR Log with Code 99 and type Billing. Whether it is Customer Billing Note or Agent Billing Note, description is shown in details of SSR in the lower section of SSR Log 12) If General Internal Note is to be added to a specific SSR entered previously, highlight this SSR blue, click on button Note and click on option Add to selected log. Internal Notes added to previously entered SSR are appearing in SSR Log directly under this SSR, no matter what was the date of Internal Note entry. These Internal Notes have type SSR (B) Internal Notes Statistics (new option) 13) In order to view / print / download Internal Notes, go to (newly added) option 2.4.9 Internal Notes Statistics 14) By default, all Internal Notes of today are shown on screen, but you can extend / change Date from and Date to, if required 15) By selecting one of the options in Type: All, General, Billing Customer or Billing Agent, you can narrow result of your search and display only selected records 16) The details of Internal Note(s) shown on screen are the following: - HAWB - Event date (Internal Note entry date) - Description - Type - Subject - Message 17) By clicking on one of the options on the taskbar, you can print report of displayed records on printer, preview, save as pdf or save as xls NOTE: Option of Internal Notes exists for a long time, but Internal Notes Statistics (2.4.9) have been added in Orbitrax version 18.00.06 (18.0.6) to be released next week.

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/01/2022	Allocating Customer Tariff ...
Did you know ... that on top of adding Customer Tariff Code, one by one, in 3.3.2 Alter Customer, Tab. 3 Financial, section Tariffs, there is an option in Orbitrax of allocating Tariff Code to Customers selected from Customers list, in one go? This is in order to speed up process of allocating Tariff Codes to Customers, mainly at the new Companies / WQXS Members who have a lot of new Customer Tariff Codes to allocate at the initial Orbitrax setup, but it obviously can be used by any Member, for allocating new Customer Tariff Codes. In order to allocate the same Tariff Code to multiple Customers, follow these steps: 1) Go to 3.3.2 Alter Customer 2) If you want to narrow selection, you can choose one of the options mentioned in System News dated 30/01/2022, subject "Searching for Customers / Agents / Countries by using * mask (star mask)" 3) Press Enter to display a list of Customers, matching selected criteria 4) From a list of Customers, select Customers, either by Ctrl + left mouse click to select single ones or click on top selection, then Shift+left mouse then click on bottom selection to select block of Customers (selected Customers should be highlighted blue) 5) Once Customers have been selected, click on icon + Tariff on the top taskbar. This will display a new, small window "Add Customer Tariff" 6) Enter Customer Tariff Code 7) Enter Customer Tariff Code Description 8) Select position of the Tariff, either First or Last. There may be more Tariff Codes allocated to Customer, but as their number may vary, the only options available here are either first or last. 9) Save 10) As a result, required Customer Code will be added to all selected Customers in Customer File 3.3.2, Tab. 3 Financial, section Tariffs NOTE: The above procedure is ONLY for allocating Tariff Codes and must be followed by a proper Customer Tariff Entry in 3.9.2.1

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/01/2022	Searching for Customers / A...
Did you know ... that you can use mask while searching for Customers, Agents or Countries, to narrow number of displayed records? Users, while searching for Customers or Agents, usually display a single record, by typing 1st letter or letters in Customer Code (+Enter) in 3.3.2 Alter Customer or in 3.1.2 in Alter Agent or in 3.8.1.2 Alter Country, but there is an option of using * (star) to narrow search results / number of displayed records. * (star) is replacing any character(s), either preceding or succeeding. It can also replace both - preceding and succeeding character(s). NOTE: To use * (star) for your search, in 3.3.2 or 3.1.2, first select of of available Fields: Customer Code, Customer Name, Country Name, etc. Examples of using * mask: 1) In 3.3.2 Alter Customer, with Field selection Customer Code, type 100 (+Enter) to display all Customers whose Codes end with 100, e.g. ARAMEX0100, ERONDA0100, GLOBLON100 2) In 3.3.2 Alter Customer, with Field selection Customer Name, type BANK* (+Enter) to display all Customers who have BANK anywhere in their Name, regardless what the Customer Codes are, e.g. DEUTSCHE BANK AG, SHIZUOKA BANK EUROPE SA/NV, UNION BANK OF INDIA 3) In 3.1.2 Alter Agent, with Field selection Country Name, type ISLAND (+Enter) to have displayed Agent(s) in countries such as CHRISTMAS ISLANDS, CAYMAN ISLANDS, TURKS & CAICOS ISLANDS, VIRGIN ISLANDS (both British or US). But if you type ISL* (+ Enter), you will only have Agent from ISLE OF MAN displayed 4) In 3.8.1.2 Alter Country, with Field selection Country Name, type GUINEA (+Enter) and you will have the following countries / territories displayed: GUINEA, EQUATORIAL GUINEA, GUINEA-BISSAU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA. But if you type GUINEA* (+ Enter), you will only have GUINEA AND GUINEA-BISSAU displayed.

ORBITRAX.WIN	23/01/2022	HV shipments notification (...
Did you know ... that on request of few Members, we have recently added HV (High Value) shipments notification? HV as value and currency can be defined either as default in Depot File or individually on Customer level and Notification is meant to pay attention of selected users to HV shipment(s) as they may require special handling. Shipments which are subject to HV notification can be: - already received / manually entered or imported by e.g. interface and inbound confirmed or - pre-alerted by e.g. data imported by interface, not yet inbound confirmed or - pre-alerted and manually pre-entered, not yet inbound confirmed. To set HV notification follow these steps: (A) Globally (for all Customers, unless specified otherwise in Customer File): 1) Got to 3.7 Depot File 2) Go to Tab. 10 Contacts 3) In bottom section Email Notification, in field High Value Shipments, enter email address of a person to receive HV shipment notification by email NOTE 1: If multiple email addresses have to be entered, separate them by , (comma) 4) Click on box Properties (next to email address(es) field. This will open a little box where you should enter value and currency of shipments HV notifications email are to be sent for 5) Make sure box "Active" is checked, then Save 6) Save modified Depot File (B) Individually, per Customer. 7) If HV for individual Customer has to be different than one entered in Depot File, it has to be done in Customer File 8) Go to 3.3.2 Alter Customers 9) Go to Tab. 8 Other 10) In bottom option High Value Notification, check box "Individual" and enter value and currency 11) Save modified Customer File NOTE 2: High value entered in Customer File is sent to email address(es) as set in Depot File (like in item 3 above) NOTE 3: High Value entered in Customer File supersedes HV entered in Depot File, for this particular Customer (C) Notification Emails 12) Setup as above triggers sending automatic email(s) to user(s) as set in Depot File 3.7 13) Email has a subject: High Value Shipment notification + Customer Code + HAWB number 14) Email body shows: - HAWB - Customer Code - Value and currency - Shipment Description (content) NOTE 4: If shipment currency is different from currency for HV shipments notification entered either in Depot File or in Customer File, then exchange rate is used as per Currency Files 3.2 to determine whether or not shipment is subject to HV shipments notification (warning) NOTE 5: Option is available in Orbitrax version 18.00.00 (18.0.0) released last week (3).

ORBITRAX.WIN	18/01/2022	Searching for HAWBs by Inbo...
Did you know ... that on top of HAWBs search by Export MAWB, we have added HAWBs search by Inbound MAWB? This has been added on request of companies, which receive HAWBs details with Inbound MAWB number sent by Orbitrax to Orbitrax, by interfaces or inject HAWBs from excel in option 7.4 with MAWB number specified. Search by Inbound MAWBs helps in creating inbound shipments Shipments Packs, later used for either manual pricing or reporting. To search for HAWBs based on Inbound MAWB number follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 2) Click on Advanced Search icon (binocular) 3) Enter dates From and To (by default last week dates From and To are prompted). Remember that you can type T to quickly change date to current date (Today) 4) Click on Tab. 2 Financial / MAWB / Non-standard 5) In bottom section MAWB check box Inbound 6) In box MAWB enter Inbound MAWB number 7) Save to have HAWBs matching selected criteria displayed NOTE 1: MAWB entered in box MAWB should be entered only as string of digits, no special characters such as ? or / are allowed NOTE 2: Inbound MAWB used for Search, is the one shown with Agent <INBOUND>, in HAWB screen, Tab. 2 Manifest , section Manifest option NOTE 3: Option will be available in Orbitrax version 18.0.0 (18.00.00) to be released week 3.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/12/2021	Old / New year procedures i...
Did you know ... that there are few options in Orbitrax, which can be used in order to prepare yourselves for a new year? (A) Document numbers Some companies have their various Documents set up in Depot File 3.7, Tab. 3 Document numbers with continuos numbers, which do not change throughout the years. Those Documents do not require any change. In case of Companies who have their Document numbers set for particular year (e.g. Invoices for period 01/01/2021 - 31/12/2021), those Documents have to be activated for a new 2022 year. 1) In order to add a new set of documents for 2022, go to Depot File 3.7, Tab. 3 Document numbers 2) Click on + to add a new set of Documents 3) From a drop down list, select Document code (type) you want to activate for 2022 4) When prompted, enter Document prefix, next Document number e.g. 2200001, Date from (01/01/2022) and Date to (31/12/2022) 5) Save 6) Repeat for other Document codes (types) NOTE 1: The above can be done NOW, ahead of 2022, as dates set are related to a specific document issue date NOTE 2: If above has not been changed prior to issuing of the 1st Invoice (or any other document) with 2022 date, Orbitrax will return a message that Document has not been set up for required / defined period (B) HAWB automatic numbering 7) Companies using automatic HAWB numbering can change next HAWB number from last used e.g. 210012345 to 220000001 in Depot File 3.7, Tab. 3 Document Numbers, section HAWB printing & Numbering. Click on icon Save afterwards, to save modified Depot File. NOTE 3: As there are no active dates to enter for HAWB automatic numbering, next HAWB number has to be entered in 2022 (C) Tariffs conversion 8) This is to remind you, that in case of increase / decrease (unlikely) of the tariffs for Customers or from the Agents, either by certain percentage or by fixed amount, you can use Orbitrax options - 3.9.8.1 for automatic conversion of Customers Tariffs or 3.9.8.2 for automatic conversion of Agents Tariffs 9) We appreciate that those options are not used on a daily basis, so if you need any assistance in converting the tariffs, please contact Beata at Beata.Porzecka@wqxs.net who will assist you. ******************* Last, but CERTAINLY NOT LEAST - as this is the last System News from us in 2021 - we would like to thank You for your continuos, valued support, nice co-operation throughout the years and we would like to wish you All and Every One of You a Very Happy, Healthy and Prosperous New Year 2022!

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/12/2021	Delayed warehouse out - 1.7...
Did you know ... that shipments put ON HOLD by scanning in with category and with Delayed location in option Delayed warehouse in 1.7.6 can be taken OFF HOLD in option 1.7.7 Delayed warehouse out? As a reminder - putting shipments ON HOLD is excluding HAWB(s) from Manifesting / printing them on Delivery Sheet. Shipments put ON HOLD have to be taken OFF HOLD before they can be manifested or printed on Delivery Sheet. On Hold Categories and Delayed locations are options which are meant to help the users to place HAWB(s) in certain, pre-set ON HOLD locations and locate them while taking them OFF HOLD. Option Delayed warehouse in (1.7.6) allows quick moving HAWBs (by scanning in) to Delayed File (putting on HOLD) with an option of selecting On Hold Category and placing HAWBs in selected warehouse ON HOLD location. Detailed description of setting warehouse locations in 1.7.8 has been described in System News dated 04/09/2020, subject "Delayed (shipments) warehouse locations (NEW)". Detailed description of putting shipments ON HOLD with Category by scan and placing them in set warehouse location in option 1.7.6 has been described in System News dated 24/09/2020, subject "Delayed warehouse in - 1.7.6 (NEW)" Using option 1.7.7 Delayed warehouse out is continuation of the above 1.7.6 Delay warehouse in procedure and allows quick removing HAWBs (by scanning out) from Delayed File (taking OFF HOLD) and its specific ON HOLD warehouse location. NOTE: Using options 1.7.6 Delayed warehouse in and 1.7.7. Delayed warehouse out DO NOT replace standard options Warehouse inbound or Warehouse outbound procedures, but are meant to move already received HAWB(s) ON HOLD (done so far either by option 1.7.1 or from a single HAWB level) and quick taking them OFF HOLD and therefore allowing standard scan out and consequently issuing Delivery Sheet or Manifest. To take shipment off HOLD by scan out, follow these steps: 1) Go to menu option 1.7.7 Delayed warehouse out. In there, there are HAWBs put ON HOLD by scan WITH LOCATION. This is why number of shipments shown in 1.7.7 Delayed warehouse out and in 1.7.2 Release Delayed HAWB(s) is not equal, as not all HAWBs put ON HOLD which are showing in 1.7.2 have been scanned with locations. In other words - 1.7.2 include more HAWBs than it is shown in 1.7.7, while number of shipments in 1.7.7 will never be higher than number of shipments ON HOLD in 1.7.2 2) To narrow a list of shipments to scan out in Delayed warehouse out, select delay Category 3) You can also narrow a list of displayed shipments by selecting date (or range of dates) until when shipments were supposed to be kept ON HOLD. If you selected dates - refresh a list afterwards by clicking on Refresh icon on the top taskbar or press F5 4) Click on + to start scanning out HAWBs, one by one, to be taken OFF HOLD. When scanning is finished, close session by clicking on down arrow icon 5) HAWBs taken OFF HOLD will get internal SSR Log 99 "Shipment removed from Delay File" and will be ready for further processing 6) To print a list in pdf of all or selected HAWBs in 1.7.7 click on icon printer on the top taskbar. If you require additional filtering or sorting and want to print a list of all or selected HAWBs in xls: click on first HAWB on a list, right mouse click, click on option Copy data on clipboard, then go to xls and paste it.

ORBITRAX.WIN	17/12/2021	Orbitrax database backups
Current backups of Orbitrax database must be always available in order to use them in (rare) cases of disaster recovery. One of the Members had serious server crash recently and if not for backups set up by us on this faulty server, but luckily still recoverable, there would be a serious problem with recovering data in Orbitrax entered in last 15 or so years. Setting up of daily Orbitrax database backups and scheduling them is our (WQXS) responsibility, however replication of those backups and / or saving them on external devices is your responsibility. In the next few days our team will be contacting you in order to inform you about the details of those backups set up and running on your servers. We will provide you with their exact location, names and their estimated size, so that you (or your local IT) can verify if backups are correctly made and find a way of replicating them, if this is not in place yet.

ORBITRAX.WIN	14/12/2021	PODs / SSRs sent to Custome...
Did you know ... that although PODs / SSRs are not sent automatically from Orbitrax in xls format, there is interface in place which can do this? Orbitrax can automatically send PODs / SSRs in pdf format, some Customers receive them by dedicated interfaces, but some Customers prefer receiving them in xls. 1) xls file contains the following data: - HAWB number - Status date (in format dd/mm/yyyy) - Status time (in format hh:mm:ss) - SSR Code (description and not code) - SSR Subject - Reporting station 2) xls file with PODs / SSRs are sent as email attachment to required email address(s). Email subject and name of xls attachment can be of your (or your Customer) choice 3) SSRs codes to sent can be of your choice - some may be excluded 4) Frequency of sending such file can also be of your choice. Available options are: - immediately - every X minutes - once a day at given time 5) On your request PODs can be separated from SSRs (sent in separate email) 6) On your request selected SSRs can be sent to different email address(es) 7) Those of you who are interested in such form of sending PODs / SSRs to your Customers are requested to contact Beata at email address Beata.Porzecka@wqxs.net, who will provide a sample of the file and will set it up as per your requirements.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/11/2021	HAWB injection from excel 7...
Did you know ... that there are extra options available at the HAWBs injection from xls file? These options apply to ALL HAWBs in file and not on single HAWB level. Available options are: - Import type, Excel file, Customer, Pickup Date, Export Date, - Parameters: Service, Station Code, Inbound, Automatic HAWB Numbering, Consolidate - Shipment Pack: Create Pack 1) Import type For injection of HAWB data from excel, always leave Import from excel, as prompted 2) Excel file Select location when a file prepared for injection has been saved 3) Customer (10 characters Customer Code) Enter Customer Code file is going to be injected for or leave blank if Customer Code (or Codes) has/have been filled in in column D of the file (shipment_customer) 4) Pickup date - fill in only if column C (shipment_pudate) in file has not been filled in. This is file injection date or any date when shipments are expected to arrive. Final pickup date on HAWB level is adjusted as per date of scan in (or any other inbound confirmation) 5) Export date - fill in only if column B (shipment_eldate) in file has not been filled in. This is date when shipments are expected to be manifested. Final Export Date on HAWB level is adjusted as per Manifest / Delivery sheet date. 6) Service (Service Code) - fill in only if column E (shipment_service) has not been filled in 7) Station - option is temporarily disabled 8) Inbound - check this box if you are sure that all injected shipments have been already received. Checking box Inbound automatically gives all injected HAWBs status "Shipment received" and this message is sent back to Customer. If you leave this box unchecked - shipments have "blank" status and will have to be scanned in upon arrival 9) Automatic HAWB Numbering - if no HAWB numbers have been entered in column A of the file (shipment_hawb), checking box "Automatic HAWB Numbering" will result in HAWB numbers being automatically allocated as per setup in 3.7 Depot File, Tab. 3 Document Numbers, section HAWB Printing & Numbering / Next Number 10) Consolidate - option is temporarily disabled 11) Shipment Pack: Create Pack Check box "Create Pack" to save HAWBs injected into Pack (group of shipments). Give it a specific name, e.g. FEDEX28112021. You can review this Pack in 1.16.1 To see detailed description of Shipment Pack, refer to System News subject "Shipment Pack" dated 27/06/2011.

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/11/2021	Finding Customers or Agents...
Did you know ... that while looking for Customer Tariff in 3.9.2.2 or Agent Tariff in 3.9.1.2 you can use a wildcard ? This is particularly useful for Companies having hundreds or thousands of Customers or Agents Tariffs entered as it allows to reduce number of displayed Tariffs. In order to use a wildcard , follow these steps: 1) Go to 3.9.2.2 Alter Customer Tariff 2) Available fields are: - Account (applies ONLY to Special Tariffs as those are entered by Account / Customer Code) - Tariff Code - Tariff Service - Tariff Reference NOTE 1: If you know a specific value, enter it + click on Save. Selecting any of above options without any specific selection + Save will result of ALL Tariffs being displayed 3) Using a wildcard will result of only records matching entered criteria being displayed. 4) Wildcard * should follow first letter or first letters or first digit or first digits. 5) EXAMPLES Account: S* + Save will display all Special tariffs entered for Accounts / Customer Codes starting with S, e g. SEABOURNE0, SEAFREIGHT, STARKING00, SYRENA0000, SEVILLEING SE* + Save will display all Special tariffs entered for Accounts / Customer Code starting with SE, e.g. SEABOURNE0, SEAFREIGHT, SEVILLEING SEA* + Save will display all Special tariffs entered for Accounts / Customer Code starting with SEA, e.g. SEABOURNE0, SEAFREIGHT 6) EXAMPLES Tariff Code: S* + Save will display all Tariffs entered for Tariff Codes starting with S, e.g. STANDARD20, STANDARD21, SHOPS100, SHOPS200 ST* + Save will display all Tariffs entered for Tariff Codes starting with ST, e.g. STANDARD20, STANDARD 21 SHO* + Save will display all Tariffs entered for Tariff Codes starting with SHO, e.g. SHOPS100, SHOPS200 7) EXAMPLES Tariff Service: C* + Save will display Tariffs entered for all services starting with C, e.g. CDDD00, CEDD02, CIDA03, CDAD04, CDDA00, etc. CD* + Save will display Tariffs entered for all services starting with CD, e.g. CDDD00, CDAD04 CDD* + Save will display Tariffs entered for all services starting with CDD, e.g. CDDD00, CDDA00 8) EXAMPLES Tariff Reference (number). As a reminder - Reference is allocated automatically by the system to every Tariff entered. 6* + Save will display all Tariffs entered with Reference starting with 6, e.g. 6, 62, 614, 6234, 62879, 623987 62* + Save will display all Tariffs entered with Reference starting with 62, e.g. 62, 6234, 62879, 623987 623* + save will display all Tariffs entered with Reference starting with 623, e.g. 6234, 623987 NOTE 2: Above works equally for both: Customers (3.9.2.2) and Agents (3.9.1.2) Tariffs NOTE 3: There is currently no option of using multiple wildcards * e.g. by Tariff Service AND Tariff Code. However, at the top of a window displaying the results, there is additional search by Service Code. Bear in mind, that even if a specific Service Code was selected, but Tariff has been entered for Any service, those tariffs "Any" will also be displayed.

ORBITRAX.WIN	22/11/2021	New set of zips for IL (ISR...
Please be advised that new set of zips / post codes for IL (ISRAEL) is now available for deployment. Zips / postcodes format has changed from 5 to 7 digits. Also - the number of zips / postcodes has been extended to more accurate set of +/- 1600. However, due to the fact that every company has its own zoning (simple zoning or zone set / zone matrix), CRB / ARB system and tariffs, deployment cannot be done automatically, as it may affect all those elements and consequently also pricing. Members who are interested in having a new zip set for IL, are requested to contact Beata, who will help to identify whether or not new zips can be downloaded without any consequences and, if necessary, will help in changing current set up to the new one, with new IL zips.

ORBITRAX.WIN	15/11/2021	New set of zips for CY (CYP...
Please be advised that new set of zips / post codes for CY (CYPRUS) is now available for deployment. Zips / postcodes format has not been changed and remains as 4 digits, but the number of zips / postcodes has been extended to more accurate set of 760. However, due to the fact that every company has its own zoning (simple zoning or zone set / zone matrix), CRB / ARB system and tariffs, deployment cannot be done automatically, as it may affect all those elements and consequently also pricing. Members who are interested in having a new zip set for CY, are requested to contact Beata, who will help to identify whether or not new zips can be downloaded without any consequences and, if necessary, will help in changing current set up to the new one, with new CY zips.

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/10/2021	Pricing Totals on Pickup Or...
Did you know ... that similar to HAWBs, total charges to Customer and to Agent can be displayed / modified on Pickup Orders (PO) during Pickup Order entry in 6.1 (or by F12) or viewed / modified through Dispatcher Module / screen 6.4 or viewed / modified through Alter / View HAWB(s) 1.3? To view Total charges on Pickup Order follow these steps: (A) During Pickup Order entry in 6.1 or by F12: 1) After the details of PO have been entered, click on Tab. 3 Pricing 2) Click on button Totals in the bottom right corner 3) The small window with total pricing will be displayed showing the following details: - Customer (top section): Total, Discount, FSS, Total after discount, VAT, Total VAT included - Agent (middle section): Cost, FSS, Total FSS included - Margin (bottom section), being the difference between Customer Total without VAT and Agent Total FSS included: Total (in local currency), Total in % NOTE 1: Customer pricing is shown immediately, based on Pickup Order details. However, as different charges may apply to different pickup Agents - charges of the Agent are shown only after Pickup Order has been allocated to the specific Agent. (B) Through Dispatcher Module / screen 6.4, after Pickup Order has been saved: 4) Go to 6.4 Dispatcher Module 5) Search for required Pickup Order. You can search for a Pickup Order by clicking on icon Binoculars on the top taskbar and by putting required value in between * signs, then Save Example1: if you are looking for Pickup Order nr 456321, click on icon Binoculars, then type 456321, then Save Example 2: if you are looking for shipper SONY000000, click on icon Binoculars and type SONY000000, then Save To find more results for the same search, click on icon Binoculars again, then click on Save. 6) When required Pickup Order has been found, click on icon Open pickup editor (3rd right on the top taskbar) 7) Repeat steps 1) - 3) above (C) Through Alter / View HAWB(s) 1.3, after Pickup Order has been saved: 8) Go to Alter / View HAWB(s) 1.3 9) In the bottom selection field Pickup Order enter Pickup Order nr and click on Save. You can also search for required Pickup Order by using Advanced Search (Binoculars icon on the top taskbar) + Save, then setting search criteria NOTE 2: If you use Advanced Search, you can select Type P-up order and Save to have only Pickup Orders displayed. If you select all records by Advanced Search, remember that Pickup Orders are shown in italic and have their number shown in column PO# 10) After you selected required Pickup Order, go to Tab 3 Pricing. Totals, like in case of a regular HAWB, are displayed at the bottom section of the screen. NOTE 3: In all above described scenarios, pricing line can be edited / modified by clicking on icon Open and additional pricing can be added manually by clicking on + and completing pricing details.

ORBITRAX.WIN	24/10/2021	Outstanding SSRs by Agents ...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of sending by email outstanding SSRs list to the Agents at the set time? To set it up, follow these steps: (A) Step 1 - Setup 1) Go to Agent File 3.1.2 2) Go to Tab.4 Communication 3) Click on + to add new communication 4) Select Function OUTSTANDING_SSR NOTE 1: Upon selection of Function OUTSTANDING_SSR there is a red message displayed "This communication may be sent automatically if this task is set up in Task Manager - see Menu 9.1". This setup is described in (B) Step 2 below. 5) Select Output EMAIL 6) Enter email address in the field Number / address 7) Save newly entered Communication 8) Save modified Agent File (B) Step 2 - sending Outstanding SSRs list by email 9) Go to 9.1 Task Manager 10) Select Task type SSR-OUT 11) Task name and Task description are free entry fields. Enter there whatever helps to identify task, e.g. OUTSTANDING SSRS FOR AGENTS 12) In section Schedules, select option New schedule to set frequency for Outstanding SSRs to be sent by email to the Agents, as per Schedules described already in previous System News. EXAMPLE: Options Daily > Every 1 days > Occurs once at 23:30 - will generate Outstanding SSRs list and will send it to the Agents once daily at 23:30 13) Save newly created Task. NOTE 2: Outstanding SSRs list is sent by email to the Agents ONLY if Communication OUTSTANDING_SSR has been set up in Agent file as described in item (A) above.

ORBITRAX.WIN	17/10/2021	Automatic closing of manife...
Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax which allows automatic closing of manifests? As a reminder - all manifests have to be closed / confirmed in 1.11 in order to be sent to the Agent(s) by email or transferred by interfaces / to the websites. As long as they are not closed / confirmed they can be modified / removed / generated again. Once they are closed / confirmed - manifest data is already sent to the Agent(s). Sometimes, when the User wants to transfer the manifests data to the Agent(s) ASAP, manifests are closed manually (on request) in 1.11, but in case ALL manifests are to be sent / transferred once a day, there is the procedure of automatic manifest close, at the set time. To set automatic closing of manifests, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 9.1 Task Manager 2) Click on + to add a new task 3) In the field Task type select task AUTO_MANIFEST_CLOSE 4) Task name and Task description are free entry fields. Enter there whatever helps you to identify the task, e.g. Close Manifest as a Task name and e.g. Closing all manifests not closed manually as Task description 5) In the middle section Schedules click on button New schedule. This will open a new window - Task scheduler 6) Set option Daily, Weekly or Monthly, exact time (in option Occurs once at) or frequency (every X hours) and duration of the Task. EXAMPLE 1: Option: Weekly >Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri (boxes checked) > Occurs once at 07:00 will automatically close all not previously closed manually manifests on Mon-Fri at 07:00 EXAMPLE 2: Option: Daily > Occurs once at 23:30 will automatically close all not previously closed manually manifests every day at 23:30 7) Save newly entered Schedule 8) Click on Save to save newly created Task. 9) As a result of the above, all manifests not previously closed manually will be closed / confirmed and the data will be sent by email / transferred by interfaces to the Agent(s) NOTE 1: This procedure closes ALL and NOT only SELECTED manifests. NOTE 2: Task AUTO_MANIFEST_CLOSE is performed by Orbitran and Orbimail, so make sure your Orbitran and Orbimail are running (as they should run 24/7)

ORBITRAX.WIN	13/10/2021	Injection of email addresse...
Did you know ... that on request of some Members we have added an option of injection email addresses of the consignees into Orbitrax, after HAWBs have been already imported / entered? In order to inject email addresses of the consignees follow these steps: 1) Prepare xlsx file with only two columns: HAWB number in the 1st column and consignee mail address in the 2nd and save it in desired location 2) Go to (new) Menu option 7.5 Import consignee email from file 3) In the first field Customer enter (or select from list) Customer Code 4) In the field File click on little dots and select xlsx file saved previously like in item 1) above 5) Click on Save to start injection 6) When the process of injection is finished, the system will display a message window "Imported X records out of X" showing how many email addresses from the file have been imported NOTE 1: If consignee email address already exists in HAWB but also in file, email address from the file will not be imported. 7) Click on OK to close message window and finish process of injection NOTE 2: Option will be available in Orbitrax version 17.05 (17.5) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/09/2021	New manifest (XLSX) with HS...
Did you know ... that on request of some Members, on top of Manifest in xls, we have added a new type of Manifest (in format XLSX), with extended number of fields, to be sent by email to the Agents? (A) Content 1) Additional details specified on Manifest XLSX are the following: - Customer Code - Consignee Tax Id - Shipment value in GBP, as per exchange rate in Orbitrax Menu option 3.2 - Shipment currency GBP - Bag nr - Invoice number - IOSS - MAWB number - HS Codes, description, quantity, value, origin, license in the next columns (dynamic, depends on number of HS Codes registered on HAWB, Tab. 4, section Content details) (B) Communication - sending Manifest XLSX by email to the Agent: To set communication / sending manifest XLSX to the Agents by email, follow these steps: 2) Go to Agent File 3.1.2, Tab. 4 Communication 3) Click on + to add new communication 4) Select Function MANIFEST-XLSX 5) Select Output EMAIL 6) Enter email address in box Number / address 7) Save new communication NOTE 1: If you want to set up MANIFEST-XLSX to be sent to the same email address(es) MANIFEST-XLS was previously set for, you can highlight Communication MANIFEST-XLS and click on icon Copy to copy existing email address. Instead of entering / typing email address, you would only have to change Function from MANIFEST-XLS to MANIFEST-XLSX. Save NOTE 2: Option of sending MANIFEST-XLSX by email will be available in Orbitrax version 17.05 (17.5) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/09/2021	Daily/Weekly/Monthly Volume...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can generate summary Daily/Weekly/Monthly Volume Report (DWM Volume Report) with an option of such a report being sent by email to selected Users / email address(es)? This System News is about setting up sending DWM Volume report by automatic email and is a continuation of System News dated 26/09/2021, subject "Daily/Weekly/Monthly Volume Report - generating in 4.4.17" To set up sending DWM Volume Report by email follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 9.1 Task Manager 2) Click on + to add a new task 3) Select Task type STATISTIC 4) Task name and Task description are free entry fields and can be filled in with any required task name e.g. DMW Report or Task description, e.g. DMW Volume Report to be sent to the Management 5) In the middle section Schedules click on button New schedule. This will open a new window - Task scheduler 6) Set option Daily, Weekly or Monthly, exact time (in option Occurs once at) or frequency (every X hours) and duration of the Task. EXAMPLE: Option: Weekly > Every 1 week > Sat (box checked) > Occurs once at 14:00, will generate DWM Volume Report and will send it by Orbimail to selected Users every Saturday at 14:00. 7) Save newly entered Schedule 8) In the bottom section Users click on button Add user. This will open a list of all Orbitrax users. Select User from the list NOTE: Reports can be sent only to Orbitrax Users and not to external email addresses 9) If email address has been entered in 3.11.1 User Accounts - this email address will be filled in automatically. Otherwise enter email address manually (and complete User Account by adding email address) 10) If there are more users to add to the task, keep selecting them from the list of Users 11) Once all the Users have been entered, click on Save to save Users assigned to this Task 12) Click on Save to save newly created Task.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/09/2021	Daily/Weekly/Monthly Volume...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can generate summary Daily/Weekly/Monthly Volume Report (DWM Volume Report) with an option of such a report being sent by email to selected email address(es)? DWM Report is a comparison of 2 consecutive trading years in form of data and graphs. Graphs are pre-defined, however Users can use the data to create their own graphs. (A) To generate DWM Volume Report follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 4.4.17. This will open a new small window Statistics Report 2) By default, current date is displayed as End of period for calculation. This date can be changed, if required 3) Click on icon xls on the top taskbar to start generating DWM Volume Report NOTE 1: As generating DWM Volume Report is processing a lot of data, the process may take several minutes. The progress is shown in the progress bar. 4) Xls will be displayed automatically. Save file under required name and in any required location (B) Content of DWM Volume Report 5) Xls file contains the following worksheets: - DailyData - WeeklyData - WeeklyGraphs - MonthlyData - MonthlyGraphs 6) Data worksheets contain the following data: - Date, Week or Month - Period End Date - Number of days - Number of Shipments - Total Weight in Kgs - Revenue (in local currency) - Number of shipping Customers (in given period) - Margin (in local currency) - Margin in % - Weight per shipment (Kps) - Revenue per shipment (Rps) in local currency - Revenue per kilo (Rpk) in local currency 7) Graph worksheets (only Weekly and Monthly) contain year-to-year comparison and the following options are available: Graph 1: - Number of shipping Customers Graph 2: - Shipments - Total Weight in Kgs Graph 3: - Revenue - Margin (in local currency) Graph 4: - Shipments - Revenue per Shipment (in local currency) Graph 5: - Weight per shipment (in Kgs) - Revenue per Kg Graph 6: - Margin (in local currency) - Margin in % NOTE 2: Above procedure describes generating DWM Volume Report and its content. Setting up automatic sending DWM Volume Report by email is a separate procedure, which will be described in the next System News.

ORBITRAX.WIN	14/09/2021	Distance Expression for dis...
Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax whereby an expression can be entered for distance related tariffs, giving more flexibility in calculating the rates? Distance related tariffs (both Customer and Agent tariffs) are the following: - Weight / Distance (with minimum charge) - Distance / Weight - Weight / Distance (without minimum charge) - Distance / Pieces Choosing one of the above tariff types inside in tariff entry screen automatically activates box Distance Expr, where distance expression can be entered as per below instruction. To set Distance Expression follow these steps: 1) Go to Customer Tariff 3.9.2.2 or Agent Tariff 3.9.1.2 2) Open required tariff by double clicking it on the tariffs list 3) If opened tariff is one one of the above mentioned distance related types, box Distance Expr will be active 4) Variable to use in Distance Expr for distance is x. EXAMPLE 1: Tariff is Weight / Distance (without minimum charge) at 2,00 EUR per km. You want to charge for return drive + 20 km. Expression to enter in box Distance Expr would be (x2)+20. As a result, rate on HAWB will be calculated for distance as per Distance Table 3.8.5 x 2 + 20 km, based on selected tariff type. For one way distance 100 km, total charge will be calculated for 220 km x 2 EUR = 440,00 EUR EXAMPLE 2: Tariff is Weight / Distance (without minimum charge) at 2,00 EUR per km. You want to charge for return drive + 15%. Expression to enter in box Distance Expr would be (x2)*115/100. As a result, rate on HAWB will be calculated for distance as per Distance Table 3.8.5 x 2 + 15% based on selected tariff type. For one way distance 100 km, total charge will be calculated for 200 km x 2 EUR + 15% = 460,00 EUR

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/08/2021	Allocating scanned out HAWB...
Did you know ... that we have added an option of allocating HAWB(s) to bag number(s)? Bags numbers are assigned automatically on scan out and can be printed in form of a barcode. To allocate scanned out shipment to a bag (number), follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.13.2.A Warehouse Outbound or 1.13.2.B Warehouse Outbound with reallocation 2) Click on + to start new scanning session 3) In case of 1.13.2.A, select Agent from a list. Selection of Agent is not required in case of using option 1.13.2.B Warehouse Outbound with reallocation 4) There is a new box "Bag Number" added to scan session window 5) Click on button NEXT to assign next available bag number 6) It will display a page with: - Phone number of a Company (Member) from Depot File 3.7 Tab. 1 Trading information, box Phone - Station of a Company (Member) from Depot File 3.7 Tab. 1 Trading information, box Station - Bag number - Barcode with bag number, which can be printed on e.g. label printer. Otherwise it can be closed by clicking on x at the top right 7) Start scanning HAWB(s) as usual and close session window + close session as usual 8) There is a new box - Bag Tag Nr added in HAWB 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s), Tab. 2 Manifest. Bag number, User name and date of scan out are all shown in there. NOTE 1: For the time being, for a start, full HAWB numbers are allocated to selected bag number. If there is requirement by the Members, we will develop an option "per piece". NOTE 2: We are currently working on adding bag nr to the reports, such as manifest in xls. NOTE 3: Option will be available in Orbitrax version 17.04 (17.4) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/08/2021	Allocating Triangle Depot t...
Did you know ... that you can now link a Customer with triangle depot other than default one? This System News is a continuation of a new multiple triangle depots feature, the first part of which was described in previous System News on 23/08/2021, subject "Multiple triangle depots (NEW)". In the above mentioned System News, there was description of how to set multiple triangle depots in Depot File 3.7, Tab. 6 Overnight/Triangle/Return. However, for this to work properly, it is necessary to link one of those triangle depots with Customer File. NOTE 1: Default triangle depot, as set in Depot File 3.7 applies to ALL Customers, unless another triangle depot has been set in Customer File, like described below: 1) Go to Customer File 3.3.2 2) Got to Tab. 8 Other 3) There is a new section at the bottom part of the window - Customer triangle depot 4) From combo box Triangle Base, select required triangle depot (previously entered in Depot File 3.7), for selected Customer 5) Save modified Customer File 6) As a result, distances of all express drives (for triangle A to B, B to C, C to A) for this Customer will be calculated with A being start / end point, as per Triangle Base selected. EXAMPLE: - Default triangle depot has been set up by a Company in Depot File 3.7 as DE 80000 Munich. By default all distances for triangle express drives are therefore calculated using DE 80000 Munich as start / end point - The company has Customers (and available drivers) in e.g. Hamburg area. The company has to set another triangle depot as e.g. DE 20000 Hamburg, as non-default, then allocate in 3.3.2 this triangle depot to Customers in Hamburg area. The distances for their triangle express drives will therefore be calculated using DE 20000 Hamburg as start / end point and not as default triangle depot DE 80000 Munich. NOTE 2: Both new triangle depot options (setting multiple triangle depots in Depot File 3.7 and linking it with the Customer in Customer File 3.3.2) will work only after new triangle option is switched on in your respective databases, for what you should contact us (CDT). NOTE 3: Option will be available in Orbitrax version 17.04 (17.4) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	23/08/2021	Multiple triangle depots (N...
Did you know ... that we have added selection of multiple triangle depots for calculation of "triangle" distances? "Triangle" is an express drive such as pickup at location B and delivery to location C. Total distance, based on distances entered in Distance Table 3.8.5, is calculated as a combination of distances A to B, B to C and C to A, where A is always a triangle depot (start and end point of an express drive). So far, there was an option of ONLY ONE base triangle depot available in Orbitrax Depot File 3.7 Tab.6. We have now added more what, in combination with setup in Customer File 3.3.2, will give you more flexibility in calculating distances of express drives. There will be separate System News about setting up triangle depot, other then default, in Customer File 3.3.2 To set multiple triangle depots in Depot File, follow these steps: 1) Go to Depot File 3.7 2) Go to Tab. 6 Overnight/Triangle/Return 3) There is a new section Triangle Depot added at the bottom right part of the screen 4) Click on + to add the details (Country Code, Zip Code, Town) of a default (main) triangle depot and check little box Default, then Save 5) Click on + to add the details as above (Country Code, Zip Code, Town) of another, but non-default triangle depot, leaving box Default unchecked, then Save NOTE 1: Newly added triangle depot is not visible immediately, only upon Refreshing or Saving Depot File EXAMPLE: - For country FR default (main) triangle depot could be FR 75000 Paris + box Default should be checked. - Another triangle depot, for Customers located in e.g. FR Lille area, could be FR 59000 Lille and box Default should remain unchecked. NOTE 2: Default triangle depot will apply to all Customers, unless set up otherwise in Customer File 3.3.2 NOTE 3: This new option will be available in Orbitrax version 17.04 (17.4), to be released this week (34).

ORBITRAX.WIN	15/08/2021	Allocating Agent HAWBs thro...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of allocating Agent HAWBs through shipment pack, based on HAWB(s) provided by the Agent and injected in 1.6.14? Injection of HAWBs in 1.6.14 has been described in details in System News on 09/12/2019, subject "Agent HAWB allocation on Scan out and labels printing" (which is another way of allocating Agent HAWBs). To allocate Agent HAWB(s) to selected HAWBs through shipments pack, follow these steps: 1) Create shipments pack the usual way (for reminder how to do it, check previous System News dated 12/08/2021, subject "List of barcodes printed from Pack (Barcode sheet)") 2) Go to Menu option 1.16.1 Pack of shipments 3) Find required Pack on a list - if necessary sort a list by clicking on one of the headers: Pack Name, Note, Status, Owner, Create at (date) or Shipments (number of) 4) When required pack has been found, click on icon "Show shipments in pack". This will display a list of all shipments added to selected pack 5) If any of HAWB has to be removed from pack (removed from pack, not deleted permanently), click on red sign X on the top taskbar 6) Click on icon Add Agent HAWB on the top taskbar (3rd from the right) 7) As a result of the above actions, Agent HAWBs as entered / injected in 1.6.14, will be allocated to all HAWBs in pack.

ORBITRAX.WIN	12/08/2021	List of barcodes printed fr...
Did you know ... that, on top of printing a barcode for single HAWB, Orbitrax has an option of printing a list of barcodes from Shipment Pack? To print a list of all barcodes from shipments pack, follow these steps: 1) Create shipments pack the usual way. As a reminder: 1.3 > Advanced Search > set criteria for shipments display of shipments list. When Shipments list is displayed, select shipments either by Shift + right mouse click for selection of block of shipments or Ctrl + right mouse click for selection of single shipments. After shipments have been selected, click on icon "Add shipments to pack" on the top taskbar. Click on + to create a new pack (give it a name), then click on top left icon "Select", to add selected shipments to pack 2) Go to Menu option 1.16.1 Pack of shipments 3) Find required Pack on a list - if necessary sort a list by clicking on one of the headers: Pack Name, Note, Status, Owner, Create at (date) or Shipments (number of) 4) When required pack has been found, click on icon "Show shipments in pack" 5) In the newly open window "Shipments in pack", click on icon "Barcode sheet" on the top taskbar 6) Select printer 7) As a result of above actions, barcodes of all HAWBs numbers in selected pack will all be printed on one page (or more pages, if number of barcodes to print requires more space).

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/07/2021	Credit Entry in Agent pricing
Did you know ... that there is an option of adding Credit amount in Agent pricing? Credit, as it is decreasing delivery charge, can be related to a single occurrence, such as one off discount given by the Agent on a particular job. Standard (full) charge + Credit can be specified as two separate pricing lines making pricing more transparent than Manual pricing of a total, including any possible decrease / discount offered by the Agent. To add Credit entry on Agent pricing, follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 2) Go to Tab. 3 Pricing 3) In the lower section "Agents Charges" - click on + to add a new pricing line 4) Change value in field Invoicing status by selecting option Credit Entry 5) Select Job type - either Pickup or Delivery, depending on type of job Credit Entry is required for 6) Enter Description e.g. Credit given due to delivery delay 7) In field Basic, enter the amount of Credit 8) Select Agent, if necessary. If Agent field is left blank, Credit Entry will apply to default Delivery Agent 9) Save Credit Entry 10) Save modified HAWB. NOTE: Amount of Credit should be entered as a regular amount, without - (minus). It will automatically convert into - (minus) amount and will decrease total amount due to the Agent when Credit Entry is saved.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/07/2021	Sending CRQ by email from P...
Did you know ... that on request of some Members we have added an option of sending CRQ (Credit Request) by email to the Agent, directly from Purchase Invoices List screen 4.1.1? CRQ can be created based on overcharges registered on checked PTR in 4.1.1, but so far it could be sent only from Menu option 4.6.3 Credit Requests. To send Credit Request to Agent directly from Purchase Invoice List screen by email, follow these steps: 1) Register overcharges (and undercharges, if needed) during checking of PTR invoice, as usual 2) While registering overcharge, put in reason (incorrect weight, incorrect service, lost shipment, etc.) in Note window or select it from the list by clicking on Tab. This reason for credit request will later appear on CRQ 3) Save checked PTR as usual 4) On top of icon CRQ on top taskbar, which is showing the details of already issued CRQ, we have added icon envelope, which allows sending this CRQ directly from Purchase Invoice List screen 5) Click on envelope icon. It will prompt email address CRQ will be sent to. By default, email address is one set in Agent File 3.1.2, Tab. 4 Communication, Function E-INVOICE CRQ, but it can be modified if needed 6) CRQ can be re-sent, to default or a new email address by clicking on the same icon envelope on the op taskbar 7) History of CRQ sending - email status, error message (if any), date and time of sending, email address of the recipient, email subject - can be checked in Menu option 4.6.3 Credit Requests upon clicking on icon HIST on selected CRQ. NOTE: Option of sending CRQ directly from Purchase Checking List screen is available from Orbitrax version 17.3 (17.03)

ORBITRAX.WIN	21/07/2021	Removing HAWB from Pickup O...
Did you know ... that in case of a Pickup Order created from multiple HAWBs, there is an option of removing selected HAWB(s) from this Pickup? As a reminder - Pickup Order for multiple HAWBs can be crated from shipments list (1.3) by selecting required HAWBs and clicking on icon Pick on the top taskbar. Name and address of the Shipper have to be the same on all selected HAWBs, otherwise creating Pickup Order will be rejected. If one or more HAWB(s) have been added to Pickup Order, either by mistake or there is another reason why HAWB(s) should be removed from Pickup Order created, follow these steps: 1) Got to 1.3 Alter/View HAWB 2) Display required HAWB 3) Go to Tab. 2 Manifest 4) In section "Pickup Orders" there will be details of Pickup Order HAWB was allocated to displayed 5) Click on button "Remove shipment from pickup order" 6) Question "Do you want to remove shipment from Pickup order?" will appear. Answer Yes 7) Save modified HAWB 8) As a result, HAWB will be removed from selected Pickup Order and will be ready to be allocated to a new one.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/06/2021	Changing invoicing status f...
Did you know ... that even if HAWB is excluded from invoicing due to missing POD / Final SSR, invoicing of this HAWB can still be possible? As a reminder - some Customers are invoiced ONLY when POD or Final SSR has been entered (or imported) for HAWBs. Otherwise HAWBs without final status are not appearing on Invoice, until POD / Final SSR are entered - see System News dated 20/08/2018, subject "Invoicing only HAWBs with POD or final SSR". However, in case selected HAWB(s) should be invoiced anyway, regardless of missing POD / Final SSR, there is a work around it and it is as follows: 1) Go to 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) and search for required HAWB 2) Go to Tab. 3 Pricing 3) Highlight required pricing line in the top section (Customer charges) 4) Click on icon Open on the top taskbar to edit pricing of selected line 5) Change value in field Invoicing status from "Invoice" to "Invoice force". This overrules a rule whereby HAWB only with POD / Final SSR should be invoiced, set in Customer File, Tab. 11 Invoice, like described in above quoted System News 6) Save edited pricing 7) Invoicing status in pricing line will change from "Invoice" to "Invoice force" 8) Save modified HAWB 9) As a result of the above, pricing lines changed to Invoicing status "Invoice force" will appear on invoice even if they do not have POD / Final SSR entered. NOTE: As changing invoicing status from "Invoice" to "Invoice force" should be exceptional rather than regular, it is required that invoicing status is changed per each pricing line separately.

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/06/2021	XLS report with HS Codes
Did you know ... that you can now generate an xls report with shipments HS Codes and other elements shown in HAWB, Tab. 4 Other, bottom section "Content details"? To generate such a report, follow these steps: 1) After manifest has been created in 1.6.1 and printed, go to 1.6.2 Re-Print Manifest 2) By default manifests generated on the current date are displayed 3) If you need a report for manifest(s) generated previously, extend range of dates and click on icon Refresh on the top taskbar or press F5 4) Locate required manifest(s) and highlight it / them blue 5) Depending on your needs - single manifest or one joint file based on multiple manifests - you can select one or more manifest from the list 6) Click on icon xls on the top taskbar "Generate XLS with HS Codes" 7) Save xls file in required location NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 17.1 (17.01) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	25/06/2021	New SSRs Codes T1 and T2
Did you know ... that as a result of BREXIT, on request of a few Members, we have added two new SSR Codes in Orbitrax? The new SSR Codes (both Critical) are: T1 - Goods held at hub for pre-clearance T2 - Clearance details agreed with consignee - Goods moving to destination NOTE 1: Both SSR Codes are added in Orbitrax version 17.03, to be released next week (26th) NOTE 2: Upon reception of version 17.03 Members are requested to go to 3.10.1 SSR Setup and set: frequency (time - immediately, every X minutes or at set time), Send on Days (1234567), Auto-reminder (Y/N), etc. NOTE 3: SSRs have been translated in 3.10.3 SSR languages, from default EN to the following languages: FR, NL, DE, PL, ES, CZ, IT NOTE 4: Both SSRs have been added to common track & trace in https://track.wqxs.com/

ORBITRAX.WIN	22/06/2021	Excluding selected pricing ...
Did you know ... that selected pricing lines on HAWB can be excluded from invoicing to Customer? This is useful in case of certain pricing item disputed with Customer or shipment still being subject to additional manual pricing, not calculated prior to printing regular invoice for other, ok to invoice pricing items. (A) In order to exclude selected pricing lines from invoicing, follow this steps: 1) Go to HAWB in 1.3 2) Go to Tab. 3 Pricing 3) Highlight required pricing line blue 4) Click on top left icon "Edit pricing item" 5) Change value in field Invoicing status from Invoice to Do not Invoice 6) The system will display a warning "This item will not be printed on invoice. Are you sure? Y/N" 7) Save pricing editor and Save modified HAWB. (B) As a result of the above: 8) Pricing line marked as not to be invoiced will get status Do not Inv in column Inv.Status 9) Pricing line(s) marked as not to be invoiced will be excluded from invoicing, as long as their Invoicing status remain Do not Inv. (C) To search for HAWBs with at least one pricing line marked "Do not Inv" in order to review or modify them (e.g. change Do not Invoice back to Invoice): 10) Go to 1.3 > Advanced Search (middle icon "binocular") 11) Select criteria such as dates, Customer, etc. 12) Go to Tab. 2 Financial / MAWB / Non-standard 13) In the top left section Customer check box "Do Not Invoice" 14) Save to display a list of shipments with at least one pricing line on pricing status "Do not Inv". List can be downloaded as xls (icon xls on the top taskbar). NOTE: Due to variety of pricing types (Standard, Special, Extra, Manual), only selected pricing lines can have pricing status changed to "Do not Invoice". If entire pricing is to be put on hold, each pricing line should have its pricing status changed.

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/05/2021	HS Codes printed on HAWB an...
Did you know ... that HS Codes entered on HAWB (or imported) can be printed on HAWB and on manifest? To see the details of manual entry or importing of HS Codes by interfaces in Orbitrax - check System News of 26/05/2021, Subject "HAWB content details including HS Code(s)". HS Codes entered manually in or imported into section Content details (Tab. 4 Other of HAWB) can now be: 1) printed on standard WQXS HAWB - section 19 CUSTOMS STAT. NR. Due to limited space on printable HAWB, number of HS Codes is limited to two. 2) printed on manifest in pdf format. There is no limit as to number of HS Codes printed. 3) exported to the Agent in manifest in WQXS xml format. There is no limit as to number of HS Codes shown in xml file. NOTE: Above options have been added to Orbitrax version 17.01 (17.1), which is now available to all Members.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/05/2021	HAWB content details includ...
Did you know ... that we have added Shipment content details on HAWB, Tab. 4 Other? The content is related to the items sent in a shipment. 1) The item details can be added by + and when fields are completed, entry should be Saved. 2) The following fields are available for details entry in the bottom section "Content details": - Quantity - Unit (selection from a drop down list: kg, pcs, m2, m3, l, pair, where pcs = pieces and l = litres) - Value - Description (mandatory) - HS Code (mandatory) - Taric - Taric additional - Origin (country - mandatory) - License - License Expire (expiration date) NOTE 1: There is no option of adding currency, as currency of each item should correspond with currency on HAWB 3) Above listed data can be entered manually or imported to Orbitrax automatically if Customers are using WQXS web service or WQXS xml manifest interface 4) Above listed data can be exported to the Agent by WQXS xml manifest interface NOTE 2: Option has been added to Orbitrax version 17.01 (17.1)

ORBITRAX.WIN	23/05/2021	Special Services tariff as ...
Did you now ... that tariffs for some Special Services can be entered as certain percentage of basic tariff? (Basic tariff = STS tariff = Standard Transport Service tariff). This is particularly useful for re-deliveries or timed deliveries, if Customer is charged not a fixed rate, but as a percentage of a basic price. To enter a Special Service tariff as a percentage of basic price, follow these steps: 1) Go to 3.9.5.4 Special Services Codes and make sure that selected SPS Code exists and it is active 2) If it is not active, check box "Enabled" 3) If it does not show in main screen in 3.9.5.4, add it from the hidden list of SPS by clicking on + (for more details, see System News of 19/05/2021, subject "Special Service Codes (SPS) - standardized") 4) Then got to 3.9.5.1 Special Services of Customer Tariff and enter a new Tariff for selected SPS by clicking on + 5) Set criteria for the tariff - Service (code) (if SPS tariff is to apply to all STS Codes, type ******), Customer, Country (leave them blank if tariff is to apply to ALL) and select Active from and Active to (Expired) dates 6) Save. This will open Tariff entry screen 7) Select Type "Percent", what will open box Percentage 8) Enter percentage of the basic tariff that SPS should be calculated as 9) Enter SPS tariff Description 10) Save NOTE 1: Because SPS tariff is entered only as percentage of the basic tariff, there are no "typical" weight breaks, nor currency to enter / select. EXAMPLE 1: 2nd delivery (Common Code DBDREDE2, your own code e.g. 2DEL) should be billed as 100% of the basic price. Enter SPS tariff for 2DEL as Type Percent with Percentage 100. As a result of the above entry, when you enter SPS 2DEL on HAWB for which basic pricing is 6,00 EUR, Orbitrax will automatically add pricing line with the SPS Description, e.g. Re-Delivery (2nd Del) and with charge of 6,00 EUR (100%) EXAMPLE 2: Delivery between 18:00 and 22:00 (Common Code DBDB1822, your own code e.g. 1822) should be billed as 50% of the basic price. Enter SPS tariff for 1822 as Type Percent with Percentage 50. As a result of the above entry, when you enter SPS 1822 on HAWB for which basic pricing is 15,00 EUR, Orbitrax will automatically add pricing line with the SPS Description, e.g. Del. between 18:00 Hrs and 22:00 Hrs and with charge of 7,50 EUR (being 50% of the basic pricing of 15,00 EUR) NOTE 2: The same rules apply to Agent pricing, except that the tariff(s) for the Agent(s) has / have to be entered in 3.9.5.2 Special Services of Agent Tariff and not in 3.9.5.1 Special Services of Customer Tariff.

ORBITRAX.WIN	19/05/2021	Special Service Codes (SPS)...
Did you know ... that Special Service Codes (SPS) have been standardized, but still can be adapted according to the Company own needs? Special Service codes had to be standardized in order to enable data exchange, what was not possible when every Company (Orbitrax Users) could create their own Special Service Codes. For example: Company A created SPS 1000 for Delivery before 10:00 and entered 1000 in Special Service field on HAWB screen. Manifest data was then transferred to Company B, also Orbitrax User, being a Delivery Agent. Company B (Delivery Agent) also created SPS for Delivery before 10:00, but it was created as B410. As a result of 2 different SPS, Company B would not receive info that shipment was requested by Company A (Customer) to be delivered before 10:00. We have collected all SPS used by all Members and allocated "common" Service Codes to those of identical meaning (e.g. 1000, B410, etc.) but we also included individual Codes, used exclusively by one Member, so that other Members can make a use of it as well. As a result of the above, Members are FREE to change those common codes into their own (1000 or B410), however for data exchange those common codes are used. To change Special Service Code and its description, follow these steps: 1) Go to 3.9.5.4 Special Service Codes 2) Double click on Service Code to open 3) In top section "Service special parameters" change Service Code and Description 4) Save 5) This changed Service Code can be used locally, for Special Service Code entry on HAWB 6) Data exchange will be executed based on the details in bottom section "Basic parameters" EXAMPLE: Common Service Code is DBDB0800 and its default description is Delivery on Business Day before 08:00 hrs. By following steps 1-4 above, Company can change DBDB0800 to any code most conveniently used by the Users, e.g. 0800 and description to "Delivery Before 8 am". As a result, regardless Special Service Code and its description used locally, when data is transferred to the Orbitrax of other Company, it will be transferred with Common Code DBDB0800. NOTE 1: Orbitrax Users should be able to find required Special Service Code amongst all those available. However, if no matching code can be found and is required, it should be reported to us (CDT) and we will add it to the central database, as no manual adding a new Special Service Code in Orbitrax is allowed. NOTE 2: Not all SPS are subject to data exchange - below is the list of currently available Common Special Service Codes and X next to it indicates that this Special Service code is exchangeable: ADMHARCO Administration Hard Copy Surcharge ADMHAWBP Administration Paper HAWB Surcharge ADMPOSTE Administration Remail Poste Surcharge BACKUPFL Back-up Flight X BREXIT Brexit Surcharge CUSTCLEA Customs Declaration (Clearing Fee) CUSTDCST Customs Declaration (C Status) X CUSTDECL Customs Declaration (General) CUSTDIMP Customs Declaration (Import) CUSTDNAD Customs Declaration (NES Additional Entry) CUSTDNFD Customs Declaration (NES Full Declaration) CUSTDTST Customs Declaration (T Status) X CUSTDUTY Customs Declaration (Duty charge) CUSTENTR Customs Declaration (Entry Fee) DBDA1030 Delivery on Business Day after 10:30 hrs X DBDA1600 Delivery on Business Day after 16:00 hrs X DBDA1700 Delivery on Business Day after 17:00 hrs X DBDA1800 Delivery on Business Day after 18:00 hrs X DBDA2000 Delivery on Business Day after 20:00 hrs X DBDASAPX Delivery with immediate POD to origin station X DBDB0700 Delivery on Business Day before 07:00 hrs X DBDB0800 Delivery on Business Day before 08:00 hrs X DBDB0830 Delivery on Business Day before 08:30 hrs X DBDB0845 Delivery on Business Day before 08:45 hrs X DBDB0900 Delivery on Business Day before 09:00 hrs X DBDB090A Delivery on Business Day before 09:00 (2nd Agent) X DBDB0930 Delivery on Business Day before 09:30 hrs X DBDB1000 Delivery on Business Day before 10:00 hrs X DBDB1030 Delivery on Business Day before 10:30 hrs X DBDB1100 Delivery on Business Day before 11:00 hrs X DBDB1130 Delivery on Business Day before 11:30 hrs X DBDB1200 Delivery on Business Day before 12:00 hrs X DBDB120A Delivery on Business Day before 12:00 (2nd Agent) X DBDB1230 Delivery on Business Day before 12:30 hrs X DBDB1300 Delivery on Business Day before 13:00 hrs X DBDB1400 Delivery on Business Day before 14:00 hrs X DBDB1430 Delivery on Business Day before 14:30 hrs X DBDB1500 Delivery on Business Day before 15:00 hrs X DBDB1600 Delivery on Business Day before 16:00 hrs X DBDB1700 Delivery on Business Day before 17:00 hrs X DBDB1730 Delivery on Business Day before 17:30 hrs X DBDB1800 Delivery on Business Day before 18:00 hrs X DBDB1822 Delivery on Business Day between 18:00 hrs and 22:00 hrs X DBDB2000 Delivery on Business Day before 20:00 hrs X DBDB2300 Delivery on Business Day before 23:00 hrs X DBDB2400 Delivery on Business Day before 24:00 hrs X DBDDEPOT Drop on Business Day of Shipment to Depot X DBDEXHIB Extra Charge for Delivery to Exhibition / Fair X DBDFLIGH Delivery on Business Day from Flight X DBDIMPOR Delivery on Business Day (of Import Shipment) DBDRASXT Delivery on Business Day - Remote Area Surcharge DBDREDE2 Delivery on Business Day (Re-Delivery - Second Del) DBDREDE3 Delivery on Business Day (Re-Delivery - Third Del) DBDREDIR Delivery on Business Day (Redirection to new Address) DBDRENDE Delivery on Business Day on set time X DBDRESTR Delivery on Business Day - Restricted Destination X DBDRETUR Delivery on Business Day of a Return Shipment DBDSMDAY Delivery on Business Day - Same Day upgrade X DBDSPECI Delivery on Business Day - Special Delivery X DBDTIMED Delivery on Business Day Timed X DBDUNLOA Delivery on Business Day - Unloading Time DBDWAITD Delivery on Business Day - Waiting Time DEINHAND Delivery in hand (to individual contact personally) X DGRHANBS Dangerous Goods (Biological Substances UN3373) X DGRHANCG Dangerous Goods (Consumer Goods ID8000) X DGRHANDL Dangerous Goods (FULL) Handling Surcharge X DGRHANEQ Dangerous Goods In Excepted Quantities X DGRHANLQ Dangerous Goods In Limited Quantities X DIRFLIGH Direct Flight X DMONITOR Delivery monitored X DNDB0900 Delivery on Next Business Day before 09:00 hrs X DNDB1000 Delivery on Next Business Day before 10:00 hrs X DNDB1200 Delivery on Next Business Day before 12:00 hrs X DNDUPGRA Delivery on Next Business Day - Upgrade X DSAB0900 Delivery on Saturday before 09:00 hrs X DSAB1000 Delivery on Saturday before 10:00 hrs X DSAB1200 Delivery on Saturday before 12:00 hrs X DSASTAND Delivery on Saturday (no specific time) X DSUSTAND Delivery on Sunday (no specific time) X FCASHADV Cash Advance FCASHPMT Cash Payment received FCODSURC COD Cash on Delivery Surcharge X FFDOMSUR Free Domicile Surcharge X GOLFBAGS Extra Charge for Delivery / Pick-up of Golf Bag HANDLBA2 Lithium Batteries Section II (PI967, PI970) X HANDLBA3 Lithium Batteries Section I, II (PI965) X HANDLBAT Lithium Batteries Section II (PI966, PI969) X HANDLDGR Dangerous Goods Shipment Surcharge X HANDLDRY Dry Ice Shipment Handling Surcharge X HANDSECF Security Check Fee HBAGIMPO Import Bag Handling Surcharge HBAGLODG Handling (Lodge) IADDCORR Incidental charge (Address correction) X IDATAENT Incidental charge (Data entry/Relabelling) X IELERISK Incidental charge (Elevated risk) X IEMERGEN Incidental Charge (Emergency Situation Surcharge) IEXVALID Incidental charge (Exporter validation) X INSURANC Insurance Fee IPARKING Incidental recharge (Parking) IPHOCALL Incidental charge (Phone call) ITOLLFEE Incidental recharge (Peage - Toll Fee) ITUNNFEE Incidental recharge (Tunnel Fee) LINEHAUL Linehaul X ManPrice Delivery on Business Day of a Return Shipment OVERPALL Oversized Pallet Surcharge X PBDINTER Pick-up on Business Day (International) X PBDLOADT Pick-up on Business Day Loading Time PBDREMOT Pick-up on Business Day (from Remote Area) X PBDSAMDY Pick-up on Business Day (Same Day) X PBDSPECI Pick-up on Business Day (Special Service) X PBDSTTRU Pick-up on Business Day (Standard Service/Truck) X PBDSTVAN Pick-up on Business Day (Standard Service/Van) X PBDWAITT Pick-up on Business Day Extra Waiting Time PICKPACK Pick & Pack PSASTAND Pick-up on Saturday X REPACKIN Extra Charge for re-packing SBDSTAND Swap on Business Day (Standard) X SHOPSHIP Shop & Ship

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/04/2021	Delay category added to mai...
Did you know ... that on request of some Members, we have added Delay (ON HOLD) category to the main Delayed shipments screen? This is in order to be able to preview categories of all delayed shipments without having to select each category. To see delayed category for all delayed shipments, follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.7.2 Release Delayed HAWB(s) 2) Click on Advanced search icon (binocular) 3) Set your search criteria 4) Save to display a list of delayed (on hold) shipments matching criteria set as above 5) Window Any (showing shipments put ON HOLD in any category) is displayed by default 6) Delayed (ON HOLD) Category is now shown in the last column on the right hand side 7) If you need to enlarge Delayed Shipments screen, place mouse on the right frame and drag it to the right. NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 17.02 (17.2) onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/04/2021	Piece numbers added to xls ...
Did you know ... that we modified xls generated from shipments list to show piece numbers? The layout of xls generated from list of HAWBs is similar to the layout of manifest in xls. However, while manifest in xls is generated ONLY for manifested HAWBs, xls generated from list of HAWBs (1.3 + Advanced Search) may contain all selected HAWBs, even those not received yet. Adding piece numbers to xls generated from a list of HAWBs allows closer control of piece numbers (either entered manually or imported in fields Number in option Volumetric Weight of HAWB - Weight options). To generate xls with piece numbers of selected HAWBs, follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 2) Click on middle icon Advanced Search (binocular) 3) Select criteria - Dates, Customer, etc. 4) Save 5) A list of HAWBs matching criteria you selected will be displayed on screen 6) Click on icon XLS on the top taskbar 7) Save file in chosen location 8) A new column AM with header shipment_dimension_number has been added at the end of xls file 9) piece numbers (if any have been entered / imported) are shown in this column. In case of multi-piece shipments, piece numbers are separated by pipe sign \| NOTE: Option is available in Orbitrax version 17.01 (17.1) onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	20/04/2021	Missing piece procedure (NE...
NOTE 1: This SYSTEM NEWS is a continuation of previous SYSTEM NEWS dated 14/04/2021 "Missing piece procedure (NEW) - part 1 - putting shipments ON HOLD" Did you know ... that we have further modified "Missing Piece" procedure in Orbitrax by adding extra options? In order to help to identify shipments with missing pieces which can be released, on top of category MISSING PIECE and a new column Missing Pieces in 1.7.2 Release Delayed HAWB(s), we have added a new Category "MISSING PIECE - MATCHED". In there, HAWBs with all pieces scanned in (regardless when) are listed. They will appear more than once as per example below. EXAMPLE: HAWB 123456, according to imported file, should contain 3 pieces: 12345601, 12345602, 12345603. On day 1 two pieces of HAWB 123456 were scanned in: 12345601 and 12345602. As shipment is supposed to be of 3 pieces, on scan out, shipment was automatically put ON HOLD with Category MISSING PIECE (sound message: Not all pieces were scanned in. Put ON HOLD) On day 2 one remaining piece 12345603 was scanned in and on scan out it was again put ON HOLD with Category MISSING PIECE (sound message: Not all pieces were scanned in. Put ON HOLD) HAWB 123456 will appear in 1.7.2 Release Delayed HAWB(s) under Category MISSING PIECE - MATCHED twice: - once as HAWB 123456 showing 1 in column Missing Piece (as 2 of 3 pieced were received on day 1) and again in the next line as HAWB 123456 showing 2 in column Missing Piece (as 1 of 3 pieces was received on day 2). NOTE 2: There is no physical way of merging these two records, as both have different ID (hidden, invisible identification number), even if HAWB number is the same. For Orbitrax, different ID means different shipment. The only way to work around this and scan shipment out is 1) to complete HAWB showing the lowest number of missing pieces by adding manually remaining piece number(s) by Copy+Paste in Volumetric Weight option in HAWB screen, what would allow scanning out 2) release from ON HOLD and 3) delete the other / duplicated HAWB. NOTE 3: Category MISSING PIECE - MATCHED has been added in Orbitrax version 17.02 (17.2)

ORBITRAX.WIN	14/04/2021	Missing piece procedure (NE...
Did you know ... that on request of some Members we have added a "Missing piece" procedure to Orbitrax? This is particularly useful for Companies who have an agreement with Customers to keep missing piece(s) shipments ON HOLD until remaining pieces are received or until notice that shipments should be released for delivery, even if some pieces are still missing. Procedure works only for shipments with piece numbers imported or entered into "Volumetric weight" option in HAWB screen and is meant to warn a User scanning out that not all pieces for a scanned shipment have been scanned in / received, therefore piece(s) of this incomplete shipment should be put ON HOLD. NOTE 1: In Orbitrax version 16.04 (16.4) Delay category MISSING PIECE has been automatically added to 1.7.4 - Delayed Category Files with Description "Shipment with not all pieces scanned in" In order to activate the procedure, follow these steps: 1) Go to Depot File 3.7 2) Go to Tab. 9 Settings 3) In section Warehouse out (right hand side of the screen) check box "Missing Pieces" 4) Save modified Depot File 5) Scan in pieces in 1.13.9 as usual 6) Close session as usual 7) Continue OPS as usual, until you get to the point of scanning out in 1.13.2.A 8) When you attempt to scan out a piece of HAWB for which not all pieces have been scanned in, there will be a very distinctive sound message of break-in / broken glass and a message "Not all pieces have been scanned it. PUT ON HOLD" will appear on screen indicating that scanned piece should be physically placed ON HOLD area 9) There will be only one option to select in scan out session window, which is 5 Cancel. 10) At this stage HAWB with not all pieces scanned in will be automatically put ON HOLD (to be viewed in HAWB, Tab. 2 Manifest or in 1.7.2 Release Delayed HAWB(s) under category MISSING PIECE and number of still missing pieces (comparing to what was manifested by a Customer) will be shown in the last column "Missing Pieces" 11) After OPS have completed all scans out and put all pieces for missing pieces HAWBs "ON HOLD", go to 1.7.2 Release Delayed HAWB(s) NOTE 2: It is advisable to send SSR 58 "Multiple package shipment - not all pieces arrived" by using M-SSR icon at the top taskbar 12) Select Category MISSING PIECE and check if there are any record there with column Missing Pieces showing 0. That would mean that all pieces for this HAWB have been scanned in / received, even if every piece has been scanned in / received on separate days. 0 indicates that all pieces have been scanned in / received and that shipment can be released from HOLD NOTE 3: In case Customer advises to release for delivery only received pieces, go to HAWB, change number of pieces and remove missing piece number from Volumetric Weight window. Otherwise you will not be able to scan shipment out, as missing piece will still be reported. NOTE 4: Missing piece procedure works on a Company level and not on particular Customer level NOTE 5: Option is available from Orbitrax version 16.04 (16.4) with further modifications in later versions, which will be advised / described in separate SYSTEM NEWS.

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/03/2021	Creating a new User in Orbi...
Do you know ... how to create a new User in Orbitrax? This information is particularly useful to new Users of Orbitrax, but even long term Orbitrax Users ask this question from time to time, as this is not a task performed on a daily basis. To create a new User, follow these steps: 1) Go to 3.11.1 User Accounts 2) Click on + to add a new User 3) Enter details of a new User, bearing in mind that the following fields are mandatory: - User Code - Password (must be different than User Code) - Confirm Password - First Name - Last Name 4) Save 5) After a new User has been created, double click on it on the list of Users, to open it 6) Click on option Member of Group 7) At the bottom part of the screen double click on option Standarduser, so it is moved to the top 8) Save 9) Save again 10) Quit Orbitrax and log in as a new User NOTE 1: If User account has been created, but steps 5-10 have not been performed, new User will not be able to log in, as every User has to be a Member of at least one group. NOTE 2: New User accounts can be created only by a Superuser, never by a Standarduser.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/03/2021	Customers / Agents Bulletin...
Did you know ... that we have added variables to text of Customer / Agent Bulletin in 4.3.1? This is in case Customer or Agent Code has to be included in text, e.g. advising how to enter Administrator part of the website (for Companies using Customer Restricted Area web interface / web booking system). To add Customer or Agent Code in text of Bulleting, follow these steps: 1) Go to 4.3 Customer / Agent Bulletins and select option 4.3.1 Bulletins 2) Click on + to open a new window Bulletin Property 3) In field Subject, enter subject of the Bulletin 4) As per instruction at the bottom of screen, use variable %customer_code% or %agent_code% in the text of a Bulletin. As a result the Bulletin will show Customer or Agent Code on top of Customer or Agent name shown currently in the Bulletin header EXAMPLE: Subject: Accessing Administrator page on the website Message: To access Administrator page on our website, login as follows: (website address) %customer_code% ADMINISTRATOR %customer_code% Result of a text / message of a Bulletin (for Customer ABCMIL0000 used as an example here): To access Administrator page on our website, login as follows: (website address) ABCMIL0000 ADMINISTRATOR ABCMIL0000 NOTE: Option will be abailable from Orbitrax version 17.2.0 (17.02.00)

ORBITRAX.WIN	10/03/2021	Disabling invoicing of zero...
Did you know ... that zero priced HAWBs entered for selected service codes can be excluded from invoicing? This is particularly useful in case of e.g. pickup related service code(s), whereby pickup cost is included in the total price of a shipment (there is no tariff or "zero" tariff entered). To exclude zero priced HAWBs of selected service codes from invoicing follow these steps: 1) Go to Depot File 3.7, Tab. 13 Invoice 2) In the bottom section "Disable zero priced customer charges" click on + 3) This will open a new window "Disable zero-priced charges" 4) There are two values to enter: - Customer category NOTE 1: Customer category must be selected. If there are more than one Customer category, setup has to be done for every Category separately - Service code - select service code you wish zero priced HAWBs entered for, to be excluded from invoicing 5) Save NOTE 2: As a result of the above setup: - Pricing of HAWB(s) concerned (Tab 3 Pricing) will show Inv status "Disabled" - Zero priced HAWB(s) entered for selected service code, for selected Customer category, will not appear on invoice.

ORBITRAX.WIN	09/03/2021	D (Delivery) jobs optional ...
Did you know ... that D (Delivery) jobs can now be excluded from Dispatcher Screen 6.4? New Users of Orbitrax find mix of D (Delivery) and P (Pickup including express / sprinters) jobs confusing and were even trying to allocate another delivery Agent of D jobs through Dispatcher screen, the same way as Pickup Agents are allocated. This was causing all sorts of problems with re-manifesting and pricing. We have now blocked option of allocating a new delivery agent through Dispatcher screen and on top of this, we made appearance of D jobs optional. To exclude D (Delivery) jobs from Dispatcher screen 6.4 follow these steps: 1) Go to 3.12.2 Dispatch module configuration 2) On top of organizing Dispatcher screen by moving certain options from left to right screen, there is a new box at the bottom of the window called "Show Shipments" 3) Check this box if you do want D (Delivery) jobs to be shown in Dispatcher screen 6.4. Otherwise leave it unchecked. NOTE 1: This is done on a company level, means if box is checked or unchecked, it works for all the Users and Dispatchers NOTE 2: Option will be available from Orbitrax version 17.02.00 (17.2) onwards, to be released next week

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/02/2021	HAWB Layouts (printable)
Did you know ... that you can choose between a few HAWB layouts to be printed? To set requires layout(s) of HAWB follow these steps: 1) Go to Depot File 3.7 2) Go to Tab. 3 Document numbers 3) Go to bottom right section HAWB printing & Numbering 4) Click on Tab HAWB Layout 5) Available options are: - 5 copies on 1 page (works very well with specially perforated paper) - WQXS HAWB - WQXS WITHOUT WQXS Logo (remaining 2 layouts with symbol PL are being currently used for tests / developing new ones, so do not use them) 6) To activate a specific layout - highlight required layout and click on button "Activate" on top. You can activate more than one layout. If more than one layout is activated, there will be a list of available layouts displayed when HAWB is printed, to choose from 7) To set one, selected layout as main one (default), highlight it and click on button "Main" on top. In case of more than one active layouts, "Main" layout will appear highlighted on a list of layouts to choose from, when HAWB is printed (ready to click Enter on, to be selected).

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/02/2021	New type of Special Service...
Did you know ... that we have recently added a new type of Special Service tariff which is percentage of shipment value? This type of tariff is not linked to any particular Special Service, but can be very useful if there is some surcharge to be calculated based on shipment value, on top of Standard Transport charges. This surcharge can be related to Service code, DOX/NDX/HV, Tariff Group, Country, Zone and can be even entered on a single Customer or Agent level (as this type of special service based on shipment value may apply to both: Customers and Agents) To enter Special Service tariff based on shipment value: 1) Go to 3.9.5.1 (Customer) or 3.9.5.2 (Agent) 2) Click on + to enter new Special Service tariff header 3) Complete the details in Header Properties screen, as you do in case of any other Special Service tariff entry 4) When completed, click on Save 5) In tariff entry screen, select Currency and enter Description, as usual 6) Select option "Value Amount" 7) Click on + to enter tariff values 8) Enter values with maximum Value amount (or value amounts with breaks), Percentage and minimum amount to apply, if there is a minimum. Example 1: Tariff: Value Upto 99999,99, percentage is 10% without minimum. Currency is EUR. = Shipment with value 10,00 EUR entered with Special Service based on value amount % will calculate surcharge of 1,00 EUR (10% of 10,00 EUR - 1,00 EUR, no minimum) Example 2: Tariff: Value Upto 500,00 GBP percentage is 10% with minimum of 15,00 GBP. Value Upto 99999,99 GBP percentage is 5% with minimum of 30,00 GBP. Currency is GBP. = Shipment with value 100,00 GBP entered with Special Service based on value % will calculate surcharge of 15,00 GBP (10% of 100,00 GBP is 10,00 GBP, so minimum of 15,00 GBP applies) = Shipment with value 700,00 GBP entered with Special Service based on value % will calculate surcharge of 35,00 GBP (5% of 700,00 GBP = 35,00 GBP, so above the minimum of 30,00 GBP) NOTE: If shipment value is different from Special Service currency entered, surcharge currency will be converted as per exchange rate in Currency Files 3.2 Example 3: Tariff: Value Upto 99999,99, percentage is 10% without minimum, currency is GBP = Shipment with value 10,00 EUR entered with Special Service based on value % will calculate surcharge of 0,88 GBP (10% of 10,00 EUR = 1,00 EUR = 0,88 GBP as per EUR>GBP currency exchange in 3.2)

ORBITRAX.WIN	23/02/2021	Printing Invoice specificat...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of printing Invoice specifications in landscape page orientation? This is particularly useful at the Member Companies whose billing goes into tens or hundreds of millions (typically - Member Companies whose billing currency is of lower denomination) as the complete pricing shown on invoice specification (with all its elements) would not fit into portrait page orientation. To set Invoice specification to be printed in landscape page orientation, follow these steps: 1) Go to 3.7 Depot File 2) Go to Tab. 3 Document Numbers 3) In section Invoice Specification, change Layout Portrait (default) to Landscape 4) Save modified Depot File As a result of the above, Invoice specifications will be printed in landscape page orientation. NOTE 1: The above setup is valid on a Member Company basis and not per Customer NOTE 2: The above setup may require adjusting printer settings

ORBITRAX.WIN	20/02/2021	GR (Greece) - change of zip...
Did you know ... that format of zip / postcodes to GR (Greece) has been changed from previous 12345 to 123 45? We (CDT) can change format directly in your database and replace in Orbitrax zip / postcodes in old format with new one. However, due to the fact that zips are directly linked to the zones and zones are defined per each Member individually depending on their needs, changing zip format has to be synchronized with changing zips / zips ranges within the zones and therefore this cannot be done automatically. Since not all Members are sending to GR, so Members who are interested in changing GR zip format and adjusting zips in Town & Zipcodes list for GR are requested to contact Beata who will help to coordinate these changes.

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/01/2021	New financial document numb...
Did you know ... that financial document numbers have to be defined every new year? Unfortunately, even Users who use Orbitrax for many years, report the same issue over and over again, hence this reminder. If your company changes numbering of financial documents every year, follow these steps before issuing any financial documents for year 2021 (INV, CNS, CRQ, MNI, etc.): 1) Go to Deport File 3.7 2) Go to Tab. 3 Document Numbers 3) By clicking on + add document numbers (Next number) for every type of documents 4) Date From should be 01/01/2021, Date To should be 31/12/2021 5) Save newly added Document 6) Save modified Depot File EXAMPLE: Your Invoices (prefix INV) for year 2020 went from nr 200001 upto nr 200586. For adding Invoices for year 2021 you should: - click on + - select Document Code INVOICE - Number prefix (if used): INV - Next number: 2100001 - Date From: 01/01/2021 - Date To: 31/12/2021 NOTE 1: As a result of above setup, there will be no message: "Document number not defined for given period" when you attempt issuing any financial document dated 2021. NOTE 2: This does not concern companies which keep continuous numbers throughout the years.

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/01/2021	Changes of VAT in Orbitrax ...
Did you know ... that as a result of BREXIT we have updated VAT codes in Orbitrax, in preparation for January 2021 invoicing? You have probably noticed, that we were connecting to your respective databases earlier today in order to make changes in VAT, all in one go, so that you - the Members would not have to make them manually, one by one. 1) for GB based Members we have updated the following: - in EU based Customer Files (3.3.2, Tab. 3 Financial) we have changed VAT codes from Non local but EU to Non Local non EU - in EU Country Files (3.8.1.2) we have changed Vatable to Non Vatable - in EU Countries Zone Files (3.8.3.2) we have changed Vatable to Non Vatable - we have ran HAWB repricing for the period of 01/01/2021 - 29/01/2021, so that all HAWB(s) concerned could pick correct VAT rates 2) for EU based Members we have updated the following: - we have changed VAT codes from Non Local but EU to Non Local Non EU in GB based Customers files - we have changed Country GB from Vatable to Non Vatable - we have changed zones of Country GB from Vatable to Non Vatable - we have ran HAWB repricing for the period of 01/01/2021 - 29/01/2021, so that all HAWB(s) concerned could pick correct VAT rates NOTE 1: As a result of above changes made and actions taken, Invoices for January 2021 can now be generated and printed. NOTE 2: If the Members are to create new Customers and Zones in Orbitrax in the future, the above rules have to apply. NOTE 3: The above changes do not concern our Non GB and Non EU Members, so no changes in your Orbitraxes were necessary. NOTE 4: As a reminder, these are the EU countries (currently, as of 29/01/2021): AT, BE, BG, CY, CZ, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, DE, GR, HR, HU, IE, IT, LV, LT, LU, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SK, SI, SE.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/01/2021	Conversion of shipments val...
Did you know ... that in compliance with Brexit regulations we have added an extra option of converting original shipments value into EUR on the manifests sent to the selected Agents? The setup described below applies to the manifests sent to the Agent in both formats: pdf and xls. In order to have original shipments values converted into EUR, follow these steps: 1) Go to Agent File 3.1.2 2) Go to Tab. 13 Manifest (new Tab) 3) In the field Manifest Agent Currency select option GB - conversion to EUR 4) Save modified Agent file As a result of the above setup, the values in original currencies will be converted on the manifests into EUR. NOTE 1: In the manifests sent in xls, the value in EUR is shown in the column AJ NOTE 2: Conversion of the values is done based on the exchange rates in Orbitrax menu option 3.2 - Currency Files NOTE 3: Option is available in Orbitrax version 17.00.01 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	18/01/2021	Piece(s) numbers added to x...
Did you know ... that on request of some Members we have modified xls generated from shipments list by adding piece(s) number(s)? To generate xls from shipments list follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 2) Click on the middle icon (binoculars) on the top taskbar 3) Select dates and other criteria, such as Customer, Agent, Consignee country, etc. 4) Once all the criteria has been selected, click on Save. This will generate a list of HAWBs matching selected criteria 5) Click on icon xls on the top taskbar 6) Save xls file 7) The last (newly added) column AK will show piece number (not to be confused with number of pieces). If there are more than 1 (numbered) pieces per HAWB, pieces numbers will be separated by pipe sign \| NOTE: Option will be be available in Orbitrax version 17.00.00 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/12/2020	BREXIT preparation - change...
Did you know ... that due to BREXIT, some changes in Orbitrax will be required? The changes will affect specific setup of some Countries, Zones, Customers and Agents. (A) As changing their status from EU to non EU, GB based companies will require the following changes in Orbitrax: 1) Change of EU countries from Vatable to non Vatable 2) Change of EU countries zones from Vatable to non Vatable (B) EU based companies will require the following changes in Orbitrax: 3) Change of country GB from Vatable to non Vatable 4) Change of GB zones from Vatable to non Vatable 5) Change of VAT code of GB based Customers from Non Local but EU to Non Local Non EU 6) Change of VAT code of GB based Agents from Non Local but EU to Non Local Non EU (C) Companies in other locations - no changes are required NOTE 1: We (CDT) have prepared a routine which will change all the above automatically in your respective databases. However, as these changes have to be done ONLY after last December 2020 invoice run, Members are requested to contact Beata at Beata.Porzecka@wqxs.net in order to set date and time for this change. After the change, Member will be requested to run full re-pricing in Menu option 4.5A for the period starting 01/01/2021. NOTE 2: Also after last December 2020 invoice run, Members are requested to review themselves the footers of financial documents (in Menu option 3.9.A.2, Group INV) in order to identify and remove / modify any footers which mention reverse charge e.g. * EE0 - autoliquidation / reverse charges art. 44 directive 2006/112/EG * WE WOULD LIKE TO WISH YOU ALL A HAPPY, PROSPEROUS AND HEALTHY NEW YEAR 2021!

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/12/2020	Manifest export interfaces ...
Did you know ... that on some Members request we have modified the way delayed (on hold) shipments are handled? The above concerns interfaces with DHL, TNT, FedEx and all other Agents with whom interfaces have been set up in Menu option 1.6.14 "Manifest export interfaces". Until now, Agent HAWB number could be assigned, label for such shipments could be printed (and in some cases, data could be exported) at any stage of shipment processing in Orbitrax, before manifesting. After the change, when the user attempts to assign Agent HAWB number, print the label and export the data for shipment on hold, the system displayes a warning "Shipment is on status ON HOLD. Please change status first". If shipment has been physically released from on hold area, but its data has not (probably by an oversight), the user should first release HAWB data from On Hold in Menu option 1.7.2 "Release Delayed HAWB(s)" or by unchecking box "Put on Hold" in section On Hold options in HAWB, Tab. 2 Manifest. At the companies using secure version of Orbitrax, only a user with sufficient access rights can perform this action. NOTE: Option is available in Orbitrax version 16.03.04 (16.3.4) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	21/12/2020	WQXS - Global Tracking link
Did you know ... that you can now provide your Customers with a global wqxs tracking link to a public Track & Trace without Customer having to go to Track & Trace on your website? This link also allows direct linking of HAWB on Customer own website to Track & Trace. NOTE 1: This is PUBLIC Track & Trace with only basic SSR description and does not contain any sensitive information. NOTE 2: For security reasons SSRs: 83 (Accounting Info for Customer), 88 (Important communication to Shipper) and 98 (Miscellaneous for Customer) are excluded from this tracking method. Below are the details to be provided to Customer: 1) link: http://track.wqxs.com/site/hawb/lang where: - site is 2 digits code of your company (to be provided to you by CDT) - hawb is HAWB number, alphanumeric, max length is 15 characters (hawb does not have to be padded with zeros) - lang is language and available languages are: en, nl, es, it, cz, de, pl, fr (fr is pending and should be operational shortly). If no language is selected, tracking is displayed in en (default) 2) example of response with tracking (last status shown at the top) e.g. http://track.wqxs.com/67/10192295/en Track & Trace HAWB : 000000010192295 Station Date Time Status Description GOA 2020-12-04 14:54 00 Delivered DANIELA CORTELLA GOA 2020-12-04 09:46 23 Out for delivery GOA 2020-12-04 07:27 17 Shipment received MIL 2020-12-03 11:15 49 SHIPMENT ON HOLD - AT STATION LHR 2020-12-01 19:18 18 In transit LHR 2020-12-01 16:07 17 Shipment received where: Station - event reporting station IATA code Date - event date Time - event time Status - WQXS (Orbitrax) status code Description - status / event description NOTE 3: The above is available in pdf format to be sent to Customers. Please contact Beata at Beata.Porzecka@wqxs.net if you would like to get a copy.

ORBITRAX.WIN	15/12/2020	BREXIT preparation - BREXIT...
Did you know ... that some integrators, such as DHL Express or UPS have announced a special BREXIT Surcharge on dutiable shipments between the UK and the EU (export and import) from 1st January 2021? Apparently this surcharge will apply, deal or no deal. Since some of our Members use services of the integrators (although also other companies will surely follow), in preparation to that, we have added a new Special Service (SPS) Code BREXIT (Surcharge) to the central database of special services, which is now ready to use in your Orbitrax. To apply BREXIT Surcharge, follow these steps (tariff entry guidelines as a reminder): (A) Activating SPS BREXIT (Surcharge) 1) Go to 3.9.5.4 Special Services Codes 2) Click on + to activate SPS. This will open a new window - Select Basic Service Special Code 3) Scroll to the very bottom of this window 4) Double click on SPS BREXIT. It will open a small window "Special Service Properties" 5) Change SPS description, if required 6) By default SPS is subject to FSS (Fuel and Security Surcharge). Uncheck it if you do not want SPS BREXIT Surcharge to be subject to FSS 7) Leave box "Enable" checked 8) Save. At this stage SPS BREXIT (Surcharge) has been activated (B) Agent BREXIT Surcharge tariff entry 9) Go to 3.9.5.2 Special Services of Agent Tariff 10) Click on + to add a new tariff. This will open a small window Agent Special Service Tariffs - Header Properties 11) In field "Special Service Code", enter (or select from a list) Special Service BREXIT 12) In field "Service" enter (or select from a list) service codes which would be subject to BREXIT Surcharge. For all services type ****** (* x 6) 13) In field "Account" enter (or select from a list) Agent Code 14) In field "Type", select NDX (as BREXIT Surcharge will only apply to NDX shipments) 15) Leave fields "Country" and "Zone" blank. Although BREXIT Surcharge will only apply to UK-EU, there will be a Special Service Rule, which will automatically apply this Surcharge to selected countries only - see NOTE below 16) Enter Active From date as 01/01/2021 and Expired date as 01/01/2100 17) Save. This will open a new window - Special Agent Tariff 18) Most likely BREXIT Surcharge will apply per kg (with or without minimum), so select Type Weight 19) Select Currency 20) Enter tariff Description, e.g. BREXIT Surcharge. 21) Save 22) Click on + to enter tariff values: - if surcharge will be just per kg without minimum (e.g. 1,00 GBP per 1 kg), enter tariff like this: Upto 99999,99 * Basic 1,00 * First/kg 1,00 * Add 1,00 * Per/kg 1,00 - if surcharge will be per kg with minimum (e.g. 4,50 GBP or 0,25 GBP kg per kg, whichever is greater), enter tariff like this: Upto 99999,99 * Basic 4,50 * First/kg 18,00 * Add 0,25 * Per/kg 1,00 whereby 18,00 kg is a result of 4,50 GBP divided by 0,25 GBP, what gives maximum "coverage" by minimum of 4,50 GBP. As a result 18,00 kg NDX shipment will have BREXIT Surcharge calculated at the minimum of 4,50 GBP and every additional 1 kg will increase Surcharge by 0,25 GBP 23) Save (C) Customer BREXIT Surcharge tariff entry 24) Enter Customer SPS BREXIT Surcharge tariff in Menu option 3.9.5.1 Special Customer Services Tariff, paying attention to items 25-27 below 25) Leave field "Account" blank (Any) for BREXIT Surcharge to apply to ALL Customers 26) There is an extra option available - (Customer) Category - for Companies using Categories 27) Note, that Tariff Description will appear on invoice to Customer NOTE (following item 15 above): At the moment there is no automatic Special Service Rule, which would link BREXIT Surcharge only to UK and EU countries. We are currently working on this option and will advise in a separate System News when it is ready. However, this option will be hard-coded and will require new Orbitrax version, but no further action by the Members.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/11/2020	Quality of imported shipmen...
Did you know ... that we have recently added options which helps verifying data accuracy of imported HAWBs? HAWBs data coming from external source, such as interface or website, sometimes has to be verified and corrected prior to further processing (manifesting and sending to the Agents), in order to weed out any issues (such as missing zipcode or zipcode included in the address fields instead). This is particularly important when a lot of shipments come in at the same time and there is no sufficient time for such verification HAWB by HAWB, although the data may be already in the system. Orbitrax will not verify the data automatically, but we have added tools, which may help the User to control the verified / not yet verified imported data. In order to verify the data, follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) 2) Verify accuracy of the data and correct it if necessary 3) Whether or not any corrections have been made, check newly added box "Data checked" at the bottom left section of HAWB screen 4) Save NOTE 1: Original and corrected values as well as name of the User and date / time of correction(s) can be found in Audit Log in Tab. 4 Other of HAWB. 5) In order to generate a list of checked / not yet checked data, go to 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s), click on middle icon Advanced Search, enter required criteria - dates, Customer, Agent, etc. then select one of the newly added options at the bottom of the screen in section Shipment: Any, Data checked, Data not checked 6) Save to display a list of HAWB(s) matching selected criteria NOTE 2: Option will be available from Orbitrax version 16.03.04 (16.3.4) - ready to be deployed.

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/11/2020	Releasing Delayed HAWBs 1.7...
Did you know ... that we have added a procedure for allocating Delay Until (current) date from file? This could be used for allocating Delay Until date for multiple shipments, e.g. in case of Customer asking for several undelivered shipments to be returned or released from On Hold for other reasons and processed further. Instead of allocating Delay Until date on every HAWB concerned, one by one, xls or xlsx file with HAWBs listed can be uploaded. In order to allocate Delay Until date from file, follow these steps: 1) Prepare a simple xls or xlsx file with just one column: HAWB numbers. No header is required. 2) Save it on your PC 3) Go to Menu option 1.7.2 Release Delayed HAWB(s) 4) In Advanced Search, select criteria, the usual way 5) On screen "Delayed Shipments", click on icon Import File on the top taskbar 6) Confirm that you want to upload a file 7) Select file from location you save it on your PC and click on Open to start uploading 8) The system will confirm how many records from file have current Delayed Until date allocated for 9) As a result of the above, uploaded HAWB will have current (today) Delayed Until date automatically allocated to them in the 1st column "Delayed Until" (no refresh is required) 10) Continue Release off hold process the usual way NOTE: Option will be available from Orbitrax version 16.03.04 (16.3.4) - ready to be deployed.

ORBITRAX.WIN	23/11/2020	SSR entry on MAWB level - c...
Did you know ... that we have modified SSR entry via MAWB, on request of some Members? 1) As a reminder - SSR entry on MAWB level is a Multi SSR entry, whereby the same SSR is populated across all HAWBs manifested under selected MAWB. For the details, see System News dated 31/01/2014, subject "SSR Entry via MAWB (post-flights)". 2) However, it was brought to our attention recently, that although selected SSRs are allowed to be entered on MAWB level, there is no validation of last SSR on HAWBs concerned and as a result, it sometimes happens that (e.g. by selecting incorrect MAWB by mistake) SSR entered on MAWB level (e.g. SSR 19 "Bags arrived at destination") overwrites PODs on HAWBs. 3) As a result, we have changed the method of allocating SSR entered on MAWB level, by verifying type of SSR on HAWBs. 4) As of now, if User is attempting to enter SSR on MAWB level and if one or more of HAWBs manifested on this MAWB has a Final SSR, the system is giving a message: "One or more shipments have Final SSR. Cannot add SSR to selected MAWB". 5) If above is the case, there is still another method available, better than entering SSR for each HAWB separately: 2.2 Multi SSR Entry > Advanced Search > Tab. 2 Financial / MAWB / Non-standard > enter MAWB number in the field MAWB (bottom left) > Save. This will display a list of HAWBs manifested under given MAWB with last status of each HAWB shown. Then, the User can select HAWBs to enter required SSR for (standard multi-selection is available) and leave out those with Final SSRs already entered. NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 16.03.03 (16.3.3) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	19/11/2020	New set of zips for RU (Rus...
Please be advised that new set of zips / post codes for RU (Russian Federation) are available for deployment. Zips format has not been changed, but the number of zips / postcodes has been extended from current +/- 4000 to +/- 45000. However, due to the fact that every company has its own zoning (simple zoning or zone set / zone matrix), CRB / ARB system and tariffs, deployment cannot be done automatically, as it may affect all those elements and consequently also pricing. Members who are interested in having a new zip set for RU, are requested to contact Beata, who will help to identify whether or not new zips can be downloaded into Orbitrax without any consequences and, if necessary, will help in changing current set up to the new one, with new RU zips.

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/10/2020	ESS - Emergency Situation S...
Did you know ... that we have automated adding ESS (Emergency Situation Surcharge) to HAWB? ESS as a Special Service code (SPS) has been added to Orbitrax already in April, as a reaction to the ESS surcharge applied by some of the integrators due to COVID-19. Originally, ESS was supposed to be temporary and therefore has been added to Orbitrax as a regular SPS (Special Service) to be added to HAWB manually. However, due to ongoing situation we have been asked by the Members to automate it. To set up ESS follow these steps: (A) Basic setup of ESS 1) Make sure ESS is on your Special Service Codes list in 3.9.5.4 2) If it is not on a list, click on icon + on the top taskbar to add it from the "hidden" list of available Special Service Codes 3) Look for a code IEMERGEN with description "Incidental Charge (Emergency Situation Surcharge)" and double click to open it. You can change service code to your own e.g. to ESS. You can also change description 4) Make sure that box "Enabled" is checked. 5) If required, check boxes "Subject to FSS" and/or "Show on SSR screen" (as a reminder - this will show Special Service Code during SSR entry in 2.1) 6) Save and Special Service will be added to the main page of Special Service Codes (B) Standard Service (STS) setup 7) In 3.9.6 find on a list Standard Service (STS) Code, which should be subject to ESS (some of the services may be excluded from ESS) 8) Double click to open it 9) Check box "Use ESS" 10) Save (C) SPS rule 11) In 3.9.5.3 set up Special Service Rule by finding Rule SPSESS and matching it with SPS ESS. Make sure that the rule is marked "Active" 12) Save (D) Setup in Customer File 13) In Customer File 3.3.2, go to Tab. 3 Financial 14) If selected Customer is to be charged ESS, check box ESS 15) Save modified Customer File (E) ESS tariff entry 16) In 3.9.5.1 enter Customer tariff for SPS ESS in a way you would enter any other SPS tariff NOTE 1: As a result of the above setup, when shipment is entered (or imported) for given Customer (as set up like in items 13-15 above) with given STS (as set up like in items 7- 10 above), the system will automatically allocate SPS ESS to HAWB (as per SPS rule set up as described in items 11-12 above) NOTE 2: SPS ESS would automatically apply to both: Customer and Agent. If given Agent is charging ESS, Agent SPS tariff for ESS should also be entered in 3.9.5.2 NOTE 3: Option will be available in Orbitrax version 16.03 (16.3) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/10/2020	Change in Generate Excel Re...
Did you know ... that on some Members request we have changed the layout /content of xls report generated in Menu option 4.4.9? Part of the xls file is section with both Customer and Agent pricing. Until now there were maximum 5 columns showing each type of charge other than STS (Standard): SPS (Special Services), XPS (Extra services) and Manual, so maximum of 15 columns (+ additional 15 for currency) for all the charges. Consequently, even though these are rare cases, if there were more than 5 SPS, XPS or Manual charges entered on HAWB, those values were not showing and summary on the xls report was not matching summary on other reports generated by Orbitrax, e.g. on GPAR (Gross Profit Analysis Report). Therefore we have made this xls report dynamic in a way that all types of charges (SPS, XPS, Manual) are now shown in as many columns as number of charges entered on HAWB. This means that if there are e.g. 4 SPS charges entered on HAWB, there will be 4 columns with SPS charges shown in xls (+4 columns for currency). If there are 10 Manual charges entered on HAWB, there will be 10 columns shown in xls (+10 columns for currency). This way, summary on xls report should always reflect complete pricing on HAWB and match summary on other reports generated in Orbitrax. NOTE: Option is available in Orbitrax version 16.02 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/10/2020	Change in copying HAWB proc...
Did you know ... that we have slightly changed the procedure of copying HAWB? For the entire , original procedure, see System News of 29/03/2017, subject "Copying HAWB(s)". In the nutshell, existing shipment could be copied from a shipment list (by clicking on icon Copy shipment on the top taskbar) with all its details, including Shipper and Consignee adresses, weight, pieces, but also Special or Extra Services, piece(s) reference numbers and Special / Extra / Manual pricing. As this was causing confusion and required some manual changes to restore original details only, a question "Keep piece reference? Y/N" has been added to the process and neither Special / Extra services nor Special / Extra / Manual pricing is copied over from the original HAWB. New HAWB is copied with and priced solely based on the basic shipment data. NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 16.02.00 (16.2.0) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	16/10/2020	Sending Reminder for unpaid...
Did you know ... that we have recently added a new option of sending reminder for unpaid Manual Invoice (MNI)? So far Reminder option (sending Reminders by email) worked only for regular Invoices. See System News of 21/05/2020, subject "Reminder for unpaid invoice - sending emails with text of reminder in email body" and of 25/05/2020, subject "New communication in Customer file (invoice reminder)", but we have been requested by the Members to add similar option to MNI. To generate and send email with Reminder for MNI follow these steps: 1) Go to 4.6.1.1 Manual customer invoices 2) Select period (Month and Year) original Manual Invoice has been generated in and refresh either by clicking on icon Refresh or by pressing F5 3) On the displayed list of MNIs, select (highlight blue) MNI you want to send a Reminder for 4) Click on icon Send (envelope) on the top taskbar. This will open a new window "Send invoice" 5) If communication for electronic sending of E-INV&SPEC (and consequently for MNI) has been set up in Customer File 3.3.1 Tab. 4 Communication, emails addresses of the recipients will be prompted. Click on + to add them to the list of recipients for MNI from the list of set up recipients. However, if required, it is also possible to enter any other email address manually 6) Check box "Reminder" NOTE 1: If you do not check box "Reminder", originally sent MNI with standard text of email will be resent to a Customer. 7) Click on Save to place email with the Reminder in the Orbimail queue NOTE 2: Text of email with the Reminder for MNI is identical to the text of Reminder for regular INV. NOTE 3: Option will be available from Orbitrax version 16.03 (16.3)

ORBITRAX.WIN	24/09/2020	Delayed warehouse in - 1.7....
Did you know ... that we have added an option of scanning in shipments to be Delayed (put On HOLD) using specific locations? This System News concerns scanning in and is a continuation of System News dated 04/09/2020, subject "Delayed (shipments) warehouse locations (NEW)". The purpose of using this option is being able to scan shipmen(s) in and allocating them at the same time to a specific / selected location in Delayed (On HOLD) shipments warehouse. To scan shipments to be delayed (put On HOLD) into a selected location, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.7.6 Delayed warehouse in. A new window Warehouse Hold - Stored Shipments will open 2) The list displays all scanned shipments/pieces for selected dates. By default current date is displayed. 3) Click on + to start scanning in NOTE 1: The following elements on screen are mandatory: Location, On HOLD category and HAWB. Delay up to is optional. NOTE 2: If you attempt to scan in shipment / piece, which has been already scanned into another location, there is a warning message: "Shipment already in location XYZ" and there is an option of reallocating scanned HAWB to a desired location. 4) After scanning in has been finished, click on down arrow icon to close window 5) As a result of the above, scanned in shipments will get status 17 Shipment received, will be delayed (put On HOLD) with selected category and, in the next step, will be ready to be scanned out from selected location. NOTE 3: Option will be available in Orbitrax version 16.02 (16.2) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	16/09/2020	Injecting Delivery Agent HA...
Did you know ... that we have added a new Menu item 7.3 for injecting of Delivery Agent HAWBs numbers from xls or xlsx files? Agent HAWBs are usually known before the manifest data is transferred to the Agent, then may be used for importing of tracking info. Sometimes they are however known only when invoice is received from the Agent and if shipments are billed not by our, but by Agent HAWB numbers, injection of Agent HAWBs is necessary in order to perform automatic PTR invoice checking e.g. from a template. For this reason, there are 2 options in PTR template (4.1.5) available - hawb and agent_hawb. In order to inject Agent HAWB Reference numbers follow these steps: NOTE 1: There are only 2 columns required: (our) HAWB and Agent HAWB and as per info displayed, 1st column is our HAWB, 2nd column is Agent HAWB reference. 1) Go to Menu option 7.3 Import Agent HAWB References 2) In field Import type select either Import from XLS or Import from XLSX 3) In field Agent, enter Agent Code (or select from the drop down list) 4) In field File type 1, select xls / xlsx from where it was saved on your PC 5) Save to start importing the file 6) When injection is completed, there will be a message displayed with number of Agent HAWB References injected 7) To see / print Agent HAWBs References not injected and the reason why (usually - "Number already in the system"), click on one of the following icons on the top taskbar: either Preview or PDF to save a report as pdf or Print to print a report on a printer. NOTE 2: Option will be available in Orbitrax version 16.02 (16.2) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	11/09/2020	Shipment data source
Did you know ... that we have added detailed description of shipment data source in SSR log in 2.1? So far internal log DR (Data recorded) was either "Manual Entry" or "Shipment Imported", but in case of "Shipment Imported" there was no indication of the source data was imported from. As far as Orbitrax user is concerned, the most important thing is that shipment data has been imported, but in case of any irregularities in imported data, it is always helpful to know what was the exact source of it. 1) While "Manual Entry" remains the same, "Shipment Imported" has been extended to the following options: - Orbitrax import - when shipment data has been imported from Orbitrax of another company / WQXS Member - Interface import - when data has been imported by interface set up by us (CDT) - Web entry - when data has been received as a result of HAWB entry by Customer on the website - File import - when data has been injected from external file (from xls based on a template or any other pre-defined format in 7.4) - Web service import - when shipment data has been imported by web service based on WQXS API (not to be confused with Web entry) 2) In addition, Manual Entry and File import also indicates the user who either entered shipment manually or injected the file. NOTE: Option will be available in Orbitrax version 16.02 (16.2) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	04/09/2020	Delayed (shipments) warehou...
Did you ... know that we have added warehouse location for Delayed shipments (ON HOLD) as well as scanning in and out of those Delayed (shipments) locations? (A) Usually, HAWBs are stored in ON HOLD area by the last digit of HAWB and so far it seemed to be sufficient. However, while working on a project for one of the Members, we realized that it would be useful to create locations in ON HOLD area, to allow even easier identifications of delayed (put ON HOLD) shipments and that in some cases scanning into and out of these locations would speed up operations. (B) Creating / using location and scanning in and out in conjunction with those location is meant to help organizing shipment put ON HOLD, but it is NOT mandatory. Members who prefer using current way of moving HAWBs to Delay File 1.7.1 and Releasing from Delay File 1.7.2 can continue doing so. (C ) Locations can be created e.g. per Customer (or Group of Customers), per Project or per Product. (D) In our example, all shipments received from one Customer are sent to one, specific country, but require "green light" from the delivery Agent, before they can be sent out. Therefore they all have to be scanned into a specific, created location, stored and scanned out when they are good to go. Mixing them with all other delayed (ON HOLD) shipments would make no sense, therefore a specific location + scanning into this location + scanning out of this location seems to be a better option. (E) Entire Delayed (ON HOLD) warehouse new process is composed of three steps: - creating locations - scanning in - scanning out (F) To create Delayed (shipments) locations follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.7.8 Delayed locations 2) Click on + to add a new location (9 characters are available) 3) Save Shipments can be later scanned into and scanned out from selected location, what will be described in the next System News. NOTE: Option will be available in Orbitrax version 16.02 (16.2) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/08/2020	Additional filtering by Ser...
Did you know ... that we have added an extra filtering on Customer(s) and Agent(s) tariffs screen, by Standard Service Code (STS)? This is for ease of reviewing and modifying the details of certain tariffs, without having to look for a specific tariff amongst hundreds or thousands of tariffs with other service codes. One of primary filtering fields in 3.9.1.2 (Alter Agent Tariff) and 3.9.2.2. (Alter Customer Tariff) is also "Tariff Service", but this only displays tariffs with just one service code. Sometimes it is necessary to compare the details of tariffs entered for other service codes. This is why we have added additional filtering on screen. To filter tariffs by service code, follow these steps: 1) Go to menu option 3.9.1.2 (Alter Agent Tariff) or 3.9.2.2. (Alter Customer Tariff) 2) Use any filter of your choice: by Account, Tariff Code or Tariff Reference NOTE 1: If you use filter by Tariff Service, then extra filter on screen will be irrelevant, as tariffs with only one service code will be displayed. 3) Underneath the top taskbar you will see an extra filter "Service", where you can choose a service code by using drop down list of service codes and their descriptions. Select desired service code and the list of tariffs with only selected service code will be automatically displayed NOTE 2: Due to the fact that, unlike in case of Customers, there is an option of entering Agent Tariff for all services, some Agents tariffs show service code "Any". Those tariffs will be displayed regardless service code selected in filter "Service". NOTE 3: Option will be available in Orbitrax version 16.02 (16.2) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/08/2020	Removing imported invoice f...
Did you know ... that we added an option of deleting imported file from PTR screen? (as a reminder: PTR = Purchase TRading invoice). Since we added an option of electronic PTR checking from a template (see System News "Electronic PTR checking from xls template" dated 20/04/2020), we had numbers of requests to remove imported files. This has been mainly caused by incorrect formatting of xls injected by the Users. Because until now imported files could only be removed directly from the database (what could be done only by us - CDT), we decided to add an option of deleting imported file, so that the Users can delete these imported files themselves. To delete imported file: 1) Go to Menu option 4.1.1 Purchase Checking 2) Select accounting period "From month" and "To month", then check option "Not checked" to reduce number of displayed PTRs 3) Press F5 or icon Refresh on the top taskbar to refresh displayed list of PTRs 4) Find and highlight blue PTR you want to remove imported file from 5) Double click on highlighted PTR or click on icon Open on the top taskbar to open window with PTR booking details 6) There is a new icon "Delete" added on the top taskbar, between icons "Import invoice" and "Refresh" in form of a red cross 7) To remove imported file, click on this icon and answer Y to question "Do you want to delete imported invoice?" 8) After invoice file has been deleted, correct the file, import it again into Orbitrax in menu option 4.1.5 "Import invoice from file" and import it into a specific PTR in 4.1.1. NOTE: Option will be available in Orbitrax version 16.02 (16.2) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	21/08/2020	Multi SSR entry option adde...
Did you know ... that on request of the Members we have added an option of Multi SSR entry to the Release Delayed HAWB(s) screen in Menu option 1.7.2? As a reminder - moving HAWBs to Delay File in Menu option 1.7.1 Delay HAWB(s) is temporarily excluding HAWBs from manifesting (for whatever reason - damaged, deliveries spread over several days, improperly packed, missing paperwork, stopped by the shipper, etc.) until such time shipments can be released, means either manifested to the final destination or returned to sender. Option of Multi SSR entry added to Release Delayed HAWB(s) screen allows to quickly advise Customer / Shipper of updated status of shipments being previously "Delayed" (put on Hold) and now released, e.g. SSR 70 Shipment returned. To use Multi SSR entry option in Release Delayed HAWB(s) screen follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.7.2 Release Delayed HAWB(s) 2) If necessary, filter displayed data by choosing (Delayed) Category at the top left corner of the screen, then sort by clicking on one of the headers: Delayed Until, HAWB, Customer Ref, Zip Code, Town, SSR Code, SSR Description, Agent, Data received, Delayed Date, Delayed By or Pickup Date 3) On the displayed list of delayed HAWBs, mark blue HAWBs you want to enter Multi SSR for, by usual selection methods: Shift (hold)+left mouse click to mark block of HAWBs or Ctrl (hold)+ left mouse click to mark single HAWBs on the list of shipments 4) When HAWBs have been marked blue, click on icon M-SSR on the top taskbar 5) Enter SSRs the usual way and SSR will be populated across all selected HAWBs. NOTE: Option will be available in Orbitrax version 16.02 (16.2) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	19/08/2020	Extended length of Agent HA...
Did you know ... that we have extended the length of the field of Agent HAWB in Excel template? We have been informed by a few Members, that some of their Agents have their HAWB numbers longer than 15 characters, which are known at the moment of xls injection in Menu option 7.4 Import shipments from external files and we were therefore asked to extend the length of Agent HAWB field in Excel template. Template generated by clicking on icon xls will now have field "shipment_agent_hawb" extended from 15 to 30 characters (column AD). This column is formatted as text and is alphanumeric. Value from this field is then imported into field of Agent HAWB in HAWB screen. NOTE: Option will be available in Orbitrax version 16.02 (16.2) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/07/2020	New structure of Customer p...
Did you know ... that as a result of popular demand by the Members, we have changed the structure of Customer pricing breakdown shown in Shipment Pricing info? Members have requested to have full pricing breakdown, including VAT, to be shown in Shipment Pricing info, to match what was always shown in Shipment Quick Quote 2.8. To see full shipment breakdown on Shipment: 1) Go to 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 2) Got to Tab. 3 Pricing 3) In the bottom section "Totals (local currency)", in part "Customer" you will now see complete pricing breakdown as follows: - Total - Discount - FSS (Fuel & Security Surcharge) - amount - FSS (Fuel & Security Surcharge) - % - Total after discount - VAT (not shown in Pricing info before) - Total inc. VAT (not shown in Pricing info before)

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/07/2020	Linehaul Tariff entry 3.9.3.1
Did you know ... that you can enter linehaul tariff for linehaul Agent and have this cost split between all shipments manifested on selected flight / route? Linehaul tariff can be entered for any type of linehaul: air or road, whenever linehaul cost is involved. To enter linehaul tariff, follow these steps: 1) Go to 3.9.3.1 Enter Linehaul Tariff 2) Enter linehaul Agent Code 3) Route can stay blank, assuming the same rate applies to all flights /routes from the same origin to the same destination by the same linehaul Agent 4) Enter Origin Gateway and origin Country code 5) Enter Destination Gateway and destination Country code 6) Enter Tariff Active From and Expiry dates. If you do not know when will the tariff cease to apply, enter 01/01/2100 7) Save 8) Type of charge can be either Weight (per kg) or Bag (per bag), however if you enter tariff Weight per kg, you can still apply bag rate on top of it 9) Select tariff currency 10) Enter tariff description, e.g. Sovereign BRU - AMS 11) Save 12) Enter Bag rate if applicable 13) At the bottom part of the screen, which is actual tariff entry section, click on +, what will open tariff entry screen 14) In box Weight enter 99999,99, what stands for up to "any weight" 15) In box Basic enter kilo rate 16) In Box First/kg enter 1, which is 1 (one) kilo 17) In Box Add enter additional rate per kilo 18) In box Per/Kg enter 1, which is 1 (one) kilo 19) The above 14) - 18) can be read as: up to any weight (like in item 14) we are paying rate per 1 kg like in item 15) for 1st kilo and additional rate per kg like in item 17) for each additional 1 kg 20) Save NOTE 1: Obviously there may be weight breaks if different rates apply depending on weight, then instead of Weight 99999,99 you enter e.g. 100, next weight break e.g. 500, and different rate per kg. Last weight must always be 99999,99, like in case of any other tariff entry. Rates may also be with or without minimum. If this is the case, you put minimum amount in the box Basic and add rate per kg to it. NOTE 2: As a result of above entry, if you enter MAWB in 1.10.1 for a given flight, linehaul cost will be calculated automatically and can be seen in MAWB 1.10.1, Tab. 2 MAWB Costs / Note. NOTE 3: Linehaul (and Handling charges) are added up in MAWB and the total charge is divided between HAWBs manifested on this MAWB in proportion to their weight, means the heavier the shipment is, the bigger part of Linehaul charges it absorbs. This Linehaul (+ Handling) cost is shown as one element "Linehaul" in HAWB pricing info (Tab. 3 Pricing) on HAWB screen and is of course reducing margin on HAWB.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/07/2020	Option of not pricing and i...
Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax of NOT pricing and invoicing Pickup Orders to Customers? This option should be used ONLY if pickup price is included into a shipment price and should not be billed separately. To activate this option (see VERY IMPORTANT NOTE below), follow these steps: 1) Go to Depot File 3.7 2) Got to Tab. 13 Invoice 3) In section Disable zero-priced Customer charges check box "Do not price and invoice Pickup Order" 4) Save NOTE: If this box is checked and option activated (see VERY IMPORTANT NOTE below), Pickup Order pricing in Tab. 3 on Customer side will show Invoice status "Disabled" and it will not appear on Invoices to Customers. Therefore Pickup Orders, in this case, will be used only for Agents / Drivers pricing, for sending Pickup Orders to MOBs of the drivers and controlling them in Dispatcher Module 6.4 and on MAP. VERY IMPORTANT NOTE: Checking box "Do not price and invoice Pickup Order" in Depot File 3.7 Tab. 13 Invoice is NOT enough to activate this option. We (CDT) have to activate it in the database, as per tooltip "Indicates if pickup orders are priced and printed on invoice. TO CHANGE PLEASE CALL CDT".

ORBITRAX.WIN	21/07/2020	Fix scanned HAWB number - 3...
Did you know ... that there is a way to set format of the barcodes to scan shipments in Menu option 1.13.9 Warehouse Customer Inbound? Some Customers have specific barcodes and in order to scan them in option 1.13.9 Warehouse Customer inbound, a setup for scanning those barcodes can be done in Customer File. To set up format of the barcodes, follow these steps: 1) Go to Customer File 3.3.2 2) Go to Tab. 8 Other 3) Go to section Fixed scanned HAWB number 4) Available options are: (a) The simplest option Remove last digits from scanned HAWB, has been already described in details in the System News of 26/05/2019 - Subject: "Cutting off last digits of barcodes (Scan in)". Basically, in this option, you should select number of digits to be removed during scanning in - it is useful in case of piece number added to HAWB barcode. For example: HAWB 12345601, where 01 is a piece number (possibly followed by 02,03,04 etc.) would scan only 123456 (b) Position of first digit from scanned HAWB number (select position) - if scan of a barcode should start at certain position. For example: If position has been set at 3, HAWB 123456 would be scanned from 3rd digit, so 3456 (c) Number of digits from scanned HAWB number (select number of digits to scan). For example: if it has been set as 5, HAWB 123456878 would be scanned as 12345 (first 5 digits). NOTE: If shipments of a Customer have to be scanned in, but there was no specific barcodes scanning setup in Customer File Tab. 8 Other, there is still an option for selecting one of the above in the scanning session window in 1.13.9. However, setting it up on Customer level like in items 1-4 above, prevents the user from always selecting a proper option in scan session window of 1.13.9

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/06/2020	Pickup Note on HAWB transfe...
Did you know ... that Pickup information entered on pre-entered single HAWB from which Pickup Order is made, is automatically transferred to this Pickup Order and later sent to the MOB of a driver this Pickup Order is allocated to? Here is how to do it: 1) Go to 1.2 Pre-Enter HAWB(s) 2) After completing HAWB details in Tab.1 Main, go to Tab. 2 Manifest 3) In the bottom field Pickup information, enter a note with pickup instruction / additional info for a driver 4) Save (or Apply to save, but keep HAWB screen open) 5) Click on icon Pick on the top taskbar to open Pickup Order Properties (editor screen). Select Pickup service, if you are asked to do it 6) Note entered in Pickup information field on HAWB is automatically transferred to the Note field on Shipper part of a Pickup 7) When a Pickup Order is allocated to a driver, Pickup information entered on HAWB and then transferred to Pickup Order as Note is transferred to MOB of a driver. NOTE: Max length of text transferred to MOB of a driver is 560 characters.

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/06/2020	Text of email with manifest...
Did you know ... that (on request of a Member) we have added text of email for sending manifests? So far the only text was "See attachment in PDF (or XLS) format". Now, the Company will be able to define its own text of email body. To set it up, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.9.A.2 Language translations. This will open a window "Language definition" 2) Select language (DEFAULT = English) 3) From drop down list "Group" select option MAIL 4) Highlight Var (variable) I_man_text 5) In bottom left section "Default text" you will find text suggested by a Member who requested adding this option: "Please find attached our manifest. We kindly request you confirm arrival of the material and inform us A.S.A.P. of any discrepancies (missing shipments or pieces). Outside business hours, for urgent matters please contact (space for name + email address) or dial (space for telephone number) . Kind regards" 6) You can modify this text as per your own needs, by adding it to the bottom right window "Text in selected language" 7) There are 350 characters available and a counter will show you number of characters left 8) Save modified "Language definition". NOTE: Option will be available from Orbitrax version 16.2 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/06/2020	Setting up default service ...
Did you know ... that you can set up default service code for registering Pickup Order by F12 or in Menu option 6.1? This will help to speed up process of registering Pickup Order, instead of selecting a required service code from a long list of all available service codes. In order to set up default service code for Pickup Order, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer 2) Go to Tab. 3 Financial 3) Click on button "Services of Customer" 4) Click on +. This will open a new window "Customer services" 5) In box Service, select service code, which you want to always automatically appear when Pickup order is created 6) Click on option "Default for pickup job" 7) Save 8) Save modified Customer File As a result, service code set up this way will automatically appear in Pickup screen, when Pickup is created by F12 or in 6.1 or when Pickup is created from shipments list 1.3 > Advanced Search, by option PICK. NOTE: If there are more than one service code set up in Customer File as described above, a list of all those service codes will be displayed, but service code which has been set up as default, will always be highlighted, ready to be selected by Enter.

ORBITRAX.WIN	24/06/2020	Creating Pickup Order from ...
Did you know ... that you can create a Pickup Order (to be later sent to a MOB of the driver) from a single or multiple shipments? NOTE 1: Shipments to create Pickup Order for must be on status pre-entry, means they cannot be received (yet) / have SSR 17 Shipment Received (A) Creating Pickup Order for a single HAWB 1) Go to 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 2) Enter HAWB number 3) On the top taskbar, click on icon Pick (Save and make pickup order). This will open pickup editor screen, where number of pieces is 1 and weight equals dead weight of HAWB NOTE 2: Icon Pick is blocked for HAWB, if Status flag of this HAWB is "Received" (B) Creating Pickup Order from multiple HAWBs 4) Go to 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 5) Click on the middle icon Advanced Search (binoculars) 6) Enter the criteria to display a shipments list (dates range, Customer etc.) 7) To narrow your criteria, make sure that option "Not received" in section Status flags is checked 8) Click on Save to display a list of shipments matching criteria you entered 9) On a display list, mark blue HAWBs you want to create Pickup Order for, by usual selection methods: Shift (hold)+left mouse click to mark block of HAWBs or Ctrl (hold)+ left mouse click to mark single HAWBs on the list of shipments 10) When all required HAWBs have been marked blue, click on icon Pick (Create pickup order for selected shipments). This will open pickup editor screen, where number of pieces equals total number and weight equals total (dead) weight of all marked shipments. (C) The following warning / error messages may appear during the process: 11) "Cannot complete Shipper address/ name. Please check shipper address and name" - this may appear in case of different shippers on HAWBs marked 12) "Invalid selection: Different Customers" - in case marked HAWBs are from different Customers 13) "Invalid selection: Shipments linked with Pickup Order" - in case one or more HAWBs have been already linked with a Pickup Order 14) "Invalid selection: Shipment Status Received" - in case when status of one or more marked HAWBs is Received (SSR 17 Shipment Received) and NOT pre-entered (status Data Recorded).

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/05/2020	Validating SSRs before send...
Did you know ... that certain, selected SSR codes can be temporarily put on hold for verification by Customer Service, before they are sent to Customers? This should be used in case of "sensitive" SSRs, such as 80 "Confirmed lost shipment" or financial SSRs, in particular of 83 "Accounting info for Customer", as conveyed message often contain sensitive financial info received from the Agent. To mark certain SSR code as to be always verified, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.10.1 SSR Setup. Make sure that displayed set of SSRs are in SSR Group as shown in Customer file 3.3.2 Tab. 4 Communication, field SSR Group. Otherwise change it in the field SSR Group at the top left corner 2) Scroll down and find SSR you want to change settings for 3) Double click on it to open a new screen SSR Code Properties 4) In section "Send option" check box next to option "Check" 5) Save 6) As a result of the above, if any such SSR is received from the Agent for Customer who is in selected SSR Group, it will be automatically placed in 2.4.1 Check Unapproved Logs with status "Check", to be verified. In there, by clicking on the top left icon "Change status of selected logs" the user can change status to Send, Full Send (Subject + text), Lock or Error. EXAMPLE: Agent ABCBRU is sending to its Customer XYZLHR SSR log 83 "Accounting info for Customer" with text: "2nd delivery - 4,00 EUR". If SSR 83 was at XYZLHR on status Send, then the message to the Customer would be sent with original text "2nd delivery 4,00 - EUR". But Customer of XYZLHR is billed in GBP, so if XYZLHR followed the above procedure, it would give itself a chance to Lock SSR 83 in 2.4.1, replace it by "2nd delivery - 3,50 GBP" and send it with changed text, so that Customer would receive a message with pricing in their billing currency.

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/05/2020	Copying communication in Cu...
Did you know ... that in case of multiple recipients of various communications in Customer or Agent file, there is an option of copying existing communication instead of entering a new one? The option has been added in order to save time on selecting already existing options from the list of available communication functions. In order to copy communication, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer 2) Go to Tab. 4 Communication 3) Assuming, this is first communication you enter, click on + to add it 4) From a drop-down list, select communication Function, e.g. SSR (it is located at the bottom of the list) 5) Select Output e.g. EMAIL 6) Enter email address of the recipient 7) Save and you will be moved to the list of all set up communications 8) To copy communication, click on icon "Copy record", right in the middle of the top taskbar 9) Change only the element that needs changing e.g. email address of the recipient 10) Save NOTE: Identical rules apply to copying Agent / Driver communication in Menu option 3.1.2 Alter Agent

ORBITRAX.WIN	25/05/2020	New communication in Custom...
Did you know ... that we have recently added a new function E-INV&SPECS REMINDERS to Customer communication? Procedure of generating unpaid invoice reminder has been described in the System News of 21/05/2020 (Subject: Reminder for unpaid invoice - sending emails with text of reminder in email body), however we have been asked to add extra communication if a reminder has to be sent to other recipient / email address than original invoices. The option was partially available before, as invoice could be re-sent to any email address, but to save time on manual typing of email address, a dedicated communication has been added. To set email address(es) specifically for invoice reminders, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer 2) Go to Tab. 4 Communication 3) Click on + to add new communication 4) From drop down list Function select E-INV&SPECS REMINDERS 5) Select output EMAIL 6) Enter EMAIL address of the recipient of reminders 7) Save NOTE 1: If multiple email addresses should be entered, do not use"," (comma) or ";" (semicolon) to separate them. Instead enter a new communication. Alternatively, you can use option Copy from all communications list (icon "Copy record" on the top taskbar), to avoid full entry of a new communication and instead fill in only e.g. email address of a new recipient 8) As a result of the above setup, when resending invoice, email address(es) set up for reminders will be shown on top of a list of email addresses to select from. NOTE 2: Setting up E-INV&SPECS REMINDERS is not mandatory. If E-INV&SPECS REMINDERS have not been set up, reminders can still be sent to default INV email addresses. NOTE 3: Option will be available in Orbitrax version 16.01 (16.1) onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	21/05/2020	Reminder for unpaid invoice...
Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax of sending emails to Customers with text of reminder in email body (for selected, unpaid invoices)? Previously, invoices could be resent by using simple Send (envelope icon on the top taskbar) option to the recipients defined in Customer File, Tab. 4 Communication, functions dedicated to sending invoices in pdf and various formats of specifications, but no reminder text was included in an email. To resend INV & specs with text of reminder in email body, follow these steps: (A) INV reminder text 1) Go to Menu option 3.9.A.2 Language translations 2) Select Language (DEFAULT=English) 3) Select Group MAIL 4) In column Var find I_mail_resent and in the window Text In Selected Language, enter text of the reminder (there is up to 2000 characters available) EXAMPLE: Dear Sir / Madam, Until today, we still did not receive your payment for the enclosed invoice. We kindly, however urgently, request you to arrange payment for this overdue invoice to our account. If the invoice has been settled in the meantime, please accept our apologies and disregard this reminder. Please respect our payment terms for all future invoices. We remain, yours sincerely, 5) Save (B) Sending INV with reminder text in email body 6) Go to 4.2.8 Re-print confirmed invoices 7) Search for INV you want to send reminder for by selecting option by Number 8) Click on icon Refresh or press F5 9) When invoice (or list of invoices) appear on screen, highlight INV you want to send a reminder for and click on icon Send (envelope) on the top taskbar 10) "Do You Want To Send All Invoices From The List?" - answer depends on how many invoices are displayed. If more than just the one you want to send e reminder for, answer No 11) "Do You Want To Send Invoice To The Default Email Address?" - default email addresses defined in Customer File, Tab. 4 Communication, for sending INV & specs. If you answer Yes, invoice will be immediately sent to those email addresses, but WITHOUT reminder text in an email. If you answer No - you will be moved to the next window 12) If your answer was No, you are moved to the new window "Send invoice", where you can either type a new email address or (still) select default emails addresses (one or more) from the list, by clicking on + 13) To send an email with reminder text as described in item 4) above, check box "Reminder", below email addresses section, then Save. Email with copy of INV and specs, as indicated in the files selection section, will be immediately sent to Orbimail queue and further to the Customer. NOTE: We are in the process of adding a new Communication function specially for INV & specs reminders, where yet another email address can be added. This will be included in the next Orbitrax version 16.01 and there will be a separate System News about this new functionality.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/04/2020	Report for Summary of selec...
Did you know ... that following additional request regarding System News dated 14/04/2020 (Subject: Summary of selected Manifests or Delivery Sheets), we have added a printable Report of selected Manifest / Delivery Sheets? To print a report, follow these steps: 1) After you selected Manifests or Delivery Sheets either in 1.6.2 Re-Print Manifest or in 1.6.6 Re-Print Delivery Sheet and you clicked on icon SUM (next to dates selection), on top of displayed summary of shipments and dead weight, you will see a question "Do you want to print a report" Y/N 2) Upon response Y, the system will prompt a location to save a file in pdf format 3) Names of the files are also prompted: it is either manifest_summary.pdf or delivery_sheet_summary.pdf 4) If your pdf reader has been set up to automatically open the files upon saving, the file will open automatically. Otherwise you should open the file(s) from their location 5) Report contains the following info (one line per Manifest / Delivery Sheet): Date upto, Agent, MAWB (number), Flight, Weight (dead) and Shpt .The bottom line shows total weight and total number of shipments. NOTE: Option will be available from Orbitrax version 16.01 (16.1) onwards, to be released next week (19th)

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/04/2020	Search in Distance Table - ...
Did you know ... that we have recently added a new Search option in the Distance Table? This is in order to enable quick search for required origin and / or destination, as in some cases Members have tens of thousands of records in the Distance Table. To search for a distance, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.8.5 Distance Table 2) At the top part of the screen, under the taskbar, there are fill in fields: Zip From, Country From, Zip To, Country To 3) Filling in all those fields is not mandatory, however the more fields are filled in, the more accurate result(s) is/are displayed Examples: a) Search: Zip From blank, Country From BE, Zip To blank, Country To AT + icon Refresh (or F5) will display all distances from Belgium to Austria b) Search: Zip From 1000, Country From blank, Zip To blank, Country To blank + icon Refresh (or F5) will display registered distances to ANY destinations from all origins with zip 1000, e.g. in 1000 BE, 1000 LU, 1000 AT etc. c) Search: Zip From 1040, Country From BE, Zip To 75018, Country To FR + icon Refresh (or F5) will display either exact result or result within the range, if the distance has been entered for range of zips, e.g. for 1000 - 1210 BE and 75000 - 75999 FR 4) To start a new search, click on the button "Clear" NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 16.0 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/04/2020	Setting Customer tariffs or...
Did you know ... that in order to avoid creating huge tariffs for just one Customer, you can allocate multiple tariffs codes to the Customer File and use them as per set order? EXAMPLE: Customer ABCXYZ0000 had a specific tariff entered for EU destinations (lets assume tariff was entered with a code ABC). All other destinations should be priced as per worldwide standard tariff (lets assume tariff code is WORLD). In order to avoid copying tariff with a code WORLD into tariff ABC, except EU destinations, there is an option of adding both tariffs to a Customer File of ABCXYZ0000. In order to make both tariffs apply, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer, Tab. 3 Financial 2) In the bottom section Tariffs, click on + to enter 1st tariff code (in our example it would be ABC) and Save 3) Click on + again to add the 2nd tariff code (in our example it would be WORLD) and Save 4) If you entered tariff code WORLD first and ABC next, use arrow icons Move Up or Move down, to set required order. In our example tariff code ABC should have Order 1 and tariff WORLD should have Order 2 5) As a result, despite the fact that EU destinations are included in both tariffs - shipments to EU will be priced as per tariff ABC, since it has a priority over tariff WORLD (Order 1 has a priority over Order 2). All other destinations will be priced as per tariff WORLD NOTE 1: Option is perfect in case of Customers having specific rates / tariffs for domestic services, but common ones for international ones (or vice versa, depending on a profile of your Company). NOTE 2: You can allocate 20+ different tariffs codes to a Customer File, but usually allocating 2-4 of them in a proper order is sufficient enough.

ORBITRAX.WIN	20/04/2020	Electronic PTR checking fro...
Did you know ... that we have added a template in xls for electronic checking of PTR, what enables costs control and ultimately issuing automatic CRQ (Credit ReQuest) to the Agent(s)? As a reminder - PTR stands for Purchase Trading invoices (invoices from your Agents). The aim is to be able to electronically check every PTR, without us (CDT) having to develop and add to Orbitrax a separate module for checking PTR from a specific Agent, what is always time consuming. Electronic PTR checking is a comparison between Agent charges (based on Agent tariffs entered in Orbitrax) and Agent charges imported from the file. Charges which are matching, are automatically checked. Charges which are not matching (Undercharges or Overcharges) can be a result of incorrect Agent tariff(s) entered in Orbitrax. Overcharges can also be a result of incorrect billing by the Agent and as such should be a subject to CRQ (Credit ReQuest). CRQ can be automatically generated and electronically sent to the Agent (by email, directly from Orbitrax). NOTE 1: This feature has been added as an integral part of PTR module and can be used ONLY if a Company is booking PTRs in menu option 4.1.1 Purchase Checking. The detailed procedure of booking PTRs has been prepared already in 2008 and can be downloaded as a file "Purchase Invoice (PTR) Checking Procedure (option 4.1) (BEP - 19/02/2008) (PDF)" from our website > Members Area > Downloads. Alternatively, please contact Beata who will provide you with this file. To create a file based on the xls template and import it, follow these steps: 1) In 4.1.5 click on icon Xls template and save it. It is a very simple template with only 2 columns mandatory - HAWB (or Agent HAWB) and charge (total charge excl. VAT and FSS). Other columns are not mandatory, however you can complete them as well, if you prefer checking discrepancies based on the template and not original file. First line in the template is just to show how the columns should be formatted. It can be removed before import or it can stay there as it will not be imported NOTE 2: Fill in either HAWB or Agent HAWB, never both 2) Copy values (HAWB and charges) from original file received from the Agent - xlsx, csv, txt, even pdf and paste it to the template, column by column 3) Once completed - save the file as Excel 97-2003. Bear in mind, that higher Excel versions have some difficulties in saving a file as Excel 97-2003, so it is always safer to use LibreOffice to do it. LibreOffice is a shareware (free) application (MS Office kind of equivalent), which can be downloaded from: https://www.libreoffice.org/download/download/ 4) Some advice regarding creating and formatting of data in xls: - remove any special characters in HAWB numbers (or Agent HAWB numbers) - in column "charge" put total charges, excluding VAT and FSS - format column HAWB (or Agent HAWB) as text - do not include any totals (if any) from the bottom of original file 5) Go again to 4.1.5 and in 4.1.5 select Import type TEMPLATE - file type xls 6) Selecting TEMPLATE - file type xls activates box "Agent HAWB". Check this box ONLY if the file you are injecting contains Agent HAWB. If it contains your own HAWBs - do not check it 7) Import file from its location 8) Enter Invoice number, invoice date, Agent Code and invoice currency - exactly like it was booked in 4.1.1 Purchase Checking 9) Click on Save to start importing the file 10) If file has not been properly formatted or, if some records are missing - you can see some errors during file import. In order not to stop the transfer, we allow clicking on OK, so that the transfer can continue, despite some errors 11) At the end of the transfer there is an option of printing a report with a list of HAWB not imported (e.g. not found in Orbitrax) 12) Template can be corrected and imported many times, before its final version is imported into PTR itself in 4.1.1 Purchase Checking 13) In 4.1.1, find required PTR. Select FSS option "Without FSS" 14) Import the file into PTR by clicking on icon "Import invoice" VERY IMPORTANT!!! Importing the file may change the amounts of originally (manually) booked PTR, so before you import it, make a screenshot, as after invoice has been imported, you will have to restore originally booked PTR amounts / VAT codes, etc. NOTE 3: This option is very useful and, potentially, serious costs saving due to identifying incorrect billing by the Agents, but using it may require some more guidelines. If you need any assistance, please contact Beata, who will talk you through the entire procedure. NOTE 4: Option is available from Orbitrax version 16.00.11 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	14/04/2020	Summary of selected Manifes...
Did you know ... that we have added a feature whereby selected manifests summary can be displayed with just one click? This may be useful for creating Multi MAWBs (Master / Child MAWB linked together) or in any other cases when the user needs to see a summary of selected Manifests or Delivery Sheets, as the same principle applies to both. In order to view selected Manifests or Delivery Sheets summary, follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.6.2 Re-Print Manifest or 1.6.6 Re-Print Delivery Sheet 2) Select dates From and To and click on Refresh icon or press F5 3) When screen is refreshed and Manifests or Delivery Sheets displayed, use keys combinations Ctrl+left mouse click to mark single Manifests or Delivery Sheets on the list or Shift+left mouse click to mark block of Manifests or Delivery Sheets 4) When required Manifests or Delivery Sheets are marked, click on icon Sum (next to Dates selection) to see a summary of total dead weight and number of shipments for all marked Manifests or Delivery Sheets. NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 16.00.10 (16.0.10) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/03/2020	New Special Service (SPS) C...
Did you know ... that in last few days some of the transport companies decided to apply Emergency Situation Surcharge (ESS) as a result of additional transport costs resulting from the coronavirus crisis? In order to be able to book this cost in Orbitrax, as well as apply these charges to Customers (at cost or higher), we have added a new Special Service code to the central database, which is now available in your Orbitrax for activation and SPS tariffs entry. In order to activate new SPS it and use it for the tariff entry, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.9.5.4 Special Services Codes. 2) Click on + to add new SPS from central database. Common code of this SPS is IEMERGEN with description Incidental Charge (Emergency Situation Surcharge) 3) Find Common code IEMERGEN on the list and double click on to open it 4) You can change both: Service Code and Description (e.g. from IEMERGEN to shorter ESS) as well as decide whether or not it would be a subject to FSS. If so - check box "Subject to FSS" 5) Check box "Enabled" to make it active 6) Save 7) When SPS has been activated, use it for entering SPS Customer tariff in 3.9.5.1 and SPS Agent tariff in 3.9.5.2, the same way as you would enter any other SPS tariff 8) There is no automatic rule as to what shipments this SPS would apply to, so the best and the fastest way to allocate SPS surcharge / tariff to selected HAWBs is to create Pack in 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) and then to add this SPS in one go to Pack of shipments in Menu option 1.16.1 Do not hesitate to contact us, if you need assistance in any of the above.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/03/2020	Tariffs correction / change...
Did you know ... that instead of changing Customers or Agents existing tariffs one by one, you can download them in xls, make changes and re-inject them into Orbitrax? The option can be used for changing tariffs (values) as well as tariffs descriptions. NOTE 1: Please note, that this operation is sensitive and IRREVERSIBLE. Once a new, corrected tariff has been re-injected, it cannot be reversed with one click to the previous one. Therefore it is recommended to make some tests, before proceeding with live data. Otherwise the only way to reverse to the previous tariff would be to use originally saved tariff file like in item 3) below or, in lack of it, recover full Orbitrax data from the latest backup. To change tariffs in xls and re-inject them into Orbitrax, follow these steps: 1) Display tariff list in 3.9.1.2 (Agent) or in 3.9.2.2 (Customer) and select option "Tariff Code". You can display either single tariff (by entering a single tariff code) or all tariffs (by clicking on Save) 2) Once tariffs are displayed, mark them all blue and click on icon xls on the top taskbar 3) Save xls file in either prompted location or another location of our own choice. Default, prompted file name is "tariff", but you are free to change the file name 4) Make your changes and save a new file under another name than originally saved NOTE 2: Do not change (tariff) reference in column A NOTE 3: File to re-inject into Orbitrax should be created in Excel 97-2003. As some of the higher MS Office Excel versions have difficulties in saving in 97-2003 format, download and use Calc option of LibreOffice (freeware) to save a file 5) Once a new file has been saved as xls 97-2003, go to Menu option 3.9.9 Tariffs Import, select Target (either Customer or Agent tariff), in the field XLS file pick saved file, enter Active From and Active To dates and click on icon Save on the top taskbar to start re-injecting the corrected tariff 6) Providing you followed all the above steps, tariff will be uploaded. Otherwise it will show an error. NOTE 4: After a file with corrected tariff has been re-injected, it is recommended to run full HAWBs repricing in Menu option 4.5A, so that HAWBs concerned could pick corrected rates.

ORBITRAX.WIN	22/03/2020	Coronavirus (COVID-19)
To WQXS Members / Orbitrax Users As the global effect of the coronavirus pandemic (COVID-19) continues to impact every person, every nation and every business around the world, we think it is important to share some of the steps WQXS has taken to ensure continuous support to our Members as well as health and safety of our employees. Work-From-Home Policy Following official directives from the government, we have implemented a "work-from-home" policy as of Monday 16th March until further notice. Our Team members, including Orbitrax support, technical support and development are fully setup to work remotely and to keep things running as usual. Support There are no changes to our support and communication channels. We will continue to operate as usual and all queries will be responded to in a timely manner. As a reminder, you can contact our Team via the following channels: - by phone: 00 32 2 880 67 72 - by emails, individually to each Team member, depending on the nature of your request We appreciate your support and understanding during this time and we do hope you remain safe and in good health. Kind regards WQXS IT Support Team

ORBITRAX.WIN	19/03/2020	Shipments summary on shipme...
Did you know ... that we have recently added a simple, but useful feature to Orbitrax, which is showing shipments summary, for selected shipments? This could be used, e.g. after sorting screen content by a zipcode, for checking total number of shipments and their weight, before allocating them to a particular driver / agent or for checking shipments total weight before deciding (prior to manifesting) what kind of linehaul should be used to a particular destination. To check summary for selected shipments, follow these steps: 1) Display shipments list by Advanced Search in Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) 2) Use typical keys combinations - Ctrl+left mouse click to mark single records on the list or Shift+left mouse click to mark block of records 3) When shipments are marked blue, click on icon Sum on the top taskbar 4) Total number of shipments and their (dead) weight will be displayed. NOTE: Option will be available in the next Orbitrax version 16.00.10 (16.0.10)

ORBITRAX.WIN	13/03/2020	Adding text of email with C...
Did you know ... that you can your own text to emails with electronically sent CNS? (CNS = Credit Note on Sales) Setup and execution of email with CNS is slightly different from how text of email / email is sent in case of "standard" invoice (INV) and specifications (see System News "Adding text of email with electronic invoices and specifications" dated 27/02/2020) and those differences are explained below. To set text of email with electronically sent CNS, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.9.A.2 Language Translations 2) Then, in a newly opened window "Language definition" in the drop box "Group" select an option "INV-MAIL" 3) In column "Var" look for l_ecns_text and highlight it 4) At the bottom right hand side section "Text is selected language" enter desired text of email, bearing in mind the maximum length of text is 1000 characters. Numbers of characters left will be displayed as you type 5) Once text of email has been entered, click on Save. NOTE 1: If you want to refer in your email to specific details of CNS, such as CNS number, date and subject, use the following variables: %inv_number% - for invoice number %inv_date% - for invoice date %subject% - for CNS subject / title EXAMPLE: (A) if you enter the following text: Dear Sir/Madam, Please find in attachment a file with our Credit Note number %inv_number% dated %inv_date% in PDF format - subject : %subject%. (B) the outcome / text of email with CNS sent to Customer would be: Dear Sir/Madam, Please find in attachment a file with our Credit Note number CNS500018 dated 20/02/2020 in PDF format - subject : Correction on our invoice INV194480 dated 31/10/2019. NOTE 2: All the above details are taken from CNS entry in Menu option 4.6.2 Credit Notes. Unlike electronic invoices and specifications which are sent automatically as soon as Invoices have been confirmed, CNS are sent electronically only "on demand", by clicking on icon envelope on the top task bar in Menu option 4.6.2. As a reminder - prompted email address for CNS is one (or more) as set up in Customer File, Tab. 4 Communication for electronic invoices, however any email address can be entered in field -Emails". NOTE 3: Various languages options for emails with CNS sent as pdf attachment are identical to those described in System News "Adding text of email with electronic invoices and specifications" dated 27/02/2020.

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/02/2020	Checking and correcting shi...
Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax of identifying destination towns and zip codes which are not exactly matching data in Orbitrax? This is happening when data is not entered manually, but received from outside source, e.g. by interface. (A) There are 2 possible options: 1) Shipment data is received whereby only one of the 2 elements: town or zip code is not matching town or zip code as shown in 3.8.4.1 Town&Zipcode List In this case HAWB is allocated to correct Zone (for pricing purpose), but this Zone code in HAWB screen is red, as an indication that there is no match, means that at least of of those elements is incorrect or 2) Shipment data is received whereby neither town nor zip code is matching town and zip code in 3.8.4.1 Town&Zipcode List In this case, since neither of those 2 elements is matching, shipment falls into zone AOD00 (e.g. BEAOD00, DEAOD00, etc.), which usually has the highest tariff assigned. This may result in incorrect billing followed by credit requests, credit notes, etc. (B) Identifying incorrect / not matching destinations There are 2 ways of identifying destination towns and zip codes which are not matching exact data in Orbitrax: 3) Go to 1.3 Alter/Vie HAWB, Advanced Search (middle icon), select dates, check in box "With check destination flag" on the right hand side of the screen, then Save to have a list of HAWBs. On this list every HAWB has either town or zip code (or both) not matching Town and / or zip in 3.8.4.1 Town&Zipcode List or 4) Go to menu option 3.8.6 Shipments check destination, select dates, click on icon printer to print a report of HAWBs with towns and / or zips NOT matching the data in 3.8.4.1 Town&Zipcode List (C) Example 1: 5) Destination details received from Customer by interface are: zip 55743 and town IDAR-OBERSTEIN. Shipment has been allocated to (correct) Zone DEAOD04, because zip 55743 is correct and is allocated to the Zone DEAOD04 in 3.8.4.1 Town&Zipcode List. However, town in 3.8.4.1 is IDAR OBERSTEIN and this is why Zone DEAOD04 is red on HAWB. (E) Solution: 6) Go to 3.8.4.1 Town&Zipcode List, find 55743 IDAR OBERSTEIN, double click to open it and in the field "Alternative" enter IDAR-OBERSTEIN, then Save. As a result, next time 55743 IDAR-OBERSTEIN is received (from any Customer), it will not indicate by red Zone DEAOD04 that zip is not matching town as per 3.8.4.1 Town&Zipcode List. There are 2 fields for alternative Town names: Alternative and Alternative 2. NOTE 1: The same "Alternative" fields inside Town record can be used for town names in other languages. E.g. if main Town name is WARSAW, you can enter WARSCHAU in the field Alternative and VARSOVIE in the field Alternative 2, to have town name in German and in French. (F) Example 2: 7) Destination details received from Customer by interface are: zip 5546 and town VARSOVIE. Neither of those are matching town and zip in 3.8.4.1 Town&Zipcode List, therefore HAWB will fall into Zone PLAOD00 (red) and will be priced accordingly, although being WARSAW (capital city) it should fall into zone PLWAW00 and possibly would be a subject to a lower tariff. (G) Solution: 8) Go to 3.8.4.1 Town&Zipcode List, find WARSAW, double click to open it and in the field Alternative enter VARSOVIE as explained in NOTE 1 above, then Save. 9) However, zip code 5546 is entirely incorrect, because it should be in different format and within zips range for town WARSAW, which is 00-001 - 04-999. The only way is to correct zip on HAWB screen. If this solution is used, although the next time you may also receive incorrect zip 5546, at least shipment will be allocated to correct zone PLWAW00 and priced accordingly. NOTE 2: Identifying zips / towns and putting in correct town in Alternative fields, would not change any historical records. It would only work from the moment of adding Alternative (or Alternative 2) town name.

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/02/2020	Adding text of email with e...
Did you know ... that you can add your own text to emails with electronic invoice and specification sent to Customers by email? Standard text of email shown in email body is: See attachment in PDF format. However, there is an option of adding extra text in email body. To set text of emails with electronic invoices and specifications: 1) Go to Menu option 3.9.A.2 Language Translations 2) Then, in a newly opened window "Language definition" in the drop box "Group" select an option "INV-MAIL" 3) In column "Var" look for l_einv_inv&spec_text and highlight it 4) At the bottom right hand side section "Text is selected language" enter desired text of email, bearing in mind the maximum length of text is 1000 characters. Numbers of characters left will be displayed as you type 5) Once text of email has been entered, click on Save. NOTE 1: If you want to refer in your email to specific details of invoice, such as invoice number and its date, use the following variables: %inv_number% - for invoice number %inv_date% - for invoice date EXAMPLE: (A) if you enter the following text: Dear Sir/Madam, Please find in attachment a file with our Invoice number %inv_number% dated %inv_date% and its specifications (details of the Shipments) in PDF format. (B) the outcome / text of email with specific invoice and specification sent to Customer would be: Dear Sir/Madam, Please find in attachment a file with our Invoice number 20201001 dated 31/01/2020 and its specifications (details of the Shipments) in PDF format. NOTE 1: Personalization is not on a single Customer, but on (your) Company level, means all Customers would receive an email with the same text in message body but NOTE 2: Text of email can be defined in various languages. To set email text in various languages, in 3.9.A.2 select required language in top left drop down box "Language" and follow steps 4-5 above. If the same language has been set in Customer File, text of email with invoice and specification for this Customer will be sent in selected language. NOTE 3: As a reminder - language DEFAULT is English. Other options of adding own text to emails will be described in the next System News.

ORBITRAX.WIN	18/02/2020	New features added to docum...
Did you know ... that we have added new options to documents upload feature on HAWB? This is continuation of System News dated 13/06/2017 with subject "Attaching various documents to HAWB". On Members requests we have added 2 new features: 1) Flags and documents count per each type of documents uploaded on HAWB: - (G) eneral files - (H) AWB copies - (C) ustoms documents - (S) hipments statuses They are located at the bottom left corner of main HAWB screen 2) There is now an option of deleting uploaded documents NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax ver. 16.00.06 (16.0.6) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/01/2020	MAWB repricing
Did you know ... that in case of a new linehaul and / or handling tariffs entered or converted from the old tariff (as advised by the linehaul / handling Agents - Airlines) with past Active From date, it is advised to run MAWB repricing procedure? The procedure is similar to HAWB repricing (described in the previous System News "HAWB repricing" dated 28/01/2020), however there are essential differences between the two. While in case of HAWB, repricing may affect both: revenue on Customer side and cost of Pickup / Delivery Agent (depends on chosen "Reprice by" option), in case of MAWB it affects only costs of linehaul / handling Agents - Airlines. Although MAWB repricing is not related to Customer invoicing, MAWB repricing is as important because it results in: 1) correct linehaul / handling cost per HAWB shown on HAWB screen in Tab. 3 Pricing as "MAWB" and 2) consequently - correct margin in both: local currency and in % shown in section "Margin" on the same screen and 3) correct linehaul / handling charges for PTR (Purchase Trading) invoices checking in Menu option 4.1.1 To reprice MAWB follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 4.5B Re-Price MAWB 2) Select one of the options you want to run repricing by: MAWB Number, Origin gateway, Destination gateway, Route (Routing), Linehaul Agent, Origin Agent, Destination Agent 3) After the above (one or selected or all) criteria have been selected, select dates From and To of MAWBs to reprice 4) Click on Save to start repricing procedure.

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/01/2020	HAWB repricing
Did you know ... that in case of a new tariff entered or converted from the old tariff with past Active From date, it is necessary to run HAWB repricing procedure? Historical HAWBs do not automatically pick new tariff and only repricing procedure allocates it to HAWBs. Typical example is when tariffs are increased with Active From date being 1st of January, while HAWBs entered to date still pick the old tariff. Repricing should also be used if Volumetric conversion factor for historical shipments has been changed, e.g. from 6000 to 5000, as this would also have impact on pricing. To run repricing follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 4.5A Re-Price HAWB(s) 2) Check box "Recalculate Volumetric Weight" at the top of the screen, so that volumetric weight would be recalculated as per new volumetric factor 3) If you want to see HAWB Reprice Error Report, check box "Create re-price report" at the top of the screen and then, after repricing has been finished (what will be announced by a message), click on icon Print or Preview on the top taskbar to have a report either printed or previewed 4) Select one of the options you want to run repricing by: By Customer, By Agent, By Country, By Zone, By Customer Pricing Group (Customer Tariff Code), By Agent Pricing Group (Agent Tariff Code), Service Code (STS) NOTE 1: If there is need to select multiple records, click on little box with three dots to open multi selection window, then double click on the record on the left hand side list Source to move selected record to the right hand side list Selection, then Save to save your selection and return to the main HAWB reprice selection screen 5) Select dates From and To of HAWBs to reprice NOTE 2: If you leave Shipment Date From blank, the system will reprice all HAWBs from the day of the 1st ever HAWB entry in Orbitrax 6) There is also an option of repricing HAWB from selected Shipment Pack NOTE 3: If you leave all fields on HAWB reprice selection screen blank, the system will perform full repricing of HAWB for all Customers, Agents, Countries, etc. NOTE 4: Repricing does not affect HAWBs manually priced, based on the assumption that manual pricing is a spot rate (and therefore not subject to a regular tariff).

ORBITRAX.WIN	21/01/2020	New zips for PT (Portugal)
Please be advised that new zips / post codes for PT (Portugal) are available for deployment. Zips format has also changed from the old one 1234 to 1234-123. However, due to the fact that every company has its own zoning (simple zoning or zone set / zone matrix), CRB / ARB system and tariffs, deployment cannot be done automatically, as it may affect all those elements and consequently also pricing. Members who are interested in having a new zip set for PT, are requested to contact Beata, who will help to identify whether or not new zips can be downloaded without any consequences and, if necessary, will help in changing current set up into the new one, with new PT zips.

ORBITRAX.WIN	15/01/2020	Orbitrax generated document...
Did you know ... that those of you who change their document numbers and dates range every year, should change them asap, otherwise issuing some of the documents, such as Invoices, will not be possible in 2020? This does not concern Members who keep continuous numbering of the documents throughout the years. To change the document numbers: 1) Go to Depot File 3.7 2) Go to Tab. 3 Document numbers 3) Click on + to add new record 4) In the field Document code, select document you want to change numbers / dates range for 5) If you use prefixes (e.g. INV for Invoice or MNI for Manual Invoice), enter it in the field Number prefix 6) Enter next document number in the field Next number NOTE: If you previously used number starting with 20 for year 2000, 21 for year 2001, 22 for year 2002, etc., you should not use number starting with 20 for year 2020, 21 for year 2021, 22 for year 2022, etc. It is recommended to change the numbers of accounting documents to ones starting with e.g. 50, (next year 51, the following year 52 etc.) This way you will keep them unique and not duplicated in your accounting system. 7) Enter dates From and To, e.g. From 01/01/2020 To 31/12/2020 8) Save newly created Document 9) Save modified Depot File

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/12/2019	New xls format of INV speci...
Did you know ... that on request of Members we have added a new INV specification xls format to be sent electronically to Customers? 1) This new xls format (XLS4) is a variation of previously available xls formats and shows the following info in header and columns: (a) Header: - issuing company (name) - invoice number - invoice date - Customer code - Customer name (b) Columns: - Pickup date - HAWB nr - Consignee Town - Consignee zip - Service (description) - Pieces - Weight (dead) - Volumetric weight - Tariff (basic) charges (amount) - Special / Extra charges (amount) - Special / Extra charges (description) - Subtotal incl. discount (amount) - FSS (amount) - Total Charge (amount) - VAT rate (%) - Vatable charge (amount) - Non vatable charge (amount) - Currency 2) If you wish to select this format of INV specification to be sent electronically to Customer, go to Customer File 3.3.2, Tab. 4 Communication, + and select Function E-INVOICE-XLS4 Electronic invoice specification (XLS) with VAT rate, then Save modified Customer file 3) Like in case of all other specifications, this specification will be sent by email to Customers as soon as Invoices have been confirmed NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 15.3.3 (15.03.03) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/12/2019	Gateway File (3.5 and 3.8.2)
Did you know ... that Gateway File (3.5 and 3.8.2) is not just a list of gateways (IATA codes), but it has a practical meaning across various options in Orbitrax? 1) Gateways (IATA codes) can be used for: - creating flight details in 3.4.1.1 (From / To) - creating routing details in 3.4.2.1 (Origin Gateway / Destination Gateway) - entering linehaul tariffs in 3.9.3.1 (Origin Gateway / Destination Gateway) - entering handling tariffs in 3.9.4.1 (Gateway) - allocating delivery location in Agent File (field "Gateway" in Tab. 1 Main), so that this Gateway is: (a) automatically prompted when POD / SSR is manually entered by the user (b) automatically allocated as Reporting Station when POD / SSR is imported (from MOB, WEB, etc.) NOTE: Only active gateways can be used for all the above 2) If required gateway is not active (if it is not showing on screen of 3.5 or 3.8.2), click on + to access hidden IATA gateway file and search for this gateway either by the code or click on Save to display a full list of all IATA gateways codes (some 11.000 gateways codes should be in there). Then double click to import gateway from the hidden to the front Gateways file and use this gateway for setup(s) like in item 1) above.

ORBITRAX.WIN	23/12/2019	Warehouse outbound to a dif...
Did you know ... that when shipments are scanned to other then default Agent in 1.13.2.A (Warehouse outbound) these scans have to be validated in order to avoid misroutes? 1) When shipment is scanned to the Agent other than default one, there is a warning "Shipment For Different Agent" and options "Cancel" and "Save anyway"? 2) When option "Save anyway?" has been selected, shipment is saved with selected Agent, but it would still not appear on the Delivery Sheet of this Agent 3) Warehouse Manager (or whoever is supervising scan sessions) should go to Menu option 1.13.3 Warehouse reports, select Report option "Shipments allocation to Agents", select scan date(s) and pick one of the outputs: (a) Warnings only (like described in item 2) above) or (b) All Shipments 4) Displayed on the list are: HAWB, Zone, Town (Consignee Town), Weight, Pieces, Default Agent, Agent to whom shipment has been scanned, Result (in case of Warning), Date and Time of Scan 5) Based on the above info, Warehouse Manager may decide whether a shipment has been scanned to another Agent by mistake or on purpose 6) If shipment has been scanned to another Agent by mistake, scanning person has to be advised to correct it 7) If shipment has been scanned to another Agent on purpose, Warehouse Manager confirms this by clicking on Save 8) Selection of option Save is followed by a question "Reallocate agents?" and upon answer Y, this Agent is reallocated to a shipment. At this stage shipment appears on the Delivery Sheet for this Agent. NOTE 1: Reallocation is not possible, if shipment has been already manifested to another Agent NOTE 2: To automatically (without validation) reallocate other than default Agent, option 1.13.2.B Warehouse outbound with reallocation should be used instead, bearing in mind that possible misroutes would not be identified.

ORBITRAX.WIN	16/12/2019	Removing HAWB from pickup o...
Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax of removing HAWB from pickup order? This may be the case, when HAWB has been mistakenly linked with a pickup order, usually with other HAWBs, and there is need for removing just one. In order to remove HAWB from pickup order, follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.3 Alter HAWB(s) 2) Search for HAWB incorrectly linked with pickup order 3) In HAWB screen, go to Tab. 2 Manifest 4) In the bottom section "Pickup orders, highlight pickup order and click on button Remove shipment from pickup order" 5) Save modified HAWB 6) Pickup order number will disappear from main screen of HAWB and from HAWB(s) listing in Pickup Order, Tab. 2.Other

ORBITRAX.WIN	12/12/2019	Closing multiple lines of t...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of closing (adding tariff Active To) date to to the multiple tariff lines in one go? This option helps to avoid closing / changing Active To date of the tariffs one by one. This action should be performed in case of tariffs for inactive / closed Customers (or Agents) accounts, in order to keep tariff files as clear and transparent as possible. NOTE: Deleting old / not used any more tariffs is NOT recommended, instead they should be closed with the Active To date, which should match date when Customer (or Agent) account has been closed. In order to close multiple tariffs with Active To date all in one go, follow these steps; 1) Go to Menu option 3.9.8. Tariff Converter and choose one of the options: 3.9.8.1 (Customer), 3.9.8.2 (Agent) or 3.9.8.5 (Customer Special Tariffs) 2) Enter Tariff code you would like to close with a new Active To date 3) You can narrow your criteria by e.g. selecting currency in case of multiple currencies within the same Tariff code 4) By default Newest tariffs to display are prompted (Newest does not mean Active). If you want to display only Active tariffs, select option Active At and press T (for Today) to display only tariffs currently active. 5) Click on button "Show" to display tariffs matching set criteria 6) If on displayed list you identify tariffs which you do not want to close, highlight them blue (one by one) and click on red cross X icon on the top taskbar. This will not delete the tariff, but only remove it from screen 7) Check box "Change only active period" 8) Enter tariffs Active From date and Active To date, Active To being closing date of the tariff. If amongst the displayed tariffs are tariffs with various Active From dates, the process has to be repeated for each date 9) Click on Save to start tariffs closing process and all displayed tariffs will automatically close with selected Active To date.

ORBITRAX.WIN	09/12/2019	Agent HAWB allocation on Sc...
Did you know ... that the new functionality of automatic allocation of Agent HAWB to HAWB has been added to Orbitrax? The aim is: - to avoid allocating Agent HAWB manually by writing it in Agent HAWB field on HAWB, if Agent can provide HAWB numbers range or list - to have Agent HAWB number (with the barcode) automatically allocated to HAWB on Scan out - to have the label with Agent HAWB and its barcode printed. NOTE 1: List, to be imported into Orbitrax, should be either in xls or xlsx format and should have 2 columns: A) sequence numbers (e.g. 1 ...1455) B) Agent HAWB number (A) To register Agent HAWB numbers, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.6.14 Manifest export interfaces 2) Click on icon + to add new entry 3) In the 1st field "Interface", select option AGENT HAWB 4) In the field "Agent" enter (or select from list) Agent code 5) In the filed "File type" select type of document you would import Agent HAWB from: xls or xlsx. If Agent HAWB numbers are to be range of numbers and not numbers imported from file, do not select file type 6) In case of import from file, after you selected file type, click on button "Import" to import Agent HAWB numbers from file. Otherwise, click on icon + and enter range of Agent HAWB numbers in littler window "Interface HAWB Range", by entering first number available in field "Range From" and last number available in field "Range To". Save 7) Check box "Active" 8) Save (B) To have Agent HAWB and its barcode printed on the label: 9) Go to Menu option 1.13.2.A Warehouse outbound or 1.13.2.B Warehouse outbound with reallocation 10) Click on + to start new scanning session 11) Before scanning, click on box "Print barcode" and label with Agent Name, Agent HAWB number and its barcode will be automatically printed. NOTE 2: Option will be available from Orbitrax version 15.2.13 (15.02.13) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/11/2019	Delivery Sheet - new layout
Did you know ... that the layout of Delivery Sheet has been (slightly) changed? Some elements have been moved around, so that the new layout Delivery Sheet always fits exactly 5 HAWBs details on one page. The main changes are: 1) Leading zeros of HAWB numbers have been scrapped 2) Consignee name and address have been merged into continuous text, but are separated by pipe sign \| 3) Town, Zip code and Country have been changed to bold 4) Customer code has been moved from the top of HAWB details section to bottom of a barcode (signature) section 5) Special Services (such as timed deliveries) are now in white font on the black background, for better visibility 6) Volumetric weight is now shown next to dead weight (instead of underneath), what saved some space, maintaining all info at the same time 7) COD - text "PLEASE COLLECT AMOUNT OF ..." in HAWB details section has been replaced by a clear and bold COD and amount + currency in the barcode (signature) section, what also saved some space without losing visibility at the same time NOTE: The new layout of Delivery Sheet has been added to Orbitrax version 15.3.0 (15.03.00)

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/11/2019	Shipment dimensions log
Did you know ... that Orbitrax keeps log with pieces dimensions and dead weight registered through Scan In options? (1.13.9 Warehouse customer inbound and 1.13.10 Warehouse inbound without customer validation) Piece dimensions and dead weight can be entered either manually or registered using measurements device. To see dimensions and dead weight registered through option Dims on Scan in (1.13.9 or 1.13.10): 1) Go to Menu option 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 2) Click on box "Weight options" next to shipment weight 3) Select option Shipment dimensions log to see dimensions and dead weight details NOTE 1: Dimensions and dead weight of scanned pieces are automatically updated in Volumetric Weight option in HAWB NOTE 2: Shipment dimensions log shows dimensions and dead weight for each piece separately (with piece number if it exists), but only for pieces for which dimensions and dead weight have been entered via Dims option in Scan In 1.13.9 and 1.13.10 NOTE 3: Shipment dimensions log does not show dimensions and / or dead weight of pieces updated manually through Volumetric Weight option on HAWB.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/11/2019	New Customer entered - emai...
Did you know ... that the option of email notification of registering a new Customer has been added to Orbitrax? Such notification can be sent to selected email address(es). To add email notification follow these steps: 1) Go to Depot file - Menu option 3.7 2) Go to Tab. 10. Contacts 3) In the bottom section Email Notifications, in box Customer Entered, enter email addresses of Users who should be notified by email about creation of a new Customer (File) 4) Multiple email addresses should be separated by , (comma) 5) Users whose email address(es) have been entered in box "Customer Entered" will receive a short email with subject "Customer has been created (Customer code)" and the following text: "Dear User, Please note, that the following Customer has been created: (Customer account code) Customer Name: Country: Town: Zip: Address: Status: Created by:" NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 15.1 (15.01) onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	22/11/2019	Shipments without distance ...
Did you know ... that a new "Shipments without distance report has been added to Orbitrax? 1) This report is meant to list HAWBs, which are priced based on one of the distance related tariffs, yet distance on HAWBs shows "0" NOTE 1: Distance related tariffs are: - Weight / Distance (with minimum charge) - Distance / Weight - Weight / Distance (without minimum charge) - Distance / Pieces 2) This report has been added, because if HAWB is priced based on distance related tariff, yet distance on HAWB is "0", then this HAWB may be incorrectly priced (undercharged) and would not appear on Zero Priced Report either. Report helps identifying and correcting distance on such HAWBs. 3) Report can be run in Menu option 4.4.25 and distance on HAWB can be corrected either manually or by using Google Maps button, directly from the shipments list (via icon Open on the top taskbar). After distance correction and Refresh (icon on the top taskbar or F5), HAWB should disappear from the list. NOTE 2: Report is available from Orbitrax version 15.3 (15.03) onwards, to be released in week 48.

ORBITRAX.WIN	21/11/2019	Test
Test

ORBITRAX.WIN	21/11/2019	TEST
Test

ORBITRAX.WIN	15/11/2019	Invoice styles
Did you know ... that you can choose from various invoice styles, to meet Customers requirements? There are several invoice styles available and they are all listed in Customer File, Tab. 3 Financial, option "Invoice style": 1) By Country - HAWBs are listed on one invoice with Subtotals by Country, in alphabetical order 2) By Date - HAWBs are listed on one invoice with Subtotals by Date, in chronological order 3) Standard - HAWBs are listed on one invoice from the lowest to the highest HAWB number 4) POD - invoice style By Date + POD details - date, time and name of the recipient 5) S0 - do not use (temporarily disabled) 6) S1 - one HAWB per invoice, what means that there would be as many invoices issued as many there are HAWBs to be billed 7) S2, S3 - do not use (temporarily disabled) 8) By Reference - HAWBs are listed on one invoice, alphabetically by Reference (Customer Reference) 9) By Reference (1) ... By Reference (10) - HAWBs are listed on one invoice with Subtotals by Reference grouped by 1 to 10 digits / characters 10) By Reference with Separate Invoice - HAWBs are printed on separate Invoices, one invoice per Reference 11) By Reference (1) with Separate Invoice ... By Reference (10) with Separate Invoice - Orbitrax will print as many invoices as many there are Customer References grouped by 1 to 10 digits / characters. NOTE: Detailed procedure of printing separate invoices by Customer Refernces has been described in System News dated 25/09/2015, Subject: "Printing separate Invoices by Customer Reference".

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/10/2019	Adding Special Services (ST...
Did you know ... that an option of automatically adding Special Services to HAWB from DHL invoice file has been added to Orbitrax? This is in order to make sure that all Special Services billed by DHL (sometimes known only from invoice received) are always re-billed to Customers. To make a setup and import file with DHL Special Services: SETUP: 1) Go to menu option 9.6.3.4 DHL Special services 2) Special service codes used by DHL are hard-coded and shown in column "Rule Code" 3) Open them one by one and match them by selecting your own Special Service code in field "Special Service Code" 4) Check box "Active" to activate the rule 5) Save IMPORTING FILE: 6) Click on icon Import Special services from file on the top taskbar 7) Select csv file to import. Depending on the file size, it may take several minutes 8) As soon as file has been imported, simple txt file will automatically pop out showing DHL HAWBs and Special Services which have been imported or not. This file should be saved for future references. NOTE 1: if some SPS were not imported, the reason can be that SPS has been already entered manually and therefore omitted during csv file import, to avoid duplicated SPS. 9) Once SPS have been imported, they are added to HAWB. As a result, not only agent DHL shows correct charges, but also SPS is added to Customer and automatically priced, providing SPS tariff exists. NOTE 2: The option has been made for invoice file type uk_csv. If other companies cannot download file type uk_csv from DHL website, the same procedure can be made on request, for other types of files. NOTE 3: Option is available from Orbitrax version 15.2.23 (15.02.23) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/10/2019	Adding / changing Company l...
Did you know ... that you can change company logo in Orbitrax? Logo uploaded in Depot File appeard on all kind of printable reports: manifests, invoices, HAWBs, labels, etc, as well as on communication sent out, such as SSR Reports sent to Customers In case of a new installation of Orbitrax, we add Company logo, but the users can change logo themselves later. In order to uplaod a new logo: 1) Go to Depot File 3.7, Tab.1 Trading Information 2) In bottom right section Company logo, click on button "Change logo" 3) Select file with logo from location on your PC 4) Save modified Depot File NOTE: The best formats of logo file to uplad are: .bmp, .jpeg or .png (not .doc or .pdf)

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/10/2019	Closing unused Customer / A...
What to do to ...clean" Orbitrax from unused Agents or Customers, when Orbitrax does not allow deleting their records? 1) Users sometimes complain that there are too many Customers / Agents to chose from, although many of them are not active any more. They try to delete some of the Customers / Agents to shorten the list, but the system does not always allow it. 2) Please note that Customers / Agents can only be deleted from Orbitrax, not only if they have no shipping history, but also if they have not been assigned to: Customers - HAWB, Pickup Order, Tariff, Pack, etc. Agents - HAWB, Pickup Order, Manifest, Tariff, Zone, Country, Pack, etc. 3) To shorten the list of Customers / Agents to choose from, the best option is to change their status from Active to Closed. This way shipping history is maintained, yet they would not appear on any selection list. 4) Status of Customer / Agent can be changed one by one either in Customer File 3.3.2 or Agent File 3.1.2. However, if there are a lot of them to change status for, the best option is to go to Customer or Agent list, marking those whose status should be changed and changing status in one go 5) Use Ctrl+left mouse click to mark selected records on the list or Shift+left mouse click to mark block of records 6) Once records have been marked, click on icon Status on the top taskbar and select status Closed NOTE: sorting the list of Customers / Agents by the date of last shipment may be helpful.

ORBITRAX.WIN	21/10/2019	Manual Customer Invoice Tem...
Did you know ... that in Orbitrax you can pre-set Manual Invoices (MNI) to be raised on a regular basis? As a reminder - Manual Invoice (4.6.1.1) can be either HAWB(s) related or not. If MNI is issued for selected HAWB(s), then the value of MNI will be added to Customer pricing info screen on those HAWB(s). If MNI is issued for any other purpose (e.g. Storage or Handling of stock), then it will not affect pricing of any HAWB(s). If MNI is usually issued for such a "general" purpose and with the same fee - then option Manual Customer Invoice Template (4.6.1.2) can be used, to speed up process of generating repetitive MNIs. (A) To set MNI Template, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 4.6.1.2 Manual Customer Invoice Templates 2) Click on + to add a new MNI Template 3) Enter Customer Code in field "Customer" 4) Enter MNI currency in field "Currency" (Customer default currency as entered in Customer File will be prompted) 5) Enter MNI Description (MNI Template title), e.g. Monthly storage fee as per agreement of 10/11/2018 6) Enter Template description (for own use) When the above details have been entered, a new window "Manual Invoice Template Detail" will open, where you should complete MNI template details, line by line: 7) select VAT code 8) enter charge, e.g. 200 (no currency, which has been selected at the earlier stage) 9) add Description for the 1st line of MNI (which can be the same as general Description of MNI Template, like in item 5) above 10) Save 11) if necessary, add more lines to MNI Template by clicking on + and following steps 7-10 as above 12) when the above has been completed, click on Save to save new MNI Template (B) To convert MNI Template into MNI proper: 13) go to 4.6.1.2 Manual Customer Invoice Templates 14) locate required MNI Template on a list 15) click on icon "Create MNI Invoices" on the top taskbar (3rd from the right). This will open a new window "Create Manual Invoice(s)" 16) Enter Date of invoice and separately, VAT date 17) Save. This will create a MNI proper in Menu option 4.6.1.1 Manual Customer Invoices, from where you can print MNI based on Template created.

ORBITRAX.WIN	17/10/2019	Test System News
Test

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/09/2019	Consolidated shipments - in...
Did you know ... that we have added to the shipments list an indication whether or not shipments has been already consolidated? As a reminder - procedure of shipments consolidation from shipments list has been described in System New dated 25/04/2019 Subject: "Consol from shipments list - making one shipment out of many to the same consignee". 1) Go to shipments list in Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) + Advanced Search and select your criteria 2) If you mark shipment and attempt creating a Consol from shipment already consolidated, the system will display a message "Some of the selected shipments have been already consolidated or have been registered as consol". 3) However, to prevent multiselecting shipments, which have been already consolidated, there is an indication "Yes" in the 2nd column from the right - "Consolidated". Shipments which can still be consolidated do not have any indication shown in this column. NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 15.02.14 (15.2.14) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/09/2019	Creating a new, standard Us...
Did you know ... that creating a new User in Orbitrax is a quick, yet 2 steps process? In order to create a new User follow these steps: (A) Step 1 - setting up new User account 1) Go to Menu option 3.11. Users Accounts 2) Click on + to add a new User details 3) Mandatory fields (minimum requirements) are: - User code - required at logging into Orbitrax - Password - also required at logging into Orbitrax (+ Confirm Password) - First Name - Last Name 4) After the above elements have been entered, click on Save to save new User account NOTE 1: First Name and Last Name combined appear in various places in Orbitrax such as HAWB Audit log, Users statistics, SSR Log, etc. (B) Step 2 - activating new User Accounts 5) When steps 1-4 as above have been completed, double click on newly created User account to open it 6) Click on button "Member of Group" 7) This will open a new window "User is Member of Groups" 8) At the lower section of the screen "Not Member of Groups", double click on "Standarduser", so that it is moved to the upper section of the screen "Member of Groups" 9) Save 10) Save again to register modified User account. NOTE 2: If Step 1 has not been followed by Step 2, newly created User will not be able to log into Orbitrax. NOTE 3: The above procedure can only be performed by a User who is member of a group Superuser

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/09/2019	Shipper country on shipment...
Do you know ... that Shipper country column has been added to shipments list in Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) + Advanced Search? This is particularly useful for companies whose pricing is solely based on Zone Sets / Zone Matrix, what is a combination of origin - destination and not only on destination, whereby at least shipper country (not necessarily full address) is required, otherwise pricing is incorrect. Generating shipments list allows user to quickly identify HAWBs without Shipper country and then completing it manually by opening HAWB from shipments list, without having to generate a separate report. Shipper country is shown in the column on the far right. NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 15.02.14 (15.2.14) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	24/09/2019	HAWB totals in tariff curre...
Did you know ... that Customers totals in HAWB Tab. 3 Pricing can now be shown also in tariff currency on top of local currency? This option has been added on request, in order to be able to give to Customer totals (Total, Discount, FSS, Total after discount, VAT) in tariff (invoice) currency rather than in local currency. In order to see Customer totals: 1) Go to 1.3 Alter / View HAWB 2) Go to Tab. 3. Pricing 3) If HAWB pricing is in currency other than local, button "Click to show Totals in tariff currency" appears in bottom section of Pricing screen 4) This will show all elements of Customer pricing in tariff currency and the text of the button will change to "Click to show Totals in local currency". NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 15.2.14 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/08/2019	Printing Manifest or Delive...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of printed Delivery Sheet or Manifest from Shipments Pack? As a reminder - Shipments Pack is a group of any shipments selected from shipments list. To create Pack of Shipments and print Manifest or Delivery Sheet from this Pack, follow these steps: 1) Go to in Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) and click on Advanced Search icon (binocular icon on the top taskbar) 2) In Advanced Search screen, select required criteria 3) Save to have a list of shipments displayed 4) Select HAWBs to manifest or to have Delivery Sheet printed for by using combination of keys: Ctrl+left mouse click to select single HAWB(s) from list or Shift+left mouse click to select block of HAWBs 5) When all shipments are selected, click on icon "Update shipments" on the top taskbar (7th from the right) 6) In the "Update shipments in pack" screen, in box "Delivery", enter Delivery Agent code for whom you intend to print either Manifest or Delivery Sheet 7) Click on Save to allocate selected Delivery Agent to all selected HAWB(s). This will overwrite Delivery Agents on all selected HAWBs 8) At the en of the process, the system will ask "Do you want to save Pack?" Answer Yes and when prompted, enter Pack name, e.g. ABCBRU0000 Delivery Sheet 30-08-2019 9) Go to either 1.6.1 Print Manifest or 1.6.5 Print Delivery Sheet 10) Fill in Manifest or Delivery Sheet as usual, and in box "Pack" select pack created like above, in our example Pack named "ABCBRU0000 Delivery Sheet 30-08-2019" 11) Manifest or Delivery Sheet will be printed ONLY for shipments grouped in selected Shipments Pack

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/08/2019	Closing multiple lines of t...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of closing (adding tariff Active To) date to to the multiple tariff lines in one go? This option helps to avoid closing / changing Active To date of the tariffs one by one. This action should be performed in case of tariffs for inactive / closed Customers (or Agents) accounts, in order to keep tariff files as clear and transparent as possible. NOTE 1: Deleting old / not used any more tariffs is NOT recommended, instead they should be closed with the Active To date, which should match date when Customer (or Agent) account has been closed. In order to close multiple tariffs with Active To date all in one go, follow these steps; 1) Go to Menu option 3.9.8. Tariff Converter and choose one of the options: 3.9.8.1 (Customer), 3.9.8.2 (Agent) or 3.9.8.5 (Customer Special Tariffs) 2) Enter Tariff code you would like to close with a new Active To date 3) You can narrow your criteria by e.g. selecting currency in case of multiple currencies within the same Tariff code 4) By default Newest tariffs to display are prompted (Newest does not mean Active). If you want to display only Active tariffs, select option Active At and press T (for Today) to display only tariffs currently active. 5) Click on button "Show" to display tariffs matching set criteria 6) If on displayed list you identify tariffs which you do not want to close, highlight them blue (one by one) and click on red cross X icon on the top taskbar. This will not delete the tariff, but only remove it from screen 7) Check box "Change only active period" 8) Enter tariffs Active From date and Active To date, Active To being closing date of the tariff. If amongst the displayed tariffs are tariffs with various Active From dates, the process has to be repeated for each date 9) Click on Save to start tariffs closing process and all displayed tariffs will automatically close with selected Active To date.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/08/2019	Agent HAWB allocation on Sc...
Did you know ... that the new functionality of automatic allocation of Agent HAWB to HAWB has been added to Orbitrax? The aim is to avoid allocating Agent HAWB manually by writing it down in Agent HAWB field on HAWB, if Agent can provide HAWB numbers range or list, and have Agent HAWB number (with the barcode) automatically allocated to HAWB on Scan out and the label with Agent HAWB and its barcode printed. NOTE 1: List, to be imported into Orbitrax, should be either in xls or xlsx format and should have 2 columns: A) sequence numbers (e.g. 1 ...1455) B) Agent HAWB number (A) To register Agent HAWB numbers, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.6.14 Manifest export interfaces 2) Click on icon + to add new entry 3) In the 1st field "Interface", select option AGENT HAWB 4) In the field "Agent" enter (or select from list) Agent code 5) In the filed "File type" select type of document you would import Agent HAWB from: xls or xlsx. If Agent HAWB numbers are to be range of numbers and not numbers imported from file, do not select file type 6) In case of import from file, after you selected file type, click on button "Import" to import Agent HAWB numbers from file. Otherwise, click on icon + and enter range of Agent HAWB numbers in littler window "Interface HAWB Range", by entering first number available in field "Range From" and last number available in field "Range To". Save 7) Check box "Active" 8) Save (B) To have Agent HAWB and its barcode printed on the label: 9) Go to Menu option 1.13.2.A Warehouse outbound or 1.13.2.B Warehouse outbound with reallocation 10) Click on + to start new scanning session 11) Before scanning, click on box "Print barcode" and label with Agent Name, Agent HAWB number and its barcode will be automatically printed. NOTE 2: Option will be available from Orbitrax version 15.2.13 (15.02.13) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	21/08/2019	New Customer entered - emai...
Did you know ... that the option of email notification of registering a new Customer has been added to Orbitrax? Such notification can be sent to selected email address(es). To add email notification follow these steps: 1) Go to Depot file - Menu option 3.7 2) Go to Tab. 10. Contacts 3) In the bottom section Email Notifications, in box Customer Entered, enter email addresses of Users who should be notified by email about creation of a new Customer (File) 4) Multiple email addresses should be separated by , (comma) 5) Users whose email address(es) have been entered in box "Customer Entered" will receive a short email with subject "Customer has been created (Customer code)" and the following text: "Dear User, Please note, that the following Customer has been created: (Customer account code) Customer Name: Country: Town: Zip: Address: Status: Created by:" NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 15.1 (15.01) onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/07/2019	SSR History screen has been...
Did you know... that, for the ease of reading SSR Logs, SSR History screen has been enlarged? Before, it was necessary to adjust the width of the column to see full SSR Subject. The change has been made in order to make entire SSR Subject readable without having to adjust the width of the columns (in case of a very long SSR Subject). Space for SSR Subject has now been extended to 100 characters and width of the column Subject is automatically adjusted to the length of the text. At the same time entire SSR screen has been made expandable and it can be enlarged or reduced to the desired size. NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 15.00 (15.0) onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/07/2019	VAT added to shipment prici...
Did you know ... that on some Members Admin Departments request, VAT amount has now been added to the shipment pricing screen the same way it was added before in Shipment Quick Quote in Menu option 2.8? To see VAT on single shipment: 1) Go to Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) 2) Got to Tab. 3 Pricing 3) In the bottom part of the screen "Totals", in section "Customer" VAT amount and Total incl. VAT are now showing NOTE 1: Sum of VAT amount shown in Shipment Pricing info may not perfectly match the VAT sum on Invoice, due to fact that VAT in Pricing Info is calculated on single shipment Total level, while VAT on Invoice is calculated on all shipments Total and therefore VAT amount on Invoice is either rounded up or down NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 15.02.04 (15.2.4) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	22/07/2019	Small labels printing in Wa...
Did you know ... that while scanning shipments in, Orbitrax can automatically generate and print small labels with the barcodes? Option is working in both 1.13.9 Warehouse customer inbound and 1.13.10 Warehouse inbound without customer validation. To print the labels on shipment scan follow these steps: 1) Go to either 1.13.9 Warehouse customer inbound or 1.13.10 Warehouse inbound without customer validation 2) Click on + to open new scanning session window 3) Before scanning, check little box "Print HAWB Barcode" 4) When shipment is scanned, the label will automatically print. NOTE: Until Orbitrax version 15.1 there was only one label layout available, which was 2x5 with only barcode, HAWB nr and Member Company name (as in Depot File). In Orbitrax version 15.2 we have added a new layout 3x6zone, which is all the above and in addition Zone code, e.g. DEAOD16, which was requested by one of the Members to facilitate warehouse physical shipments sorting. To choose one or another, go to 3.7 Depot File, Tab. 9 Settings and select labels format in section "Warehouse in". Selection of the labels layout in Depot File is therefore available in Orbitrax version 15.2 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	17/07/2019	Printing piece numbers on i...
Did you know ... that option of printing shipment pieces numbers (not to be confused with number of pieces) has been recently added to be printed on invoice specification in pdf? In order to set it up, follow these steps: 1) Go to Depot File - Menu option 3.7 2) Got to tab. 3. Document numbers 3) Check box "Print piece numbers" In the bottom middle section "Invoice Specification" 4) Save modified Depot File EXAMPLE: - HAWB 201907171 contains 4 pieces having the following numbers: 123456789, 987654321, 234567891, 876543219 - Invoice will show the following: (Date) - 201907171 - STS - (nr of pieces) - (weight) - etc. Pcs Numbers: 123456789, 987654321, 234567891, 876543219 NOTE 1: When "Print piece numbers" box has been checked in Depot File, at last 1 additional line will always be added on invoice specification, to every HAWB containing at least 1 piece with a number NOTE 2: option is available in Orbitrax version 15.02.00 (15.2.0) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/06/2019	Printing HAWB / Labels in b...
Did you know ... that you can print paper HAWBs / labels in bulk for shipments selected in shipments list? In order to do so follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) 2) Select option Advanced Search by clicking on the middle icon "binocular" on the top taskbar 3) On Advanced Search screen, select required options (Dates, Customer, Agent, etc.) 4) Click on Save to display a list of shipments to print paper HAWBs / labels for 5) If there are more shipments on the list than needed for paper HAWB / labels printing, you can remove them from the list by clicking on icon Remove shipment from list on the top taskbar (4th from the left). NOTE: this will remove shipment only from displayed list and NOT from the database. 6) HAWBs / labels are printed in sequence as displayed on screen, so if you require HAWBs / labels to be printed in certain sequence, sort HAWBs on screen by clicking on the header of a column. E.g. if you want to print HAWBs / labels by HAWB nr, click on the header HAWB, if you want HAWBs / labels to be printed by the Zip code, click on the header ZipCode. Double click to change sorting from ascending to descending 7) Once the list of shipments is ready, click on the icon Print HAWB / labels on the top taskbar (8th from the right - barcode) 8) To print HAWBs select option Yes, to print labels elect option No 9) The following question(s) will follow: - Print Customer details as Shipper details on HAWB? (for both: HAWBs and labels) - Print one label per each piece of shipment? (for labels only, to print as many labels as there are pieces e.g. 1/3, 2/3, 3/3 for 3 pieces shipment) 10) As a result of the above, HAWBs / labels will be printed in the sequence as on screen. NOTE: If there are more shipments on displayed list than needed for HAWB / label printing, as an alternative to the item 5) above, you can select single shipments or block of shipments by using Ctrl+left mouse click or Shift+left mouse click, respectively.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/06/2019	Manifest generating and pri...
Did you know ... that an option of Manifest creating and printing has been added to 1.13.2.A Warehouse outbound and to 1.13.2.B Warehouse outbound with reallocation, on top of existing option of creating and printing Delivery Sheet? Option has been added in order to speed up manifesting process as until now, after closing Warehouse outbound session, if was necessary to go to option 1.6.1 Print Manifest. In order to generate and print Manifest directly from scan out sessions list, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.13.2.A Warehouse outbound or to 1.13.2.B Warehouse outbound with reallocation, depending on your requirements. As a reminder: - in 1.13.2.A shipments are scanned by default Agents (or Agents allocated to HAWB prior to scanning). - in 1.13.2.B there is an option of allocating an Agent, regardless which Agent has been allocated to HAWB before. 2) Scan shipments out, as usual. 3) When scanning is finished, close session by clicking on icon Close Session (4th from the right on the top taskbar) 4) From the list of closed sessions, select session you would like to print Manifest for 5) Click on icon Print Manifest (5th from the right on the top taskbar). This will open a new window "Manifest" and the Agent code will be automatically completed 6) Complete MAWB (nr) and Flight (nr), if necessary. MAWB (nr) is mandatory, Flight (nr) is not. 7) Enter date of manifest (click on T for current date) 8) Save 9) This will move you to Manifests list and just created Manifest will be highlighted 10) Proceed with manifest printing and then closing in 1.11 as usual NOTE 1: Manifest from Scan sessions list is created for all not yet manifested shipments for given Agent, not only for shipments scanned during that session NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax ver. 15.01.12 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	19/06/2019	New columns added to Custom...
Did you know... that on popular requests some new elelements have been added to the Customers list? Newly added columns would help to identify missing or incorrect Customer details and changing them straightaway by accessing Customer File directly from the list. 1) Go to 3.3.2 and display a list of all Customers by clicking on the top left icon Save (diskette) 2) The newly added columns are: - Group - SSR.G (SSR Group) - Lang (Language) If needed, content of the columns can be sorted by clicking on the columns headers at the top of the list. NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 15.1.9 (15.01.09) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	10/06/2019	Low value limit (maximum lo...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of setting maximum low value (per country), so that NDX (non-documents) shipments entered with a value exceeding this amount would automatically change their type from NDX (non-documents) to HV (high value)? Different low value limit should be set per country, unless an intermediate Agent advises otherwise e.g. setting the same value for all countries. To set low value limit per country, follow these steps: 1) Go to 3.8.1.2 Alter Country 2) In the 1st screen Main.1, in box "Low value limit" enter the amount and select currency from combo box 3) Save modified Country file. 4) As a result, if value on HAWB exceeds value entered as above, shipment will automatically change its type from NDX to HV. NOTE 1: High value shipments would appear on a separate HV manifest, if an option "Separate" has been selected in Agent File 3.1.2 Tab. 4 Communication, left bottom section "Manifests", combo box Manifest DOX/NDX. NOTE 2: If value on HAWB is in currency other than set in Country file as Low value limit currency, exchange rate as in Menu option 3.2 Currency Files would apply NOTE 3: The above is not required for Intra - EU exporting

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/05/2019	Return shipment(s) function...
Did you know ... that "Return" functionality has been modified? As a reminder - Return functionality allows creating a new record out of one or multiple shipments, swapping Consignee details with either Shipper or Customer details, adding up number of shipments and their weight. This record can be used for returning undelivered shipments to either Customer or Shipper. "Return" functionality has been described in details in the System News titled "Returning shipment(s) - new functionality" of 12/12/2016. Part of a procedure was setting up one, standard STS (service code) in Depot File 3.7, Tab.6 Overnight / Triangle / Return, section "Return service", which could be used for all created "return" records. However, due to the fact that using one STS was not flexible enough (as they often had to be changed manually), we have added an option of setting up return STS (service code) on the individual Customer level. To set up return service on Customer level, follow these steps: 1) Go to 3.3.2 Alter Customer 2) Go to Tab. 3 Financial 3) In box "Service return" (on the right hand side), enter required service code, to be used for "return" HAWB 4) Save modified Customer file. As a result of the above setup, when return record is created for a Customer with individually set return service code, this service code will automatically apply when option "Return" is selected, on the top taskbar either on a single HAWB or on the list of shipments.

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/05/2019	"Orbitran is not worki...
Orbitran is a vital tool, which allows data exchange between two Orbitraxes, between Orbitrax and interfaces and transfers data to / from Web and Mob. This is why it should be running 24/7 as otherwise there is an interruption in receiving / sending the data (PODs / SSRs import / export by interfaces and they transfer to Track & Trace, manifests import / export by interfaces, Pickup Orders / Delivery Sheets to Mob, PODs / SSRs from Mob, etc ...) Did you know ... that we have created a new functionality which, in case of stopped Orbitran, for whatever reason, can send a warning email to any given email address? The purpose is to inform local staff that Orbitran stopped working, allowing them to connect to the PC Orbitran is normally running on, restarting it and restoring the data exchange ASAP. As this setup can be done only on the central server, Members are requested to contact Beata PORZECKA (by email: Beata.Porzecka@wqxs.net) and provide email address(es) such warning should be sent to. NOTE 1: There is no limit as to the number of email addresses a warning can be sent to NOTE 2: Warning email is sent just once, 15 minutes after Orbitran stopped working.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/05/2019	Cutting off last digits of ...
Did you know ... that in case of piece count barcodes provided on the labels by a Customer, whereby each barcode ends either with piece number, e.g. 01 (for one piece) or 0103 (piece 1 of 3), it is possible to set it up in Orbitrax, so that last x digits would be cut off during shipments / piece scan (in)? To set it up, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer 2) Go to Tab. 8 Other 3) In section "Fix scanned HAWB number", in option "Remove last digits from scanned HAWB number", enter number of digits to be cut off scanned barcode nr 4) Save modified Customer File 5) As a result of the above settings, selected number of digits will be cut off scanned barcode during scanning in Menu option 1.13.9 Warehouse customer inbound EXAMPLE: a) The barcodes on the labels of a pieces of shipments from customer ABCBRU0000 contain piece count. E.g. barcode nr is 1234567890103, whereby last 4 digits 0103 stands for piece 1 of 3 of HAWB 123456789 b) In the Customer File of ABCBRU0000, in Tab. 8. Other, option "Remove last digits from scanned HAWB number", we select 4 digits to be cut off a barcode nr c) While scanning in barcode nr 1234567890103 in Menu option 1.13.9 Warehouse customer inbound for Customer ABCBRU0000, the system will scan HAWB 123456789, cutting off last 4 digits of a barcode - 0103 d) While scanning in barcode nr 1234567890203, the system will scan the second piece of HAWB 123456789 and while scanning in barcode nr 1234567890303, the system will scan the third piece of HAWB 123456789 e) It means that HAWB 123456789 will be scanned 3 times, once for each piece, without taking every piece barcode nr into consideration.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/04/2019	Consignee email address add...
Did you know ... that Consignee email address has been added to Excel report ? Menu option 4.4.9 Generate EXCEL report? As a reminder, to generate EXCEL report: 1) Go to Menu option 4.4.9 2) Set your criteria in Advanced Search screen 3) Save to move to the second selection screen 4) Select data / columns you would like to appear in xls report, either checking single boxes or using options Select All / Unselect All 5) Consignee e-mail selection box is on the left hand side of the window 6) Select location and file name in the bottom section of the screen 7) Save to generate report 8) Consignee e-mail is placed in xls in column AK, between Consignee Tel and Description.

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/04/2019	Warehouse Inbound - continu...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax allows continuous scanning in Warehouse customer inbound (Menu option 1.13.9) and Warehouse customer inbound without Customer validation (Menu option 1.13.10)? This is in order to allow many people scanning in shipment at the same, what is particularly useful during peak time. If there is a session open by one user in either Warehouse customer inbound (Menu option 1.13.9) or Warehouse customer inbound without Customer validation (Menu option 1.13.10), when another user(s) clicks on + to start a new session, Orbitrax will not open a new session, but instead will open session already in progress by another user, allowing other user continuous scanning. This is particularly important while scanning single pieces of multipiece shipment, when one user scans one piece and another users scans other pieces of the same shipment, for all the scanned pieces consolidation within the same open session. Closing session by one user will close this session for all other users, so it is recommended to close it only when all pieces of all shipments from a Customer have been scanned in. Otherwise a new scanning in session will have to be open.

ORBITRAX.WIN	25/04/2019	Consol from shipments list ...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax now has an option of consolidating several shipment to the same consignee into one Consol HAWB? (A) Initial setup 1) Because Customers will be billed on original HAWBs, a new Consol Customer has to be created and entered in Depot File 3.7 Tab 9. Settings, Customer of Consol. It can be Company own Account or a new Account created exclusively for Consol 2) This Customer has to have "0" tariffs entered for Service Code as specified in item 3) below 3) New Service code will have to be used specifically for Consol HAWB, e.g. CXDD00 4) Agent tariffs have to be all copied from standard service codes used to a new service code created for Consol, to e.g. CXDD00 (B) Procedure 5) Scan in all shipments in Warehouse Inbound with or without Customer validation, as you usually do 6) Display shipments list in 1.3 Alter / View HAWB - Advanced Search 7) Sort displayed HAWBs by Consignee name or address, like you usually do when you want to identify shipments going to the same consignee 8) Mark them blue and click on top icon Consol 9) A new window will pop up 10) Click on + to import Consol HAWB from Depot File (automatic numbering) or enter manually another HAWB for a Consol 11) Enter Consol Agent Code Consol is going to be manifested to 12) Enter service code CXDD00 or any other service code created exclusively for Consol 13) Save 14) It will open a new Consol HAWB with number imported from Depot File, Customer as in set like in item A (1) above (and its details as a Shipper), Consignee, number of pieces and weight being a sum of piece and weight of all consolidated HAWBs 15) Save 16) At this stage all consolidated HAWBs receive flag Manifested, so that they are excluded from manifesting to the Delivery Agent 17) Manifest all remaining shipments (including Consol/s) to the Delivery Agent as usual NOTE 1: POD (or any other status) received from the Delivery Agent for Consol HAWB will be populated across ALL consolidated HAWBs. NOTE 2: As a result, Agent ill be paid for Consol (of consolidated HAWBs), while Customer charged for original HAWBs NOTE 3: Since the total revenue for Consol newly created Customer is going to be "0" (as a result of "0" tariff entered), Invoice for this Customer will not be printed NOTE 4: Option is available from Orbitrax ver. 15.0.1 (15.00.01) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/03/2019	Re-exporting confirmed invo...
Did you know ... that you can re-export confirmed invoice to Customers - other Orbitrax users in case it was not received by them for electronic PTR checking? Once invoice for another Orbitrax user is confirmed, the file with invoice / shipments data is automatically sent to Orbitrax of this user, allowing importing the file during PTR booking and automatic checking in Menu option 4.1.1 Purchase Checking. However, in some instances (internet or Orbitran down), file with invoice / shipments data does not arrive and it has to be re-exported. In order to re-export confirmed invoice to other Orbitrax user, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 4.2.8 Re-Print Confirmed Invoices 2) Search for required invoice either by Date or by Number (in option Search by) 3) If required, you can narrow your search by using Customer category, Customer group or Customer code 4) Once you made you selection, press F5 or click on Refresh icon on the top taskbar 5) Once required invoice appear on the list of invoices, click on icon "Re-Export Confirmed Invoices" on the top taskbar (6th from the right) and the file with selected invoice / shipments data will be generated again and file with invoice data re-sent to your Customer 6) You can re-send more than one invoice at the same time. To do this, mark blue required invoices on the list of invoices, then click on icon "Re-Export Confirmed Invoices" on the top taskbar.

ORBITRAX.WIN	22/03/2019	Shipment Audit dodany do SS...
Did you know ... that Audit Log from HAWB screen, Tab. 4 Other, has now been added to SSR Log? This is in order to have a complete preview of changes made on HAWB, without having to switch between HAWB screen and SSR Log screen. Audit Logs typically contain changes made on HAWB such as: - change of consignee name or address / phone details - change of Agent (manual or through scan out) - change of export (manifest) date - change of original weight (weight discrepancy or volumetric weight) - change of value or shipment description - adding or change of consignee office opening times In order to see Audit Log in SSR screen, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 2.1 Enter / View SSR(s) 2) Enter HAWB nr 3) Go to Tab. 2 History 4) By default Audit Logs are hidden. Click on the button "Shipment Audit" on the bar above SSR logs to make them visible on screen 5) All Audit Logs are stored under Code AL and they are in mode Preview - the content of Audit Log is displayed in the field Message at the bottom of the screen 6) To hide them, click again on the button "Shipment Audit" on the bar above SSR logs NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax ver. 15.0.3 (15.00.03) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	18/03/2019	Adding FSS to Driver Billin...
Did you know ... that in case of driver charging FSS (Fuel & Security Surcharge), this can be added to PRO-PTR? (refer to previous System News dated 14/03/2019, Subject: Driver Billing Sheet) To have FSS printed on Driver Billing Sheet (PRO-PTR) follow these steps: 1) In Agent File 3.1.2, Tab. 5 Financial: - check box "Fuel & Security Surcharge" - enter FSS Tariff code in field "Tariff FSS" - from combo box PTR FSS select option FSS - on shipment level 2) Save modified Agent File 3) For FSS to apply, FSS tariff code has to be entered in 3.9.1.4 by clicking on icon +. Different FSS tariff (for the same Tariff Code) can apply per Country, Zone or Service. FSS tariff can be entered per Weight, Pieces, Weight / Distance, Distance / Weight or as Percentage. 4) As a result, FSS will be added to Driver Billing Sheet (PRO-PTR) in a way that: FSS will be added to total charge on every HAWB. Totals (botom line) will specify: Total Charge (FSS excl.), Total FSS and Total Charge FSS incl.

ORBITRAX.WIN	14/03/2019	Driver Billing Sheet
Did you know ... that for the drivers Run Sheets are printed for in option 6.2 Driver Run Sheet, also Billing Sheets can be printed, prompting the drivers the amount of their invoices as per rates entered in Orbitrax? Such Driver Billing Sheet is called PRO-PTR, as pre-Purchase Trading invoice to be issued by the driver. The main benefit is that Invoice issued by the driver based on PRO-PTR does not have to be checked by the Admin. To generate Driver Billing Sheet (PRO-PTR) follow these steps: 1) PRO-PTRs are always created in active Accounting Period, so make sure that correct Accounting period has been entered in Depot File 3.7 Tab. 9. Settings, section "Accounting period", otherwise PRO-PTRs will be created in a wrong period 2) Go to Menu option 4.1.4 PRO-PTR 3) Click on icon Create PRO-PTR invoices on the top taskbar (3rd icon from the left) 4) Select dates Drivers Billing Sheets (PRO-PTRs) should be generated for 5) Select Agent type: Driver 6) Save 7) Confirm that you would like to create Pro-PTRs for selected period 8) System will confirm how many PRO-PTR have been created. Click on OK 9) If, after reviewing, pricing of some HAWBs has to be changed and the total amount of PRO-PTR corrected, this can be done by opening shipments list which can be opened by clicking on icon "Show shipments" icon on the top taskbar. Then pricing should be corrected, modified shipment record saved and screen with a list of PRO-PTRs refreshed in order to pick modified totals. NOTE: PRO-PTR can be previewed, saved as pdf or printed on printer. Soon the functionality of sending PRO-PTR by email will be added.

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/02/2019	SECF - Security (Check) Fee...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can automatically apply Security Fee (Security Check Fee) to selected Agents based on selected service code (STS) and, if required, also add Security Fee to the Customer pricing? In order to set up and apply Security Check Fee on HAWB, follow these steps: 1) Go to Service Codes 3.9.6 and open required Service Code (STS), you want Security Check Fee to apply to 2) Check box "Use security fee" 3) Save modified Service Code (STS) 4) Go to Agent File (one who applies Security Check Fee) in Menu option 3.1.2, Tab 5 Financial and check box "Use security fee" 5) Save modified Agent File 6) Go to 3.9.5.4 Special Services Codes and make sure Special Service Code SECF is on the list. If it is not, click on + to add it from the list of available Special Service Codes 7) Make sure that box "Enabled" is checked 8) Check box "Subject to FSS", if you want FSS to apply to Security Check Fee 9) If necessary, change Description 10) Save to add Special Service SECF to the list of activated Special Services 11) In order to activate automatic rule, go to Menu option 3.9.5.3 Special Services Rules, open rule called SPSSECF and enter Special Service Code SECF in the field Special Service Code. 12) Make sure that box "Active" is checked 13) Save 14) Tariff entry for SPS SECF is exactly the same like for any other SPS - for Agent in Menu option 3.9.5.2 and for Customer(s) in 3.9.5.1 NOTE: If above has been properly set up, then when HAWB is entered / imported (e.g. from web), with the service code like in item 3) and for Agent like in item 4), then SPS SECF will automatically apply to this HAWB. If SPS SECF tariff(s) have been entered like in item 14), then HAWB will be automatically priced on both Agent and Customer side.

ORBITRAX.WIN	25/02/2019	Copying tariffs - modificat...
Did you know ... that for the ease of copying tariffs, we changed the way "Active from" date is displayed? Usually, when date is unknown in Orbitrax, it is either left blank or it is showing as 01/01/2100. However, when copying a lot of tariffs, changing 01/01/2100 to a current or any close to current date was difficult (especially when using date picker) and was slowing down the process. We have changed the "Active from" date from 01/01/2100 to current date in the following copying options: - Customer Tariff copy through 3.9.2.2 Alter Customer Tariff / "Copy Tariff" icon on the top taskbar - Agent Tariff copy through 3.9.1.2 Alter Agent Tariff / "Copy Tariff" icon on the top taskbar - Linehaul Tariff copy through 3.9.3.2 Alter Linehaul Tariff / "Copy Tariff" icon on the top taskbar - Handling Tariff copy through 3.9.4.2 Alter Handling Tariff / "Copy Tariff" icon on the top taskbar - Special Services copy through 3.9.5.1 Special Services Of Customer Tariff and 3.9.5.2 Special Services Of Agent Tariff / "Copy Tariff" icon on the top taskbar Modifications have been made in Orbitrax version 15.00.00 (15.0.0) - to be released in week 9 /10

ORBITRAX.WIN	18/02/2019	Last shipment date on servi...
Did you know ... that a new "Last shipment" column has been added to the list of all service codes (STS) in Menu option 3.9.6 Service Codes? It was added on request, in order to help the user to identify STS never used or used a long time ago, so that the user can disable unused service codes. It was done in similar way to "Last shipment" in Customers List, which enables the user to change some Customers status from "Active" to "Closed". Disabling certain service codes narrows their selection in: - Customer File (Tab. 3 Financial, buttons "Services of Customer" and "Service return"), - HAWB entry / pre-entry - Call register (F12) - Reports, which include service codes STS In order to sort and disable unused STS, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.9.6 Service codes 2) Click on the header of column "Last shipment" to sort them by date. Click twice to change sorting by ascending / descending order 3) If you decide to change their status, open them one by one, then uncheck box "Service enabled" 4) Save NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 15.00.00 (15.0.0) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	13/02/2019	Email Log - new option in 9.2
Did you know ... that we replaced Menu option 9.2 Resend fax with new option Email Log? This option will allow the user to view status of emails sent from Orbitrax to Orbimail queue and, if necessary, resend them directly from Orbitrax (send them to Orbimail queue). To view and / or resend emails follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option Email Log 2) Select one of the emails status options: Sent, Pending or All. NOTE 1: By default, Error email are displayed 3) Select emails sent dates From and To 4) Select emails sent times Fro and To or leave blank for any time within selected dates 5) Click on icon Refresh on the top taskbar or press F5 to Refresh screen view NOTE 2: If needed, list of emails can be sorted by clicking on one of the columns headers: Sent, Subject, Mail to, Account, Status, Error or Created (date & time) 6) Click on icon "envelope" on the top taskbar to open email header. If necessary, correct email address in the field "Email Address" 7) To resend email, click again on icon "envelope" on the top taskbar. NOTE 3: Option is available from Orbitrax version 15.0.0. (15.00.00) onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/01/2019	GPAR - Gross Profit Analysi...
Did you know ... that Customer Group selection has been added to Gross Profit Analysis report in Menu option 4.4.4.1? This is in order to check profitability of a Group of Customers rather than either all or single Customers, one by one, then adding them up, manually. Creating a group of Customers and allocating Customers to a group has been described in the System News "Customers Group" on 31/07/2015. In order to generate GPAR by Customer Group, follow these steps: 1) go to Menu option 4.4.4.1 Gross Profit Analysis 2) in the first (prompted) filter select Shipment Pudate (Pickup date) using option BETWEEN 3) in the second Filter, select option Customer group, then use option = 4) select Customer group from combo box 5) set other criteria, such as Sub Totals By, Order, type of report (Full, Detail, Summary) and add / remove financial elements (Add FSS, Add Discount, Add MNI Invoices, Add CNS Invoices) and once all criteria has been set, click on report output on the top taskbar - Printer, Preview or pdf. NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 14.3.6 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/01/2019	New status "Review&quo...
Did you know ... that in order not to delay sending SSRs to Customers and controlling them at the same time, we have changed the status of SSRs received from "Trusted source" from "Check" to "Review"? Originally, all SSRs received from outside sources such as WEB or MOB, were automatically transferred to 2.4.1 Check Unapproved Logs and required approval by the customer service staff before they could be sent to Customers (or other action such as Lock or Error). However, this was delaying sending certain statuses to Customers and as a result we have introduced option "Trusted SSR source" in Tab. 7. Web SSR in Agent File. Marking Agent as "Trusted SSR source" resulted in statuses received from this Agent bypassing of the "Check Unapproved Logs" and being automatically sent to the Customers. However, statuses automatically sent could not be reviewed and / or marked by customer service staff as "Put on Hold" (message for the driver scanning shipment in on his return after non-delivery), therefore there was a need for introduction another status. As a result, currently SSRs received from "Trusted SSR source" are automatically transferred to 2.4.1 Check Unapproved Logs with status "Review", but also are automatically sent to Customers. This way, customer service staff can review them, without delaying communication to Customers. Unlike HAWBs with other statuses, HAWBs with status "Review" can be removed from screen, by clicking on icon "Remove from list" on the top taskbar (red cross). NOTE 1: "Trusted SSR source" has been described in the System News "Trusted SSR source (Agents)" on 23/10/2015 NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 14.4.1 (14.04.01) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	15/01/2019	Scans in and out added to P...
Did you know ... that details of scans in and scans out have been added to POD availability report in Menu option 4.4.22.6? POD Availability Report is meant to show when PODs are transferred to web, which is also when they are sent to Customers by interface. However, in order to show full history, it was requested, that scans in and scans out are also included in the Report, in case of shipments being returned after failed delivery, as a justification of PODs being sent to web (or by interfaces) "late". In order to display scans in and out, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 4.4.22.6 PODs availability report 2) Select shipment pickup dates From and To - either single date (then the same date should be entered in both fields) or dates range 3) By default, data for current date is displayed 4) By default, selections options "Group", "Category" and "Agent" are blank, what means that data displayed is for ALL. If you want to narrow your selection, select any or all of them 5) Refresh either by F5 or by clicking on Refresh icon on the top taskbar 6) Standard data displayed includes: HAWB, Pickup date, Customer, Service, Agent, POD date and time, POD received date and time, (POD) Sent to web date and time, (POD) Delivered to web date and time 7) To add scan logs (scans in and scans out) check box "Include Scan Logs" at the top of the screen 8) This will enlarge the screen by adding extra columns Scan In (date and time) and Scan Out (date and time) 9) select output to xls by clicking on icon xls on the top taskbar NOTE 1: Unlike screen with only standard data like specified in item 6) above, where there is only one line per HAWB shown, report with Scan Logs will show at least 2 lines per record: one with scan in, one with scan out and in case of more scans, there will be as many lines per HAWB shown, as many scans were performed. EXAMPLE: HAWB 592011053 pickup date 14/01/2019, delivered date 15/01/2019 line 1: POD 15/01/2019 11:54, POD received 15/01/2019 11:54, POD sent to web 15/01/2019 11:55, POD delivered to web 15/01/2019 11:55, scan in 14/01/2019 03:35 line 2: scan out 14/01/2019 09:00 line 3: scan in 14/01/2019 20:12 line 4: scan out 15/01/2019 09:15 (redelivery) Line 3 shows scan in after scan out in line 2 = return to the warehouse after failed delivery. Scans in and out explains why POD has been received and transferred only on 15/01/2019, despite shipment being received (and out for 1st delivery) already on 14/01/2019. NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 14.03.01 (14.3.1) onwards, with some minor corrections made in version 14.03.02 (14.3.2)

ORBITRAX.WIN	11/01/2019	Summary Pickup Sheet
Did you know ... that Summary Pickup Sheet has been added to Orbitrax, on request of those users, who prefer controlling on paper rather than on screen, that all daily Pickups have been brought back to the warehouse? To generate and /or print Summary Pickup Sheet, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 6.11 Summary Pickup Sheet 2) Current date is always prompted, however it can be changed as required 3) Select Customer category (if available) or leave prompted All for all categories 4) On the top taskbar, select one of the available Report outputs: printer, preview, pdf or xls, which is giving an option of sorting Report by any of the below listed criteria 5) Report contains the following details: - sequence number - Customer - Shipper Name - Shipper zip - Shipper Town - Notes (Shipper) - Notes (Consignee) - Pickup Time From - Pickup Time To - PO# (Pickup Order nr) - Driver Name - COD (amount and currency) - indication if Pickup is regular (Fix X = yes / FIX blank = no) as per scheduled Pickups set in Menu option 3.12.3 Pickup definition - Other Remarks - CAT (Category) NOTE 1: Report is showing all allocated Pickup Orders at the time of generating Report NOTE 2: Report is showing only Pickup Orders with already allocated drivers. Unallocated Pickup Orders have to still be checked in Dispatcher Module - Menu option 6.4. NOTE 3: Option is available from Orbitrax version 14.03.01 (14.3.1) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/12/2018	Customers and Agents Accoun...
Did you know ... that we recently added Customer and Agent Accounting Code to xls report in 4.4.9 Generate EXCEL Report? This is in order to be able to calculate provisions for both: uninvoiced revenue and not received purchase invoices for a given period, and enter them into your Accounting application. To generate EXCEL report with Accounting Codes, follow these steps: 1) Make sure that Accounting Codes (as in your Accounting application) are entered: - for Customer - in box "Accounting Code" in Customer File 3.3.2, Tab. 1. Trading, just below box "VAT No", left hand side, at the bottom of the screen, - for Agent - in box "Accounting Code", in Agent File 3.1.2, Tab. 1 Main, below box "Vehicle", right hand side, at the bottom of the screen 2) Go to Menu option 4.4.9 Generate EXCEL Report 3) On screen "Advanced Search", enter primary criteria for the report, dates range being minimum criteria for the report 4) Save 5) On screen "Generate XLS file with shipment details" check boxes with required HAWBs details 6) If report is to show revenue / cost to be entered as provisions in your Accounting application, make sure that at least the following boxes are checked: - for Customer (uninvoiced revenue): Customer, Customer Acc. Code, STS Charge, SPS Charge, XPS Charge, Manual Charge - for Agent (not received purchase cost / PTR): Agent, Agent Acc. Code, STS Cost, SPS Cost, XPS Cost, Manual Cost 7) Save to generate xls report 8) Sum of the above mentioned Charges (revenue) and Costs can be then booked as provisions in your Accounting application as per Accounting Codes specified. NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 14.3.6 (14.03.06) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	24/12/2018	Multi SSR entry through Inb...
Did you know ... that we have recently added Multi SSR Entry option to Inbound Discrepancy Report? This is in order to preview HAWBs not inbound confirmed (or not scanned in) and enter SSR 52 "Manifested but not arrived (missing) at import station" or any other required SSR(s), all in one go. In order to enter Multi SSR through Inbound Discrepancy Report, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.9.2 Inbound Discrepancy Report 2) Select HAWB search criteria: MAWB, Customer(s), Agent(s), Pickup Agent(s) or leave blank to display data for all. Enter data received date From and To 3) Save 4) This will display a list of not received HAWBs for selected period, with their details such as Pickup Date, Customer, Consignee Country code, Consignee Town, MAWB & Flight (if available), Agent, Pickup Agent, Pick up Zip, Pickup Town and last SSR 5) Sort HAWBs on screen by clicking on one of the headers, then mark blue HAWBs for which you want to enter SSR. Use Ctrl+left mouse click to mark single HAWB(s) on the list or Ctrl+left mouse click to mark block of HAWBs 6) Once HAWBs are marked, click on M-SSR icon on top taskbar 7) Enter SSR as required 8) Save and this SSR will be populated across all marked HAWBs. NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 14.3.6 (14.03.06) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	19/12/2018	Copying dimensions on piece...
Did you know ... that in case of identical dimensions of all pieces of HAWB, you can copy them instead of entering them one by one? In order to register identical dimension of each piece, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) 2) Click on box Weight options next to Weight of a shipment 3) Select option Volumetric Weight. This will open a new window "Shipment dimension" 4) In the 1st line, enter dimensions in cm (in fields X Y Z) for the first piece 5) After dimensions for the 1st piece have been entered, click on icon "Copy record" on the top taskbar and all previously entered dimensions will be copied over to all remaining pieces 6) Save 7) Based on their individual settings, system will automatically calculate volumetric weight for Customer and for Agent, and will show them in fields Vol.(C) and Vol.(A) on HAWB screen.

ORBITRAX.WIN	11/12/2018	Open Status Report (Outstan...
Did you know ... that you can generate an Open Status Report (outstanding PODs), by Customer, in xls format? To generate Open Status Report in xls, follow these steps: 1) Go to 2.4.2 Open Status Report 2) Set criteria for the report: - (SSR) Code type - options are: Critical, All (but final) or SSR codes selection - Customer - select from the list and confirm by Save - additional options are: selection of Agent and / or Country and / or Zone 3) Select period from and to 4) Select type: All, Shipments or Pickup Orders 5) Select additional conditions such as: - including shipments with no SSR Logs - including shipments with POD, which is not current status - including shipments with final SSR, which is not current status 6) Save. It will open a new window - "SSR Open Status Report" 7) Report is showing basic data: HAWB number, Consignee, shipment Pickup date, Customer, Agent, shipment Export date, last SSR Code, Event (SSR) date and time, Consignee Town, Consignee Zone and Country. Data can be sorted on screen by clicking on any of the header. Sorting is important, as in the next step, report can be generated in order like displayed on screen 8) To generate report in xls format, click on xls icon on the top taskbar 9) Question "Print selected logs only?" Y/N would appear. Answer Yes if you want to generate xls report only for marked / highlighted blue HAWB(s). Answer No if you want to generate report for all HAWBs shown on screen 10) Next question to appear is "Print full trace (All SSR history) of selected shipments?" Y/N. Answer Yes if you want to generate xls report with complete SSR Log. Answer No if you want report with only last SSR (as displayed on screen) to be generated. 11) After the above questions have been answered, a new window "Report Order Selection" will appear. The options are: by Customer, by Agent or in order like displayed on screen 12) Save to generate xls report.

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/11/2018	Including / excluding HAWBs...
Did you know ... that SSR codes can be included / excluded from Outstanding SSR report for (delivery) Agents? This is in order to narrow requests for SSR update only to shipments with certain last status(es). EXAMPLE: If last active status on HAWB is 24 "Onfwd to subcontractor - POD will not be Available" - this is not kind of SSR that we would like to ask delivery Agent for an update, therefore it would be one of the SSRs to exclude from Outstanding SSR report. But if last active status on HAWB is 07 Delivery not completed, this is kind of SSR we would like delivery Agent to give as an update for. To include / exclude certain SSR Codes from Outstanding SSR report for Agent, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.10.1 SSR Setup 2) Select SSR group Agent is allocated to, otherwise select Group "Default" 3) Check column "SSR Request" to see what is current SSR status for update request. "No" means SSR is not included into Outstanding SSR for Agent, "Yes" means it is. 4) To change it, open SSR and check either box "Include" or "Dont include" in section "SSR update request". If box "Default" is checked, it means that regardless SSR group, status of SSR code is always identical to the status set in SSR Group "Default". 5) Save modified SSR Code settings 6) Depending on the setup, HAWBs with selected SSR being last active status, will either appear or will not on Outstanding SSR report for Agent. NOTE: Options of Outstanding SSR report for Agent have been described in System News dated 20/12/2016

ORBITRAX.WIN	23/11/2018	Notification "Close pr...
Did you know ... that after being generated in Menu option 4.2.2 Print All Customers Invoices, new invoice (INV) cannot be previewed, if previous INV is still open in a browser? Previously opened INV was simply preventing new INV from opening (previewing), causing a User to wonder what is wrong with the invoicing process and calling CDT for assistance. We have now added a notification "Close previous invoice", so when a User attempts to open (preview) new invoice while previous one is still open, he is clearly informed what is causing the problem and how to proceed. Option is available from Orbitrax version 14.03.05 (14.3.5) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	19/11/2018	Chargeable weight added to ...
Did you know ... that, on a few requests, we have added chargeable weight to Menu option 4.4.9 Generate EXCEL Report, on top of already existing dead weight and volumetric weight? This is in order to display chargeable weight in a separate column, instead of comparing two columns: one with dead and one with volumetric weight and extracting the higher one, for the statistics purpose. In order to include chargeable weight in the EXCEL report, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 4.4.9 Generate EXCEL Report 2) Set primary selection criteria in the Advanced Search screen 3) In second screen - "Generate XLS file with shipment details", check box "Chargeable Weight" (2nd column from the right) 4) Name the file usual way 5) Save NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 14.3.4

ORBITRAX.WIN	09/11/2018	Collections notifications -...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has a new option, which allows tracking and controlling collections requests? This is useful to Companies, which do not use Pickup Orders (F12) and it works for both: collections manual pre-entry as well as collections requests received from Customers by interfaces. Collections notification, by notifying a user of a new record received, helps handling collection request by contacting pickup Agent as soon as possible. (A) Service code (STS) setup 1) Go to Manu option 3.9.6 Service Codes 2) Find STS, which is used for collections. Open it by double click (or by Enter) 3) Enter a short code in the field "Service Group", e.g. COLLECTION. Note, that more than one STS can be allocated to one Service Group 4) Save NOTE 1: Pre-entered or imported HAWBs with service code set as above, will appear on the screen in Menu option 1.9.6 Collections Notifications (B) Collections notifications screen 5) Got to Menu option 1.9.6 Collections notifications 6) By default, HAWBs with Status "New" with pickup date for the next 2 months will be displayed NOTE 2: Status of collections are as follows: * New - concerns HAWB(s) with data registered only, no other SSR logs * Pending - concerns HAWB(s) previously on status "New", to which any SSR has been entered (this means that collection request has been acknowledged and it is being dealt with) * Done - concerns collection received locally and ready for export / pickup by the Customer / Consignee. Ultimately, shipments with status "Done" should be closed with a final SSR. NOTE 3: Option is available from Orbitrax version 14.3.4 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/10/2018	SSR import Logs (review) - ...
Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax allowing you to review imported PODs / SSRs, for selected period, from any Agent / Driver? In order to review SSRs imported from the Agent(s), follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 2.5 View SSR import Logs 2) By default, displayed list is a list of of SSRs with current date, both types (All = Linked and Not Linked) and from all Agents / Drivers 3) To narrow selection, in the field "From", browse for the Agent whose SSRs you want to review NOTE 1: Linked = SSRs with matching HAWB, which were imported into SSR Log, or can be imported upon matching HAWBs in Menu option 2.6.1 - Link Unmatched HAWBs. They have status either Full Send or Full Sent, Lock, Send or Check. NOTE 2: Not Linked = SSRs imported, but without HAWB match found. They have status Inbound and have to be investigated, as they may be PODs / SSRs imported for shipments which left unmanifested.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/10/2018	Advanced Search - templates...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can now save your selection(s) for reports generated in Advanced Search? This is in order to facilitate generating repetitive reports, especially reports with a lot of different criteria set for. (A) To create the template for future reports, follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) 2) Go to Advanced Search option by clicking on the middle, "binoculars" icon on the top taskbar 3) Select dates and other criteria for the report. Example: dates selection + Shipper Country BE + Consignee Country PL + Weight From 100,00 (kg) To 300,00 (kg) 4) Once criteria have been set, click on the (new) red icon "Save Template" on the top taskbar. This will open a new window "Template Shipment Search" 5) Click on + 6) Give a name / code to the template, e.g. BEPLHW (BE to PL Heavy Weight). Check box "Public Template" if you want other users to use this template for generating reports. If box is left blank - template is visible only to the user who created it (rules similar to creating Shipments Pack) 7) Save 8) If you want to generate the report straightaway - click on icon Select (top left) on the top taskbar and Save. Orbitrax will display all HAWBs from BE to PL with weights between 100 and 300 kg, for selected period (B) To print report based on previously saved template: 9) Go to 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) 10) Go to Advanced Search option by clicking on the middle, "binoculars" icon on the top taskbar 11) Select dates 12) Click on the (new) yellow icon "Select Template" 13) Select template from the list and click on Save. Orbitrax will display all records matching criteria saved on the selected template. NOTE 1: You can set any criteria for the Template on both Tabs of the Advanced Search screen - 1. Main and 2. Financial / MAWB / Non-standard NOTE 2: Templates can be saved in all Advanced Search screens in Orbitrax: 1.3, 2.2, 4.4.9, etc. NOTE 3: Option is available from Orbitrax version 14.03.01 (14.3.1) onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	23/10/2018	Printing dimensions on INV ...
Did you know ... that, on top of the total volumetric weight, shipment (pieces) dimensions can now be printed on INV specification? This is optional and can be set as follows: 1) go to Depot File 3.7 2) go to Tab. 3 Document numbers 3) in section "Invoice Specification" (at the bottom of the screen), check box "Print dimensions" 4) as a result, pieces dimensions will be printed on INV specification in the following format: Dims: 80x70x60 40x30x50 16x58x74 25x35x15 32x12x10 21x74x10 22x33x44 22x33x44 NOTE 1: Printing dimensions can only be set on a company and not on a Customer level. That means that if box "Print dimensions" is checked in Depot File, it will apply to INV specifications to ALL Customers. NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax ver. 14.03.04 (14.3.4) onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	12/10/2018	Paper HAWB Surcharge (Manua...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can automatically apply a surcharge on HAWB entered manually? This is in order to encourage Customers to provide us with shipments data (either by interface or by web entry) and giving us shipments with already printed HAWB or label, rather than us entering HAWBs manually and printing HAWB or label locally. Surcharge tariff can apply per Customer (or Customers) and can be set in various rates and currencies. In order to set this surcharge, follow these steps: A) Tariff entry 1) Go to Menu option 3.9.2.6 Paper HAWB Tariffs 2) Open tariff entry screen by clicking on icon + on the top taskbar 3) Enter tariff code, Description (this description will appear on Invoice to the Customer), enter amount of surcharge in field "Rate", enter currency (or select it from combo), enter Active dates from and to. If "to" date is unknown, enter 01/01/2100 4) Save B) Customer setup (Customers to whom surcharge is to apply) 5) Go to Customer File in Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer, Tab. 3 Financial 6) In the bottom right section "Paper HAWB Tariff", check box "Apply" and enter tariff code (or select from combo) as created like in items 1) to 4) above 7) Save modified Customer File. NOTE 1: As a result, surcharge will apply to manually entered HAWBs, but will not apply to imported HAWBs. NOTE 2: Surcharge is not immediately visible in HAWB pricing at the time of HAWB entry, but only when HAWB is edited. NOTE 3: Surcharge is automatically added to HAWB in form of Manual Charge

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/09/2018	HAWB Prealert translation
Did you know ...that HAWB Prealerts (for timed deliveries or swaps) can now be translated, to be sent to the Agents in their own languages? To translate HAWB Prelert, follow these steps: 1) Go to 3.9.A.2 Language Translation 2) In the field "Language", (top left), select required language code, to which you are translating 3) In the field "Group" (top right), select group PREALERT. This will display lines with text to be translated 4) Default text (in English) to be translated is shown at the bottom left section of the screen "Default Text" 5) Enter translated text in the bottom right section of the screen "Text In Selected Language". Translated text is limited to certain number of characters, different for every text. As you type, number of available characters left is displayed. 6) Save NOTE 1: Prealerts are sent in language set in Agent File, Tab. 1 Main, box "Language" NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax ver. 14.3 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/09/2018	MAWB Pre-alerts
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can send email with MAWB (linehaul) Pre-Alert to the Agent at the Destination? In order to send MAWB Pre-alert, follow these steps: (A) Agent Setup 1) Go to Agent (at Destination) File in option 3.1.2 Alter Agent 2) Go to Tab. 4 Communication 3) Click on icon + to add new communication 4) In Function, select option MAWB PREALERT 5) Select Output EMAIL 6) Enter email address for sending Pre-Alert 7) Make sure that box "Active" is checked 8) Save newly added Communication 9) Save modified Agent File (B) MAWB Pre-Alert 10) In Menu option Alter MAWB 1.10.2. on the list of MAWBs, check box "MAWB Pre-Alerts". This will show a list only of MAWBs whose Agents at Destination have active Communication like described in items (A) 1-7 above. MAWBs with Destination Agents without Communication set up will be hidden NOTE 1: Make sure that Manifest weight and (MAWB) Weight are reconciled 11) Mark blue those MAWBs to which Pre-Alerts can be sent, by using combination of Ctrl+ left mouse click for selected MAWBs or Shift+left mouse click for marking a block of MAWBs 12) Click on icon "Envelope" on the top taskbar. Pre-Alerts to all marked MAWBs will be sent to Orbimail queue and further to the Agents NOTE 2: Date and time of sending Pre-Alerts are shown in column "Sent At". MAWBs which are not showing "Sent At" date and time are those without Communication MAWB PREALERT set up in Agent File (either on purpose or by omission).

ORBITRAX.WIN	14/09/2018	Searching for uninvoiced HA...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of searching for uninvoiced HAWBs? On top of a typical reason, when HAWB(s) have been entered late (after Invoice run), usually HAWBs are not invoiced, if they are ON HOLD or are unmanifested. As a reminder, if ON HOLD or unmanifested HAWBs are to be invoiced, boxes "Allow invoice unmanifested shipments" and "Allow invoice of delayed shipments" have to be checked in Depot File 3.7, Tab. 3. Document Numbers. To identify uninvoiced HAWBs follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) 2) Click on middle icon Advanced Search on the top taskbar. This will open a window "Advanced Search" 3) Optionally - select dates and any other criteria (Customer, Destination, Consignee name, etc) to narrow your criteria. 4) Go to Tab. 2 Financial / MAWB / Non-standard 5) In top section "Customer", select option "Not Invoiced" 6) Save to display a list of uninvoiced HAWBs matching selected criteria NOTE: The above procedure can be used for displaying a list of any other Invoicing option shown in section "Customer".

ORBITRAX.WIN	11/09/2018	Zero Priced Report (previou...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can generate a report listing zero priced Basic charges, Special or Extra Services and Manual charges on HAWB? Zero Priced Report can be generated at any time, but should be definitely used as part of pre-billing procedure, in order to spot zero priced pricing lines and eliminate pricing errors such as no tariff, before invoice run. In order to generate Zero Priced Report, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 4.4.3 2) By default options All records and Full (report) are marked 3) In section "Filter", set required filter by choosing one of the following options: - Shipment PuDate - Customer Code - Customer Category - Agent Code - Agent Tariff - Service Code - CRB (Customer Rate Band) - Country Code - Zone Code - Pricing method (Auto or Manual) - Charge type (Extra Service, Manual Entry, Special Service, Basic) - Tariff located (yes / no) 4) In section "Order", set the order for Zero Priced Report, by choosing one of the options like listed above with additional option - HAWB 5) Select method of displaying the data - Ascending or Descending 6) Zero Priced Report can be previewed, printed on printer, saved as pdf or generated in excel, by choosing one of the options on the top taskbar. NOTE: If the same HAWB has more than one element zero priced (e.g. Basic and Special Service or Special Service and Extra Service), such HAWB will show on the report in separate lines.

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/08/2018	Weekly Turnover Report
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can produce Weekly Turnover Report? This report shows week after week trend in total turnover, number of shipments and total (dead) weight per Customer per week, rather than the details, which can be printed in other reports. To generate Weekly Turnover Report, follow these steps: 1) Go to menu option 4.4.5 Weekly Turnover Report. This will open a new window "Weekly Turnover" 2) Enter End of period date, means date of Sunday of the week ending the report 3) Enter number of weeks (maximum 99) for which report has to be generated. Dates From and To will be displayed automatically 4) Select one of the output options: excel, printer, preview NOTE 1: Report displays Customer code, Period (year and week nr), number of shipments in given week, weight and income. Any income in other currencies is converted into local currency. NOTE 2: As per message displayed, FSS and Discounts are included.

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/08/2018	Displaying Customers / Agen...
Did you know ... that you can check which SSR Group has been allocated to which Customer or Agent? This is in order to review and, if necessary, modify them (move to another SSR Group) or remove entire SSR Group, if no Customers / Agents are allocated to them at all. In order to check which Customers / Agents belong to the particular SSR Group, follow these steps: 1) Go to menu option 3.10.1 SSR Setup 2) In the top left field "SSR Group" select SSR Group 3) On the top taskbar, click on 3rd top right icon "Show Agents and Customers in this SSR Group". This will display a new window "Agents and Customers in SSR Group [XYZ]" and Customers or Agents codes, names, countries and statuses (Active, Prospect, Closed, On-Stop) will be listed 4) From this screen, by highlighting Customer / Agent and clicking on icon "Open" in the tops taskbar (first top left) you can open Customer / Agent file and modify SSR Group in Tab. 4 Communication 5) You can also modify all other required details in selected Customer / Agent file, such as Status.

ORBITRAX.WIN	20/08/2018	Invoicing only HAWBs with P...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of invoicing only HAWBs which have POD or other final SSR? This is useful if an agreement with a Customer is that HAWBs would not be invoiced unless they have POD (or final SSR). In order to set it up, follow these steps: 1) Go to Customer File in Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer 2) Go to Tab. 11 Invoice 3) In the bottom section of the screen, check box "Invoice Only when final SSR" 4) Save modified Customer File NOTE 1: As a result, only HAWBs with POD or any other final SSR will appear on current Invoice 5) To control which HAWBs with POD or final SSR have not been invoiced yet: - go to 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s), - click on Advanced Search (middle icon on the top taskbar), - select dates, - on main screen (Tab. 1 Main) check box "Del. Or Fin." (Delivered or Final) - on the Tab. 2 Financial / MAWB / Non-standard, in section "Customer", check box "Not Invoiced" - Save to generate a list of HAWBs with POD / final SSR, but not yet invoiced NOTE 2: If POD / final SSR has been entered for HAWB after Invoice run, this HAWB would appear on next Invoice NOTE 3: To check a list of Final SSRs, go to Menu option 3.10.1 SSR Setup, select Customer SSR group and click on header "Type" to sort list by SSR Code type. POD and other Final SSRs are type "Final".

ORBITRAX.WIN	10/08/2018	Displaying SWAP shipments
Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax that allows you to display SWAP shipments? SWAP is an exchange of goods, it enables clients to receive replacement components at the same time as returning old equipment for repairs or maintenance. It is also sometimes used for "sign & return" service, e.g. signing bank contract by the consignee and returning it to the bank (bank being a Customer). SWAP shipment procedure has been described in details in System News dated 21/11/2018, subject "SWAP shipments". To display SWAP shipments, follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 2) Go to Advanced Search (middle, binocular icon on the top taskbar) 3) Select criteria for SWAP shipments selection: dates, Customer, Agent, etc. Leave blank (preferably with date selection only) if you want to display all SWAP shipments 4) Check box "Swap shipment" on the left hand side of the screen 5) Save 6) Orbitrax will then display all shipments with S prefix, which were created by using option "Save & swap shipment" on HAWB 7) If required, a list of displayed SWAP shipments can be printed on printer or saved as xls file, by choosing an appropriate option on the top taskbar 8) To see original HAWB, open Swap HAWB and click on yellow icon "Show swap shipment" next to HAWB number.

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/07/2018	Mandatory fields on HAWB (p...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can force mandatory entry of certain fields on HAWB, depending on Agent requirements? Some of the Agents require certain data to be included in the manifest file transfer (pdf or other formats sent by interface) and this option is meant to remind the user of those mandatory fields, before manually entered (or pre-entered) HAWB is saved. To set mandatory fields on HAWB, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.1.2 Alter Agent 2) Go to Tab.10 Ship.Fld. 3) There are several HAWB fields listed: Agent HAWB, Consignee contact, Consignee email address, Consignee phone number, Shipment value, Shipper contact, Shipper email address, Shipper mobile number, Shipper name and address 4) To mark a field mandatory, highlight it blue and click on the icon + 5) To unmark, highlight it blue and click on the icon red X 6) Save modified Agent file 7) As a result, if saving HAWB without mandatory fields filled in is attempted, the following message is displayed: "Fields required by the Agent" and mandatory fields which have not been filled in are listed, giving the user an opportunity to fill them in, before HAWB is saved. NOTE: HAWB without mandatory fields can still be saved, however the user should bear in mind that incomplete data may result in manifest file being rejected by the Agent, what may cause delivery delays.

ORBITRAX.WIN	23/07/2018	Amendment - Customer charge...
Did you know ... that the charges to Customer (Net, VAT, Total To Pay) are now printed on HAWBs payable by cash? In order to have Customer charges printed on HAWB: 1) when entering HAWB, check box "Cash payment". It will get yellow flag, to make it more visible when HAWB details are viewed later 2) make sure that pricing is completed in Tab. 3 Pricing of HAWB, if pricing is other than "Auto" (based on the tariff entered) 3) As a result, on printed copy of HAWB the following elements will be specified: - TOT.EX.V (Total excluding VAT) - item 54 - VAT (VAT calculated as per setup in Depot File 3.7 and Customer File 3.3.1 & 3.3.2) - item 55 - TOTAL TO PAY - being a sum of above two amounts - item 56 NOTE 1: Printing of charges on cash payment HAWB is NOT mandatory. Option can be activated in Depot File 3.7, Tab. 3 Document numbers, by checking box "Print Price on HAWB". If box remains unchecked, no charges will be printed on HAWB NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax ver. 14.3 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	23/07/2018	Customer charges printing o...
Did you know ... that the charges to Customer (Net, VAT, Total To Pay) are now printed on HAWBs payable by cash? In order to have Customer charges printed on HAWB: 1) when entering HAWB, check box "Cash payment". It will get yellow flag, to make it more visible when HAWB details are viewed later 2) make sure that pricing is completed in Tab. 3 Pricing of HAWB, if pricing is other than "Auto" (based on the tariff entered) 3) As a result, on printed copy of HAWB the following elements will be specified: - TOT.EX.V (Total excluding VAT) - item 54 - VAT (VAT calculated as per setup in Depot File 3.7 and Customer File 3.3.1 & 3.3.2) - item 55 - TOTAL TO PAY - being a sum of above two amounts - item 56 NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax ver. 14.3 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	11/07/2018	Shipment Quick Quote
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of quick checking shipment pricing for both Customer and Agent, called Shipment Quick quote? Obviously, in order to provide accurate Quote, it is required that Customer / Agents tariffs are in the system. NOTE 1: It is advised that for quotes request by ad-hoc, unknown Customers, an Account e.g. QUICKQUOTE is created with standard tariffs allocated to it. In order to calculate Shipment Quick Quote, follow these steps: 1) Go to Shipment Quick Quote - Menu option 2.8 2) Enter Customer Code, who is requesting quote (or QUICKQUOTE Customer code, as advised in the NOTE 1 above) 3) Complete other details: - Service Code - Destination - Origin (if available) - Shipment details: pieces, weight (dimensions for volumetric weight if available), Type - COD (if available) - Special Service or Extra Service in section "Additional services" 4) Once it is completed, go to Tab.2 Pricing to provide Customer with requested quote 5) Quote is detailed as is including all the elements: Total, Discount, FSS, Total after discount, VAT and Total incl. VAT 6) Transit time and first possible delivery time, if also requested by a Customer, are shown in Tab. 1 Main in section "Destination" (providing they have been entered in the Zone File) 7) If Linehaul cost has been entered in Routing File 3.4.2, upon entry of selected Route code, the Linehaul cost will appear in section "Linehaul". Linehaul is not part of a Quote, but helps the User to estimate total cost and margin NOTE 2: the above can be used for quoting Agent as well. While quoting Agent, make sure that the Agent code is entered in field "Agent" and when quoting Pickup Agent, make sure that Agent code is entered in field "Pickup Agent". When quoting Pickup agent, completing section "Origin" is required. NOTE 3: the above Shipment Quick Quote is based on existing tariffs, it is for information purpose only and cannot be saved. If a User wants to give an individual quote and save it for future references, it is advised to use Quotation - Menu item 2.9

ORBITRAX.WIN	05/07/2018	Dispatch module configurati...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of setting font, columns and rows size on Dispatcher screen (Menu option 6.4)? This is in order to make all the elements on Dispatcher screen more visible and clear for the User. (A) In order to set columns width, follow these steps: 1) Go to Dispatcher Module - Menu option 6.4 2) Using left mouse click and moving columns left or right on the header bar, set columns width as per your preferences 3) Once done, click on icon "diskette" on the top right to save set column width (B) In order to set rows height, so that bigger font size (see below) is fitting in the cells, follow these steps: 4) While on the Dispatcher screen, use left mouse click and set rows height by moving it up and down 5) Once set, to save it, click on icon "diskette" (C) In order to change font size, follow these steps: 6) Go to Menu option 6.4 Dispatcher Module 7) Select font size in the box next to icon "diskette" as per your preferences 8) Once done, click on icon "diskette" on the top right to save set font size NOTE: The above can be set per PC, NOT per User.

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/06/2018	Printing reports by Sales c...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can generate reports by the Sales code? This is particularly useful for calculating commission on sales. (A) To set up report by Sales code, follow these steps: 1) Go to Customer File 3.3.2 Alter Customer, Tab. 3. Financial 2) In the box "Sales code" enter the code, which you will later use for generating report. This means that a specific Customer is associated with a specific sales person, identified by Sales code. 3) Save modified Customer File (B) Reports that can be generated by the Sales code(s) are: 4) Generate EXCEL Report 4.4.9, whereby Sales code should be entered on primary selection screen (for a report by a single sales code) or, alternatively (for a report by multiple Sales codes), box "Sales code" on primary selection screen can be left blank, but box "Sales Code" on secondary selection screen should be checked 5) Gross Profit Analysis 4.4.4.1, with Sub Totals by Sales Code and Filter by sales Code, which is showing number of shipments, pieces, weight, income generated by the sales person, as well as margin in currency and % 6) Report generated from any Advanced Search screen in 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s), 2.1 Enter / View SSR(s)

ORBITRAX.WIN	19/06/2018	Disabling / enabling servic...
Did you know ... that in order to keep service codes (STS = Standard Transport Service) list as short as necessary, STS can be enabled / disabled? Shortening a list is useful whenever selection of STS is required: for HAWB entry / pre-entry, Tariff entry, Advanced Search, various reports, etc. For example - a Company which is not using E-commerce services can disable all E*** STS and a Company which is not using Sea services can disable all S* STS. When disabled, neither E* nor S*** STS will appear in any window in Orbitrax, where selection of STS is required. To disable STS, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.9.6 Service Codes 2) Scroll to STS you want to disable, highlight it and double click to open 3) Make sure that box "Service enabled" is NOT checked 4) Save

ORBITRAX.WIN	15/06/2018	Dispatch module configurati...
Did you know ... that the Orbitrax has an option of configuring Dispatch Module (Dispatcher screen)? This is in order to display only important elements on the Dispatcher screen and in the most transparent sequence. In order to configure Dispatcher screen, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.12.2 Dispatch module configuration 2) On the right hand side of the screen the elements currently visible on Dispatcher screen are displayed 3) On the left hand side there are elements which can be added to Dispatcher screen are displayed 4) To move elements from one side to another use right / left arrows 5) To set sequence of elements / columns on Dispatcher screen, highlight required element on the right hand side of the screen and drag it up or down, while holding left click of the mouse 6) The title of the column can be changed (or translated) in the field "Title" at the bottom of the screen 7) Once all elements have been selected, their titles changed (or translated) and sequence set - click on Save 8) Then go to Menu option 6.4 Dispatcher Module, check how the changes made affected Dispatcher screen and if necessary, go back to 3.12.2 to correct the settings NOTE: Above described configuration of Dispatcher screen is set on a PC basis, what practically means that, providing there is one PC per one user, each logged in user can set his own Dispatch Module configuration.

ORBITRAX.WIN	01/06/2018	Digital signature and pictu...
Did you know ... that the drivers using MOB can now collect digital signature / pictures? Currently, this is available for POD options - POD entry, (Delivery to) Neighbour, (Company) Stamp and Mailbox. 1) POD entry - on top of the name of the recipient entered by a driver, POD can be in form of digital signature (signed by the consignee with his finger on the screen of the MOB) 2) NEIGHBOUR - on top of the name, house / apartment number entered by a driver, can be in form of picture of those numbers (rather than a person) 3) COMPANY STAMP - can be in form of a picture of this stamp (collected on Delivery Sheet) 4) MAILBOX - can be in form of a picture of a mailbox. NOTE 1: the above pictures or digital signatures are displayed in SSR Log upon clicking on buton "Show signature", as well as on web Track & Trace (new style) upon clicking on "Digital Signature Available" NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax.MOB version 2.14.9 onwards NOTE 3: Options of collecting digital signatures and pictures have to be activated by CDT, therefore Members who are interested in having these options available are kindly requested to contact either Beata at Beata.PORZECKA@wqxs.net or Marco at Marc.MERLIN@wqxs.net

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/05/2018	Identifying imported HAWBs ...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can help you to identify imported HAWBs without any status? Customers drop shipments details into Orbitrax via interfaces or via web, but not all shipments do actually arrive at the warehouse. Shipment may arrive later or this could also be due to error entry by a Customer. Open status report helps to identify those HAWBs. To generate report with such HAWBs, follow these steps: 1) Go to 2.4.2 Open Status Report 2) Select dates From and To. If field From is left blank, report will be generated from the very beginning of Orbitrax 3) Select type Shipments 4) In section "Additional Conditions" select option "Include shipments with no SSR logs" 5) Click on Save 6) Orbitrax will display a list of HAWBs matching above criteria 7) Additional options shown as icons on the top taskbar are: Print (on printer), Preview, save as pdf and Multi-SSR entry (M-SSR) 8) After reviewing the report, the user may decide whether HAWB(s) details have been received in error and HAWB(s) can be deleted or whether Customer should be informed by SSR 52 (use M-SSR), that shipment(s) have not been received.

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/05/2018	WEB / MOB SSRs entry allowe...
Did you know ... that you can allow either all or only certain SSRs to be entered by MOB users or Agents who enter PODs / SSRs via website? This is in order to give the Driver / Agent visibility of all SSRs they can choose from on MOB or website, bearing in mind that for each Company different SSRs may be important. In order to set it up, follow these steps: 1) Go to Alter Agent, Menu option 3.1.2 2) Go to Tab. 7. Web SSR 3) In the List of allowed SSR on web SSR entry, select SSRs that the Driver / Agent would be allowed to use. By default all SSRs are disallowed 4) To allow SSR, highlight it blue and click on + 5) To disallow SSR, highlight it blue and click on x (red cross) 6) Save modified Agent File. NOTE: As a reminder - if box "Trusted SSR source" is not checked - all SSRs entered via MOB or WEB by a Driver / Agent are placed in 2.4.1 Check Unapproved Logs and require confirmation, before being sent to Customers. If box "Trusted SSR source" is checked - all SSRs entered by a Driver / Agent via MOB or WEB, are directly sent to Customers as per their SSR Setup in 3.10.1.

ORBITRAX.WIN	22/05/2018	Advanced Search by MAWB (nr)
Did you know ... that you can search for the details of HAWBs manifested on one MAWB? Depending on what you want to achieve, you can use one of the following reports: (A) To generate a report with HAWB details manifested on one MAWB, follow these steps: 1) Go to Alter / View HAWB(s), Menu option 1.3 2) Click on "Advanced Search" (binoculars like icon on the top taskbar) 3) Make sure that the selected dates contain the date of MAWB you want to search by 4) Go to Tab. 2 Financial / MAWB / Non-standard 5) In section "MAWB", enter MAWB number in box "MAWB" 6) Save 7) A list of HAWBs manifested under selected MAWB will be displayed and from there you can preview, print, create a pack or download HAWB details in xls (B) To generate xls report with details AND PRICING INFO (incl. linehaul cost) of HAWBs manifested on one MAWB, follow these steps: 8) Go to Generate EXCEL Report, Menu option 4.4.9 9) Click on "Advanced Search" (binoculars like icon on the top taskbar) 10) Make sure that the selected dates contain the date of MAWB you want to search by 11) Go to Tab. 2 Financial / MAWB / Non-standard 12) In section "MAWB", enter MAWB number in box "MAWB" 13) Save 14) A second selection window "Generate XLS file with shipment details" will be displayed 15) Mark all options required, one by one or use "Select All" or "Unselect All" buttons 16) Then click on a little square box ... to choose location for saving xls file, click on Save to save the file 17) Click on Save again to start downloading xls file 18) As a result, xls with all selected elements will be saved in given location, including HAWB pricing, if pricing options (Customer, Agent, Linehaul) were selected.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/04/2018	Force use of warehouse scan...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of printing Delivery Sheets for the drivers ONLY after shipments have been scanned out? This option should be used to avoid situation when shipments have been marked as received (Inbound confirmed by scan in or any other method), Delivery Sheet has been printed for a specific (default) driver, but shipments were loaded on another driver van. 1) To select this option, go to Depot File, Menu option 3.7, Tab. 9. Settings and check box "Force use of warehouse scan session" in section "Delivery Sheets Printing" (bottom left of the screen) 2) When this option is activated (box is checked), then it would not be possible to print Delivery Sheet, unless shipments have been scanned out and Pack of the scanned shipments automatically created 3) When user attempts to print Delivery Sheet in Menu option 1.6.5, the system displays a message "Warehouse scan out session must be selected" 4) Then, the user should click on little box next to the field "Warehouse" to select a Warehouse out session for selected driver 5) Delivery Sheet cannot be printed for Warehouse out scanning session, if session is still open (has not been closed). If Warehouse out scanning session is still open, the system will display a message "Session still open for scanning. Please close session first" NOTE 1: Optionally, Delivery Sheet can be also printed directly from Scanning sessions list in option 1.13.2.A Warehouse outbound or from 1.13.2.B Warehouse outbound with reallocation, by clicking on icon "Create delivery sheet from selected warehouse session" NOTE 2: Once option "Force use of warehouse scan session" has been activated, it applies to ALL drivers.

ORBITRAX.WIN	24/04/2018	Printing label with Agent H...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can now print the labels with Agent HAWB nr and a barcode? So far, Orbitrax could print the label with Agent HAWB nr only as a result of using (Soap or other) interface with the Agent. Now, if there is Agent HAWB entered in HAWB screen (even manually), it will appear at the bottom of printed label as AGENT REFERENCE, together with Agent name (as it appears in Agent File) and a barcode, making it easier for the Agent to scan. The top part of the label contains, like before, Company name, logo, phone number, own HAWB number, barcode, Consignee details, special instructions, shipment description, number of pieces, weight, value, and the details of the Shipper. NOTE 1: Printing Agent HAWB nr, barcode and Agent Name requires using label size 10x20 (set in Depot File Menu option 3.7 Depot File, Tab 9. Settings, section "HAWB label") If smaller size is selected, such as 10x10 or 10x14, Agent HAWB details will not be printed. NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 14.1 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	12/04/2018	Additional user login / Orb...
Did you know ... that there are additional user login / access options available in Orbitrax, apart from "standard" login and password? They can be used in order to tighten Orbitrax security. In order to set them up, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.7 Depot File 2) Go to Tab. 9 Settings, then to section "User access and password" (at the bottom left side of the screen) 3) There, you can set Minimum password length (in characters) 4) You can decide after how many failed attempts, user access should be locked ("Lock user after X login attempts"). When user is locked, Superuser should change user password in Menu option 3.11.1 5) You can decide after how many minutes of inactivity, user should be locked ("Lock user after X minutes of inactivity"). User can unlock himself, by logging in again 6) Additional option is "Force complex password". If this box checked - user password must contain at least one capital letter, one small letter, one digit and one special character NOTE: Access setup in Depot File applies to all users. However, station can be locked after X minutes of inactivity (see item 5 above), on a single user level, in Menu option 3.11.1 User Accounts, then in a specific User Account - in field "Lock station after". Only a Superuser is allowed to make this change.

ORBITRAX.WIN	06/04/2018	Dimensions and dead weight ...
Did you know ... that you can now manually enter dimensions and / or dead weight during Warehouse Inbound scan session, instead of doing it via Alter/View HAWB? To enter dimensions and / or dead weight during Warehouse Inbound scan session, follow these steps: 1) go to Menu option 1.13.1 Warehouse Inbound 2) click on + to start new scanning session 3) enter Agent in field Agent 4) scan shipment in field HAWB 5) while scanned shipment is highlighted, click on icon "Dims" in the top task bar. This will open a new window "Warehouse shipment dimensions" 6) enter dimensions in fields Width, Length and Height and checked dead weight in the field Weight 7) Save 8) continue scanning other shipments, repeating steps 4 - 7, then close scanning session window and close session by clicking on icon "Close session" on the top taskbar of the screen "Warehouse inbound - opened session" NOTE 1: If you scan multipiece shipment, option "Dims" has to be activated as many times as pieces you want to enter dimensions / checked dead weight for NOTE 2: Obviously, dimensions and checked dead weight can be entered ONLY for HAWBs which have been already registered in Orbitrax (pre-entered or entered) NOTE 3: By default dimensions or weight are registered / saved, only when they are higher than existing ones. If dimensions or dead weight entered are lower than declared by a Customer (either entered manually before or received by interface or from web or in any other way), then dimensions and dead weight are ignored NOTE 4: Both corrections are automatically sent to the Customer as SSR Log 83 Accounting Info for Customer either as Volumetric Weight or as Weight Discrepancy notification, as per SSR Communication set up in Customer File (Menu option 3.3.2, Tab.4 Communication)

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/03/2018	Warehouse in - PO# (Pickup ...
Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax, which forces the drivers to scan in shipments under selected Pickup Order? This is in order to maintain the link between shipments scanned in under specific Pickup Order and give Pickup Order status "Delivered to Sort Facility" when shipments under specific Pickup Order are scanned in. To set this up, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.7 - Depot File, Tab. 9 Settings 2) In section Warehouse in, check box "PO# Required" 3) Save 4) As a result, when the driver attempts to scan shipment in Menu option 1.13.1 Warehouse inbound without Pickup Order selected first, the system displays a message "Unknown PO#. Select Pickup Order" and the driver is forced to select specific Pickup Order from the bottom section of Warehouse inbound scan session window. NOTE: if box "PO# Required" as in item 2) above is not checked, the drivers can scan shipments without picking Pickup Order and the system will still attempt to match shipments with Pickup Order based on details available: Pickup Agent (driver), Pickup date, Customer and zipcode and give Pickup Order status "Delivered to Sort Facility". Obviously, such an automatic "post-linking" would not be possible, if there were more than one Pickup Orders matching the same criteria.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/03/2018	Transit times in Zone Matrix
Did you know ... that Transit times can now be entered on Zone Matrix level? This is useful for Companies who have changed from the old Zoning / CRB / ARB to the new Zone Matrix and for which transit times entered in the "old" Zones were not showing on HAWB / Shipment Quick Quote any more. To enter transit time on Zone Matrix, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.8.3.3 Zone-Set Matrix File 2) By default, all set Zone Matrixes are displayed 3) Double click to open selected Zone Matrix 4) In the bottom section of the window, enter Est(imated)Transit Day, separately for DOX, NDX and HV and First Delivery Time, also separately for each type 5) Save NOTE 1: If Transit times are different for each service (STS) and if Zone Matrix has been entered for all services (Service is ******), then it would be necessary to create Zone Matrix, separately for each service. To speed up "split" services transit times entry, use option "Copy" by clicking on icon "Copy" on the top taskbar, to copy the content of one Zone Matrix to another, changing only service code (STS). NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 14.0 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	23/03/2018	Driver Run Sheet output in ...
Did you know ... that there is an option of downloading Drivers Run Sheet in xls, for checking / verifying / controlling / updating purpose? Drivers Run Sheets can be: - Summary (All Drivers, for All or selected Dispatchers and for selected period of time) - Detailed (for selected Driver and for selected period of time) In order to generate Drivers Run Sheet in xls, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 6.2 Driver Run Sheet. This will open a window "Driver run sheet summary" 2) Select dates From and To. By default current date is displayed 3) Select Dispatcher or leave default "All" for displaying Drivers managed by all Dispatchers 4) Click on icon "Refresh" on the top taskbar (or press F5) 5) The list of all Drivers matching selected criteria will appear on screen, showing total number of jobs assigned to each Driver (in column "Jobs"), number of finished jobs (in column "Finished") and number of pending jobs (in column "Pending") 6) To download Summary Run Sheet with above info in xls, click on xls icon on the top taskbar and save xls file on the disk 7) To download detailed Run Sheet, double click on Agent on the list of Drivers. This will open a new window "Driver run sheet details", then click on xls icon and save xls file on the disk 8) Additional options in "Driver run sheet details" screen are: - printing Run Sheet - previewing Run Sheet - saving Run Sheet as pdf - updating details of selected or all shipments (Shipment Pack kind of update, allowing making necessary changes without having to go to other Menu options) - dates selection - (another) Agent selection - Customer selection (by default option All Customers is active) - Type of shipment (Shipments, Pickup Orders, Pickups, Sprinters), whereby by default option All is active NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 14.0.0 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	06/03/2018	OVERSIZE / OVERWEIGHT Speci...
Did you know ... that the rule van be set in Orbitrax whereby Oversized and Overweight shipments would trigger a special service and would automatically add charge (surcharge?) To set "Oversized" and / or "Overweight" rule, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.9.5.4 Special Services Codes 2) Scroll down to Code OVERSIZE. Double click to open it 3) Make sure Service Code OVERSIZE is enabled ("Enabled" box should be checked) 4) Save 5) Go to Menu option 3.9.5.3 Special Services Rules 6) Find "OVERSIZE" on the list, double click to open it 7) Make sure that box "Active" is checked 8) In box "Max length" enter dimension (in cm). 9) Options available are: once - for one surcharge to apply to entire HAWB or "Each piece", if surcharge is to be added for each piece meeting set length criteria 10) Save 11) If any of the dimensions (imported or entered manually) is higher than the one entered, Special Service will be automatically added to HAWB, as per setup in (9) 12) Special Service Surcharge / Tariff will automatically apply, if it was entered in 3.9.5.1 Special Services of Customer Tariff and / or in 3.9.5.2 Special Services of Agent Tariff. Otherwise, Special Service "OVERSIZE" will show on HAWB, but without any Surcharge. NOTE 1: Once Special Service has been automatically added to HAWB, as per above rule, it will not be removed if HAWB dimensions are downsized. Then, Special Service can be removed only manually. NOTE 2: The same rules apply to Special Service OVERWEIGHT, except that instead of length in cm, user has to enter weight in kg NOTE 3: Option is available from Orbitrax ver. 14.0 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/02/2018	New SSR codes (Airfreight)
Did you know ... that we have recently added new SSR codes related to the airfreight part of the business of the Members? The new SSR codes are: A1 - Tendered to the airline handling agent A2 - Tendered to airline A3 - Accepted by airline (ready to go) A4 - Manifested on flight A5 - Departed on scheduled flight A6 - Off-loaded by airline 1) By default, they are sent to Customers ASAP, they are Standard (not Critical, not Final), thy are not subject to Auto-Reminder, they are not included in SSR Request to the Agent, they are set not to be sent on particular days and they are not Full Sent (extra message is not included, by default) 2) THE ABOVE SETTINGS SHOULD BE CHANGED IN MENU OPTION 3.10.1 SSR Setup. 3) For the time being, these new SSRs are in English (default) and are translated to FR. Should you want to add your own translation, this can be done in Menu option 3.10.3 SSR Languages. Otherwise SSRs will be sent in English (default) NOTE: New SSRs are added to Orbitrax version 14.0.0, available for release on 01/03/2018

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/02/2018	Inboun Scan message
Did you know ... that a pop out message can be added to a shipment not scanned in yet? The purpose is to give a special instruction / extra message to whoever scans this shipment, e.g. "Check destination on HAWB" or "After scan in, put in On Hold area" or "Do not send out for delivery before contacting consignee first". This can be used either as a sole message or as an additional message to Special instruction on HAWB, SSR Log, On Hold category, etc. To add the message to HAWB, follow these steps: 1) Go to 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 2) Go to Tab. 4 Other 3) In section "Inbound note" enter a message for a scanning person, e.g. "Check destination on HAWB and change in Orbitrax" 4) Save HAWB 5) Then, when this shipment is scanned in one of the options: 1.13.1 Warehouse inbound, 1.13.9 Warehouse customer inbound or 1.13.10 Warehouse inbound without customer validation, the message entered as Inbound note, e.g. "Check destination on HAWB and change in Orbitrax" will pop out, accompanied with a sound message "woohoo!", giving a scanning person an opportunity to stop and follow the instruction.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/02/2018	Multiple service codes (STS...
Did you know ... that instead of copying identical tariff(s) with one service code (STS) to another with different service code, a selection of STS can be now added to the tariff? This is applicable to both Customers and Agents tariffs. To add multiple service codes to a tariff, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.9.1.1 Enter Agent Tariff or 3.9.2.1 Enter Customer Tariff 2) Complete all necessary elements - Type, Rate band, Tariff Code, Active from, Active to (Expired) 3) In the right bottom section "Services", click on + to add service (STS) applying to tariff you are entering 4) Keep adding services STS by +, as required. Adding STS in section "Services" is replacing previous copying identical tariffs with different STS, reducing number of tariffs to maintain / alter 5) Save and continue entering tariff details: currency, type, description and values 6) Save NOTE: The above procedure applies to the new tariffs to enter. To alter tariffs already entered, go to Menu option 3.9.1.2 Alter Agent Tariff or 3.9.2.2 Alter Customer Tariff and perform step 3) as above.

ORBITRAX.WIN	25/02/2018	Maximum weight per piece
Did you know ... that in Orbitrax you can set up maximum weight per piece, separate for each service, and get the warning whenever HAWB with weight higher that the set weight limit per piece is entered? To set maximum weight per piece, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.9.6 Service Codes 2) Highlight service code for which you want to set maximum weight per piece, then double click to open it 3) In the field "Kgs/pieces" enter maximum weight per piece for selected service 4) If the above is to take effect, make sure that the service is enabled (box "Service enabled" is checked) 5) Save 6) When HAWB for this service is entered and the single piece exceeds (or at least one of the entered pieces may exceed) maximum weight per piece set like above, and when the user attempts to save such HAWB, the system displays a warning "Weight Per Piece Exceeded Maximum Weight For Service. Maximum is (...) kg Per Piece. Do You Want to Continue? Y/N" 7) Answer should be Y, if user decides to save HAWB, despite weight per piece exceeding limit as set above.

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/01/2018	COD acceptance limits
Did you know ... that in Orbitrax you can set COD (Cash On Delivery) acceptance limits for both Customers and Agents? In order to set COD limits, follow these steps: 1) Go to Depot File, Manu option 3.7, Tab. 12 COD, bottom section of the screen (top section is dedicated to COD documents control module, which will be described in another System News). 2) Click on + to add COD limit. It will open a new window "COD Setup Properties" 3) Select option either Customer or Agent, depending who you want to set COD limits for DENY 4) Check box "Deny" if you do not want to accept any CODs for selected Agent or Customer 5) Select either Agent or Customer for whom you do not want to accept any CODs. Leave blank for All 6) Select Country you do not want to accept any CODs for. Leave blank for All. 7) Select Zone (within selected country) you do not want to accept any CODs for. Leave blank for All zones within selected country 8) Enter Description 9) Save ACCEPT 10) steps 2 and 3 as above 11) check box "Accept" to accept CODs 12) Select either Agent or Customer for whom you want to accept COD. Leave blank for All 13) Select Country you want to accept COD for. Leave blank for All 14) Select Zone (within selected country) you want to accept CODs for. Leave blank for All zones within selected country 15) Enter Description 16) In field "Limit" enter COD limit and in field "Currency" enter currency of COD limit. Leave blank for allowing unlimited COD. 17) Save 18) When HAWB is attempted to be saved for Customer or Agent matching criteria of COD with status "Deny", there is a message "COD not allowed. Customer Rule. Save anyway with ON HOLD status?" (for Customer) or "COD not allowed. Agent Rule. Save anyway with ON HOLD status?" (for Agent), then before saving, User is asked to select On Hold category. System then puts HAWB On Hold with no SSR Code and no "Delayed Until" date, unless it has been entered together with ON Hold category. 19) When HAWB is attempted to be saved for Customer or Agent matching criteria of COD with status "Accept", and when COD entered exceeds set limit, there is a message "Customer limit of COD is XXX,XX EUR. Save anyway with ON HOLD status?" (for Customer) or "Agent limit of COD is XXX,XX EUR. Save anyway with ON HOLD status?" (for Agent), then before saving, User is asked to select On Hold category. System then puts HAWB On Hold with no SSR Code and no "Delayed Until" date, unless it has been entered together with ON Hold category. NOTE 1: COD limits entered in Depot File are also visible: for Customers - in Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer, Tab. 9. COD, for Agents: in Menu option 3.1.2 Alter Agent Tab. 8 COD, from where they can also be modified. NOTE 2: For security reasons, HAWBs with COD entered cannot be deleted from Orbitrax by the User.

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/01/2018	ORBITRAX.MOB & ORBITRAX...
Did you know ... that we have developed two modules allowing dispatchers to communicate with the drivers (ORBITRAX.MOB) and track their movements (ORBITRAX.MAP)? (A) ORBITRAX.MOB is an application designed for Android OS and has the following functionalities: 1) Downloading Delivery Sheet to a MOB of a driver 2) Sending POD / Status by a driver from MOB to Orbitrax in real time of delivery / event, including taking and sending pictures of: Signatures, Stamp, Mailbox, location, etc 3) Sending Pickup Requests / Orders to a driver 4) Collecting (direct transfer to Orbitrax) of Status of the Pickup: Confirmed (refused), Picked up, Pickup executed (delivered to Sort Facility / Warehouse) 5) Sending SMS messages (free text or templates) from Orbitrax to a MOB of driver and by a driver from his MOB to Orbitrax NOTE: Sending pictures as mentioned in item 2) above is available from ORBITRAX.MOB version 2.4.12 onwards (B) ORBITRAX.MAP is a web application enabling dispatchers / customer service tracking position of the drivers on Google map. The obvious advantage is, seeing all drivers current positions, being able to allocate Pickup Request / Order to a driver being the closest to the Pickup location. (C) The advantage of the above solutions: 6) improved communication with Customers, based on immediate information exchange Orbitrax>MOB>Orbitrax - providing Customers with real time POD / Status 7) saving Customer Service time on manual POD / SSR entry 8) low cost involved in terms of necessary equipment (standard mobile phones) (D) Should you be interested in using the above applications, please contact CDT for assistance in installing and setting them up.

ORBITRAX.WIN	22/01/2018	Agent / Driver SSR Group
Did you know ... that similar to SSR Group for Customers, Orbitrax has an option of SSR Group Setup for Agents (individual or group of Agents)? Creating SSR Group for Agents is meant for setting up type of communication sent to the Agent and its frequency. NOTE 1: By default, every newly created Agent is allocated to SSR Group "Default". However, if there is a need for individual setup of each SSR (frequency), then the separate SSR Group can be created. In order to create a separate SSR Group for an Agent / group of Agents, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.10.1 SSR Setup. 2) Click on + on the top taskbar. This will open a new window "Create New SSR Group". 3) Default SSR group is prompted as a base for new SSR Group 4) Enter new SSR Group Code and its description 5) Click on Save 6) Setup for Agent is related ONLY to SSR codes for Agents: 82, 84, 85, 86, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 and 97. 7) Open each of them and modify required options: "Send option", "Send every" (for SSRs to be sent every X minutes), "Send at" (for SSR to be sent once a day at set time), "Send on Day", "Auto reminder", "SSR update request", "SSR full send" and "SSR send to web". If there is no specific setup required for certain options, choose option "Default" 8) Click on Save 9) Then go to Menu option 3.1.2 Alter Agent, Tab. 4. Communication and in box "SSR Group" enter (or select from a list) newly created Agent SSR Group code. NOTE 2: In order for SSRs to be sent to the Agents / Drivers, make sure that there is Function "SSR" (SSR output) set up in Agent File 3.1.2, Tab. 4 Communication

ORBITRAX.WIN	15/01/2018	Proforma Invoice (blank form)
Did you know ... that apart from option of printing Proforma Invoice from HAWB screen (including this HAWB details), there is also an option in Orbitrax of printing Proforma Invoice on a blank form, without any details prompted? To generate and print Proforma invoice, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.6.13 Print Proforma Invoice 2) This will open a new window "Proforma / Commercial Invoice Print" 3) In box "Invoice type", select either Proforma Invoice or Commercial Invoice 4) If Sender is Customer - in section "Senders Details", enter Customer Code or select it from list 5) Click on little edit box "Load from customer file". The system will ask: "Load Senders data from customer file?" Answer Yes to automatically complete Customer (Sender) details from Customer file: Company Name, Address, Postal Code / City, Country, Phone number and VAT number NOTE 1: If Sender is a 3rd party, all details mentioned in item 5 above can be entered manually, independently from Customer file 6) Complete remaining fields of Proforma invoice: Page 1 - section "General Details": - HAWB Number - Reason for export - Payment terms - Freight / Transport charges (currency can be selected from combo box) - Check box "No commercial value" (optional) - City of (Proforma invoice) issue - Date (current date is always prompted) - Country of origin - Name of signatory - Remarks Page 1 - section "Importers Details": - (Company) Name - Contact Name / department - Address - Postal Code / City - Country (can be selected from combo box) - Phone number - VAT number Page 2 - section "Detailed invoice information": - Product Description - Customs Commodity Code - Country of Origin - Quantity - Unit Value - Total number of pieces - Total weight (kg / lbs can be selected from combo box) - Total value is based on unit values. (currency can be selected from combo box) NOTE 2: Mandatory fields are marked with a red star 7) Proforma invoice can be previewed, saved as pdf or printed, by selecting one of the icons on the top taskbar 8) By default, Carrier details printed on Proforma invoice are the details of issuing Company (Member) 9) By default, the following text appears on printed copy of Proforma invoice: "The exporter of the products covered by this document declares that, except where otherwise clearly indicated, these products are of preferential origin and that the country of origin is XXX. I declare that the above information is true and correct to the best of my knowledge." 10) Printed Proforma invoice should be signed by the signatory.

ORBITRAX.WIN	05/01/2018	PODs availability report (M...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can generate PODs availability report in case of Customers complaining about PODs sent by interface received late? Interfaces for sending PODs are using web database, therefore it is assumed that once POD is available on the website Tracking, POD was also sent to the Customer, by interface. In order to generate PODs availability report, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 4.4.22.6 2) Select shipment pickup dates From and To - either single date (then the same date should be entered in both fields) or dates range 3) By default, data for current date is displayed 4) By default, selections options "Group", "Category" and "Agent" are blank, what means that data displayed is for ALL. If you want to narrow your selection, select any of them or all 5) Refresh either by F5 or by clicking on Refresh icon on the top taskbar 6) Following details are displayed on screen: - HAWB - Pickup date (as per dates selection like in item 2) above - Customer - Service - Agent - POD date (event date) - POD time (event time) - POD received date (as received in Orbitrax) - POD received time (as received in Orbitrax) - Sent to web date (as sent to web Tracking) - Sent to web time (as sent to web Tracking) - Delivered to web date (as delivered to web Tracking) - Delivered to web time (as delivered to web Tracking) NOTE 1: if POD date and time (events) are displayed, but no date and time of "send to web" are showing, this may be caused by: - Orbitran not working - POD in SSR Log being Locked (this usually occurs in case of duplicate POD received from the Agent / Driver, then locked locally by Orbitrax user) 7) Displayed data can be saved in xls by clicking on xls icon on the top taskbar, allowing user filtering and sorting the data. NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 12.8 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	03/01/2018	Office open hours on HAWB s...
Did you know ... that Office open hours entered on HAWB screen may help the drivers to organize their pickups and deliveries, as they appear on Delivery Sheet / Pickup Sheet / Pickup Request? 1) Office open hours can either be received via interface or entered manually in HAWB screen in either Menu option 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3, in little boxes in sections "Office open from" 2) Office open hours on Shipper side of HAWB relate to Shipper open hours and are relevant to the Pickup Agent 3) Office open hours on Consignee side of HAWB relate to Consignee open hours and are relevant to the Delivery Agent 4) There are two sets of open hours on each side: "from" and "to", with assumption that the gap between the two is a lunch break 5) Office open hours entered on Shipper side of HAWB, will appear on Pickup Sheet (Menu option 1.6.11 / 1.6.12) of the Pickup Agent 6) In case of Pre-Entry of Pickup in Menu option 1.2 and if Pickup Request is sent to the Pickup Agent, Office open hours will appear in section "Collection address" on the page 2 of the Pickup Request 7) Office open hours entered on Consignee side of HAWB, will appear on Delivery Sheet at the bottom of the HAWB delivery details section 8) Office open hours entered on Consignee side of HAWB are also transferred to the MOB of the Driver.

ORBITRAX.WIN	18/12/2017	Documents numbers for 2018 ...
Please be reminded, that if your Company is using separate numbering for various types of documents for each year, you have to activate documents for year 2018 prior to generating / printing any of these documents in 2018. To to so, follow these steps: 1) Go to Depot File - Menu option 3.7 2) Go to Tab.3 Document numbers 3) Highlight blue the document type you want to activate 4) Click on icon + on the top taskbar, to open a new window "Document Number Properties" 5) Select document code from the drop down list e.g. HAWB, INVOICE, MANIFEST 6) In field "Number prefix" enter document prefix e.g. PTR, INV, MNI, IATA Gateway as MANIFEST number prefix 7) Enter next document number (which would be the first for 2018), e.g. 20180001 8) Enter Date From (01/01/2018) and Date To (31/12/2018) 9 Save 10) Repeat steps above for activating other types of documents 11) Once finished, click on Save to save modified Depot File. NOTE 1: If you do not activate document numbers for 2018, you will not be able to generate or print any of them: Manifests, Invoices, CNS (Credit Notes on Sales), etc. NOTE 2: Companies, which are using continuous numbering throughout the years, do not have to modify Document Numbers.

ORBITRAX.WIN	07/12/2017	MOB messages templates (men...
Did you know ... that on top of automatic messages, there is an option in Orbitrax for pre-setting messages (SMS) templates to be manually sent to the MOBs (mobile devices) of the drivers from the Dispatcher screen? These messages can be general or job related. In order to pre-set SMS, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.12.5 MOB message templates. This will open a window "MOB message template" 2) Click on icon + to create a template of the message. This will open a new window "Message template" 3) In field "Title", enter the title of the message template, e.g. CALL DISPATCH 4) In field "Text", enter text of SMS to be sent to the driver, e.g. Call Dispatch ASAP 5) Save 6) In the Dispatcher Screen (Menu option 6.4 Dispatcher Module) click on icon Msg on the top taskbar. This will open a window "Send message to: ?" 7) Click on icon + to display a list of all drivers. On the left side of the screen "Source", select code(s) of the driver(s) you want to send SMS to. Click on right arrow to move selected codes of the drivers to the right side of the screen "Selection" 8) Save 9) Select required template of SMS from the combo box "Add" 10) Text of the message will appear on screen, where it can be modified, if necessary 11) Save to send SMS NOTE 1: If SMS is to be sent to a single driver and if it is specific job related, highlight this job on the Dispatcher List, click on icon Msg on the top taskbar and check box "Job related message" NOTE 2: The history of all sent messages (both automatic and manual) can be viewed in Mob Message Box (by clicking on icon MsgBox in the top taskbar). Messages can be displayed for selected dates and for all or selected driver. It contains date and time of SMS sending, Job number, Type of SMS, User (who sent or generated SMS), Code of the driver, date and time of when SMS has been delivered to a MOB, date and time of when SMS has been read by the driver, indication that SMS has not been yet read by the driver. Text of the selected message appears in the bottom section of the screen. There is also an option of sending SMS directly from Mob Message Box.

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/11/2017	Customer / Agent Bulletins
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of sending Bulletins to Customers and Agents? Bulletins are sent in order to communicate various events such as National holidays schedule, sudden phones or internet cut-off, strikes / delays that may affect deliveries, change of services to specific destinations, etc. Depending on selected criteria, Bulletins may or may not be HAWB(s) / MAWB related. To create and send Bulleting, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 4.3.1 Bulletins. This will open a new window "Customer & Agent Bulletins" 2) Click on + to create a new Bulletin 3) Enter Bulletin subject in the field "Subject" and Bulletin text in the field "Message" 4) Save 5) To select recipients and send Bulletin, click on icon "Send Bulletin" (envelope) in the top taskbar. This will open a new window "Sending Bulletin" 6) Select recipient(s) by choosing option either Customers or Agents and set additional criteria as shown on screen. By default, available options are "Active", and then Customers (or Agents) - selection from a list and Customers (or Agents) Tariff Group. 7) Other, HAWB(s) / MAWB related options, such as Destination Country, Town, Destination Zone or MAWB number are activated by clicking either on box "Pickup Date" or "Export Date" at the bottom of the screen. If you want to add a list of respective HAWBs, check box "Include shipment list" at the top left of the screen 8) Save 9) Answer question "Are you sure to send this bulletin?" If answer is "Yes", bulletin will be sent to the queue of Orbimail and then sent to Customers / Agents. NOTE 1: Bulletins are sent ONLY to those Customers or Agents who have Communication "BULLETINS" set in their Customer / Agent File. Customers or Agents who do not have this Communication set, will not receive the Bulletin NOTE 2: If some Bulletins are repetitive, use option Copy by clicking on icon "Copy RECORD" on the top taskbar. Opened Bulletin can then be modified NOTE 3: To check when and to whom a Bulletin has been sent, click on icon "History" on the top taskbar NOTE 4: Bulletin is sent by email as pdf attachment with Company details (Name, Address, Phone, Fax, email, etc) as set in Depot File, Tab. 1. Trading information NOTE 5: Text of email with Bulletin as an attachment, can be set up in Menu option 3.9.A.2 Language Translations, Group "BULLETIN".

ORBITRAX.WIN	21/11/2017	Positive scanning - Warehou...
Did you know ... that shipments, which are not registered in Orbitrax (and therefore do not have status Received) can be prevented from being scanned in option Warehouse out? This is in order to avoid the situation, when shipments are scanned in, then scanned out and delivered without being entered in Orbitrax and consequently billed. In order to set this up, follow these steps: 1) Go to Depot File, Menu option 3.7, Tab.9 Settings 2) In section "Warehouse out" (top left part of the screen) there is a box "Positive Scanning" 3) Leave this box unchecked, if you want to allow shipments not registered in Orbitrax being scanned out (Menu option 1.13.2.A Warehouse out). In this case, shipments will be scanned with remark "No" in column "In System" on the scanning session screen and on the scanning report 4) Check this box, if you do not want to allow unregistered shipments being scanned out (Menu option 1.13.2.A Warehouse out). In this case, while scanning unregistered shipment, warning "Shipment Not Found" will be displayed. To close this warning, select option 5 Cancel. It will not be possible to scan this shipment out, unless it is entered in Orbitrax (gets status "Shipment received")

ORBITRAX.WIN	16/11/2017	Records selection in Advanc...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax allows advanced searching for various types of shipments records? Depending on the needs, the user can narrow selection of HAWBs to be displayed on screen and then processed. When in Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) Advanced Search is selected on the top taskbar, the following options are available in section Type (middle bottom section of the screen): 1) Any - when selected, the system will display any type of HAWBs: Shipments (regardless number of delivery jobs), Pickup Orders and Sprinters. 2) Shipment - when checked, one line per delivery job (if there are more than one per HAWB) will be displayed (do not confuse with duplicate HAWBs!) The following additional options are available: Any, In P-up order (exclusively Shipments linked to Pickup Orders) or Not in P-up order (exclusively Shipments not linked to Pickup Orders) 3) Shipment (Unique) - when checked, one line per HAWB will be displayed, regardless number of delivery jobs on HAWB NOTE: The same option (box Show unique shipments) is available after Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) is selected. This allows searching for single line HAWB(s), regardless number of delivery jobs, in simple and not advanced search in Alter/View HAWB(s) screen 4) P-up order - when checked, the system will display only Pickup Orders. Column P.Sch on the shipments list, indicates how many shipments are linked to the Pickup Order 5) Delivery job >1 - when checked, the system will display one line per HAWB, but only for HAWBs with more than one delivery jobs.

ORBITRAX.WIN	10/11/2017	Issuing Credit Note (CNS - ...
Did you now ... that Orbitrax has an option of issuing Credit Note for the full or part of the amount it has been previously billed for? CNS is issued in case of Customer requesting a credit for failed delivery, lost shipment or any other reason. CNS is usually HAWB related, howeve, by leaving HAWB field blank, CNS can be issued for any non-single HAWB related reason, such as Credit given on full invoice. To issue CNS, follow these steps: 1) Make sure that document type CNS is active, has a proper numbering and active date in Menu option 3.7 Depot File, Tab.3 Document numbers. 2) If necessary, translate CNS labels (headers, footers) in Menu option 3.9.A.2 Language Translations, Group INV, for selected Language. 3) Go to Menu option 4.6.2 Credit Notes 4) By default current month is prompted, but this can be changed, if necessary 5) Click on + 6) Enter Credit Note date in box "Date of invoice" 7) Select Customer 8) Select Currency (if different from one in Customer File) 9) Enter Description of Credit Note, e.g. Correction on our Invoice INV160194 dated 31/01/2017 10) Save 11) A new window CNS Invoice detail will open 12) Select VAT code - either 0R 0% for import shipments or export shipments outside EU or ST XX% for domestic shipments or export within EU 13) Enter HAWB number you want to credit. If Customer on selected HAWB is different than Customer selected for CNS, the system will display a warning 14) Skip job number (leave blank) 15) Enter the amount originally billed to the Customer 16) Enter the amount as it should be billed 17) Discrepancy (NET amount of credit) will be calculated automatically 18) Enter specific reason for crediting this HAWB - lost, delayed, overcharged, service failure, etc. 19) Save 20) By clicking on + you can continue adding more HAWBs to credit (on the same CNS) 21) When finished, click on Save 22) There are several options on the top taskbar you can use. If you want to send CNS by email, click on envelope icon. By default email address defined in Customer file for sending INV is prompted, but it can be changed, if required. NOTE 1: Make sure that all elements of CNS and email are set up properly in 3.9.A.2 as above, otherwise issued CNS will be incomplete. NOTE 2: If CNS is issued for the first time, it may be an idea to send it first to your own email address, to make sure CNS is complete. You can later go back to CNS and send it again to intended recipient. 23) History of sending is shown under the button HIST on the top taskbar. 24) The amount credited on CNS will be added to Customer pricing info on credited HAWBs, reducing income. The credited amount will also be deducted from Gross Profit Analysis Report (GPAR) in Menu option 4.4.4.1, when option "Add CNS Invoice" is selected.

ORBITRAX.WIN	03/11/2017	Manual injection of PODs / ...
Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax of manually injecting PODs / Shipment status? This is particularly useful, when Agent provides PODs / status only in xls, which we cannot automatically inject by interface (we do not build interfaces based on xls, as this is unstable type of file). In order to manually inject PODs / SSRs into Orbitrax follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 7.1 Import SSRs From External 2) Click on xls icon on the top taskbar and save prompted template pods.csv on your PC 3) Open this file (preferably in LibreOffice. LibreOffice can be downloaded for free from https://www.libreoffice.org/download/download/) 4) Open xls provided by the Agent 5) Copy from xls and paste into csv: - HAWB number to column HAWB - Event date to column Date in format dd.mm.yyyy - Event time to column Time in format hh:mm - POD (name of recipient) to column Subject (or extra text in case of SSR other that 00) - enter corresponding SSR code to column Code 6) Save this file as csv 7) Go back to Orbitrax Menu option 7.1 Import SSRs From External 8) Select option Import SSRs from csv file 9) In section "CSV file", click a little box, find csv file you saved as in item 6) above 10) Click on "Open" 11) Click on Save icon on top taskbar to start importing the file NOTE 1: if there is any problem during file import, e.g. HAWB for which you import POD / SSR does not exist, incorrect file format, etc - the system will prompt the type of an error NOTE 2: SSRs / PODs are not injected directly to Orbitrax, but are first sent to Orbicom for processing. Therefore you should allow 1-3-5 minutes (depends on set Orbicom sessions intervals) until PODs / SSRs are imported into Orbitrax.

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/10/2017	Charges Log
Did you know ... that each HAWB stores log with history of its pricing? This is particularly useful when it is necessary to find out which user priced shipment manually, modified or removed pricing. To check pricing log, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) 2) Search for HAWB or, by Advanced Search, selection of HAWBs 3) In HAWB screen, go to Tab. 3. Pricing 4) When you are within pricing, either for Customer (top section) or for Agent (bottom section), click on option "Charges log". This will open a new window Charges log history with the details of pricing of each element of HAWB 5) The details shown include: - charge (or tariff or action) description - type of charge (Standard / Special) - old (original) value - old (original) currency - new (modified) value - new (modified) currency - type of charge (Auto / Manual) - status of old INV (Invoice, Do not Invoice for Customer, Pay, Do not Pay for Agent) - status of new INV (Invoice, Do not Invoice for Customer, Pay, Do not Pay for Agent) - indication if pricing line has been deleted - date and time of creating / modification of pricing - user who created / modified pricing NOTE: Charges Log is for lookup only, no entries or modifications in Charges log history screen are allowed.

ORBITRAX.WIN	16/10/2017	SMS Scheduler
Did you know ... that SMS messages can be sent from Orbitrax as per pre-defined schedule? This is to avoid SMS messages being sent 24/7, especially late at night and in weekends. To set a schedule for sending SMS messages follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.7 Depot File, Tab. 9 Settings 2) Go to section "SMS Scheduler" 3) Enter hours Time and From in boxes "Between". SMS will be sent only within entered time frame 4) Check days boxes (Mon-Sun) when SMS should be sent. Leave blank those days boxes when SMS should not be sent 5) Once all the above has been set up, click on Save to save modified Depot File Example: entering times 08:00 20:00 with Mon Tue Wed Thu and Fri boxes checked would mean that SMS message will be sent between 8 am and 8 pm from Monday to Friday. NOTE 1: SMS messages generated / created outside time 08:00 and 20:00 and on Sat or Sun. will be placed in a queue and sent on Monday at 08:00 NOTE 2: SMS Schedule is entered on general Depot File and not on Customer or Agent level. That means that schedule entered in Depot File applies to all SMS messages, no exceptions.

ORBITRAX.WIN	13/10/2017	Date and time hot keys
Did you know ... that you can use hot keys for quick date and time entry in Orbitrax? 1) using the following hot keys will automatically fill in dates fields: T - short for Today O - short for tOmorrow Y - short for Yesterday B - short for Before yesterday 2) When the above hot keys are being pressed, the cursor will automatically move to the next field 3) When the above hot keys are used with key Shift, the cursor will stay in the field and date will be ready to be modified, if necessary 4) Using hot key N (short for Now) in time field, will fill in this field with current date.

ORBITRAX.WIN	10/10/2017	Sending PODs in xls
Did you know ... that there is an option of sending PODs in xls format? The file includes the following data: - HAWB nr - POD date in format dd/mm/yyyy - POD time in format hh:mm:ss - Name of the recipient Example (to be sent as email attachment): 440504381089 29/09/2017 13:38:00 COMPANY STAMP 440504346243 29/09/2017 13:48:00 S. SMITH 440504348284 29/09/2017 13:48:00 S. COWELL 440504348287 29/09/2017 13:48:00 M. LEFEVRE Option cannot be set up directly in Orbitrax, but has to be set up as interface. If you are interested, please provide CDT, by email to Beata.PORZECKA@wqxs.net, with the following info: - Customer Code (as in Orbitrax) - Email address PODs should be sent to (emails can be sent to multiple recipients) - Frequency of sending (every X minutes, fixed time of the day, twice a day, etc) and we will set up interface immediately.

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/09/2017	Quick lookup at the Custome...
Did you know ... that there is an option in Orbitrax of a quick lookup at the Customer and Agent Files? Using this option does not require opening Customer or Agent File via Menu options 3.1.2 Alter Agent or 3.3.2 Alter Customer. For a quick lookup, at any place in Orbitrax: 1) Press Ctrl+U - for Customer File (U being a second letter of cUstomer) 2 Press Ctrl+G - for Agent File (G being a second letter of aGent) 3) In field Code, enter first letter(s) of a Customer or Agent Code to display a list or required Customer or Agent details NOTE 1: Using quick lookups Ctrl+U and Ctrl+G gives access only to basic info in Tabs Main and Contacts, such as address, opening times, General phone / fax numbers, General email address, website, Note and (via Tab.2 Contacts) - the same details for each individual contact. NOTE 2: Providing that the User has sufficient rights, clicking on icon "Open" in the top taskbar of displayed Customer or Agent quick lookup file, would give access to full Customer or Agent File.

ORBITRAX.WIN	22/09/2017	Phone Book / Contacts List
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of creating and displaying a Phone book / Contacts List? Phone book can be used for quick access to the details of Agents, some Customers and 3rd parties, e.g. mobile numbers of all the drivers (gathered in one place), phone number or email address to the IT department, emergency phone numbers to some Customers. To create a Phone book, follow these steps: 1) Anywhere in Orbitrax, press Ctrl+B. This will open a new window "Phone Book List" 2) To add a new entry, click on icon + on the top taskbar. This will open a new window "Phone Book Entry" 3) Complete the fields: Title, First name, Last name, Description, Phone, Fax, Mobile, Email and add a Note. Some of the fields are mandatory. If you skip mandatory field, you will be warned by the message that you are not allowed to save new entry 4) By default, the owner of the entry is a User currently logged in. In field "Type", the owner can either keep new entry as Private (visible only to him) or Public with various rights: Read Only (no modifications allowed), Read and Write (modifications allowed), Full access (modifications and deleting allowed). 5) Once new entry has been completed, Save 6) To modify entry (providing user has sufficient rights to modify - see item 4) above), press Ctrl+B, select (highlight blue) entry you would like to modify, click on icon "Open" (top left) on the task bar 7) Modify and Save.

ORBITRAX.WIN	18/09/2017	Printing Invoices in pdf (a...
Did you know ... that despite of no option of output to pdf, copies of confirmed invoices can be saved as pdf file in order to store them on an external storage device (external hard drive, CD, pen drive, cloud, etc)? NOTE: In order to save a document as pdf file, it is required that pdf printer is installed on your PC. We recommend "Bullzip pdf printer", but any other pdf printer would do (CutePDF, FreePDF, PrimoPDF, etc). Follow steps on the website and download selected pdf printer file, then follow instructions and install it on your PC. Pdf printer will be installed as one of the "standard" printers. In order to print invoices as pdf, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 4.2.8 Re-Print Confirmed Invoices 2) Select criteria for reprinting - by date (or range of dates) or by number (or range of numbers) and (optional) by Customer category, Customer group or Customer Code 3) Click on icon "Refresh on the top taskbar (or press F5) 4) Once invoices matching selected criteria are displayed on screen, select them all (mark them blue) 5) Click on icon "Preview" on the top taskbar 6) Once prompted, select one of the options: Invoices, Specification, Summary, Invoices & Specification (or Cancel) 7) Answer question "Print original and copy now?": Yes, Original Only, Copy Only 8) After a while (depends on number of invoices processed), selected documents will open in default browser 9) Right click mouse 10) Select option "Print" 11) Select pdf printer 12) Click on option "Print" 13) When printing properties (Bullzip PDF Printer - Create File) window opens, select file name and location on your PC where you want to save pdf, then click on Save 14) Copy pdf file from selected location to your external storage device.

ORBITRAX.WIN	08/09/2017	Automatic allocation of Pic...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of automatic allocation of Pickup Agent to pre-set HAWBs? This option is particularly useful when Pickup Agent is given a stock of HAWBs on which he is then supposed to collect and send pick-ups. Once entered (or pre-entered) in Orbitrax, HAWB will allocate this Pickup Agent automatically. To set this up, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.1.4 HAWB Number Allocation 2) Click on + to add range of HAWBs 3) Enter (or select) Agent code in field "Agent" 4) Enter range of HAWB numbers (From and To) 5) Save NOTE 1: As a result, when HAWB from set range is entered (or pre-entered), set Pickup Agent is automatically allocated. NOTE 2: Only unique HAWB numbers / ranges can be allocated to the Agents. If already allocated HAWB (or range) is allocated to another Agent, the system displays error message "HAWB range already in use" NOTE 3: Option is available from Orbitrax version 12.6.6 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	25/08/2017	Printing Delivery Sheet dir...
Did you know ... that Delivery Sheet can be printed directly from outbound scanning sessions? Unlike Delivery Sheet printed in Menu option 1.6.5, which prints ALL HAWBs unmanifested to date for selected Agent, Delivery Sheet printed from scanning session contains only HAWBs scanned during particular scanning session. To Print Delivery Sheet from scanning session follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.13.2.A Warehouse outbound or Menu option 1.13.2.B Warehouse outbound (each option has been described in details in the System News dated 09/12/2015) 2) After shipments have been scanned, close session by clicking on icon "Close session" on the top taskbar NOTE: If "Close session" has not been selected, the system will prompt closing it anyway, however by default, closing session is not mandatory. If you want to force users to close scanning sessions before they can print Delivery Sheet, in order to start a next session afresh, check box "Del. Sheet option" in Depot File 3.7, Tab. 9 Settings, section "Warehouse out" (with tool tip "Delivery Sheet ONLY after Warehouse outbound session has been closed"). When this box is checked, the user is unable to proceed with printing Delivery Sheet from scanning session, before this session is closed. At the attempt, the system displays a message "You must close warehouse session first". 3) If session has been closed, select session Status "Closed", locate it on the list, then click on icon "Create delivery sheet from selected warehouse session" on the top taskbar 4) Then, the system asks if a warehouse order (order of scanning) should be used for printing HAWB on Delivery Sheet Y/N. If answer is N, then HAWBs on Delivery Sheet will be printed in the "standard" Delivery Sheet order: by zipcode, then by HAWB. 5) Proceed with printing Delivery Sheet as usual.

ORBITRAX.WIN	23/08/2017	Warehouse statistics (Menu ...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can generate / print a report of number of shipments scanned in set intervals by a User, from Customer or for Agent? This option is meant for monitoring Users performance. In order to generate / print statistics, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 4.4.21 Warehouse statistics 2) By default, scans from current date and times from 00:01 to 23:59 are displayed, however they can be changed, if required 3) Also by default, scans by Users are being displayed, however if required, a Group can be changed to Agent (to show scans for Agents) or to Customer (to show scans from Customers) 4) By default, scans are shown with interval of 15 minutes, what can also be changed, if required. Interval of 15 minutes shows how many scans have been performed within 15 minutes long sessions 5) The list of scans (within intervals) is shown in chronological order and details displayed are: User (if Group User has been selected), Agent (if Group Agent has been selected), Customer (if Group Customer has been selected), date and time of start of a scanning session in set intervals, number of shipments / pieces scanned (all scans: IN and OUT) within each session NOTE: The list displays total number of scanned shipments / pieces and not details of scanned shipments / pieces 6) If necessary, list can be sorted either by a column "Group by" or by "Datetime" or by "Shipments", by clicking on the header of each column. Double click will switch between descending / ascending orders 7) Reports (consisting the same data as displayed on screen) can be printed either in pdf format on printer (by clicking printer icon on the top taskbar) or downloaded in xls (by clicking xls icon on the top taskbar).

ORBITRAX.WIN	16/08/2017	Customers On-Stop Report
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can automatically generate and send to selected users a Report with a list of Customers put On-Stop? 1) REMINDER: Customer status can be changed to On-Stop in Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer, Tab. 1. Trading, box "Status" 2) Instructions to OPS how to proceed in case of On-STOP Customer can be entered in field "Optional message for OPS when account ON-STOP" 3) Instructions to Customer Service how to proceed in case of On-STOP Customer can be entered in field "Optional message for CSV when account ON-STOP" 4) Report can be opened in a browser (and then printed), by selecting option 3.3.4 "Customer On-Stop report". 5) Report shows the following info: - Date and time of Report - Customer Code and Name - Message to OPS (as mentioned in item 2) above) - Message to CSV (as mentioned in item 3) above) 6) Customer On-Stop Report can be automatically sent by email on set days, times and to selected users. To schedule sending Customers On-Stop Report by email, set frequency and email addresses the Report should be sent to, follow these steps: - go to Menu option 9.1 Task Manager, - click on + to add new task, - in field "Task type" select "Customers ON STOP", - set schedule (day, time and frequency) in section "Schedules", - add Users (recipients of email) in section "Users", - save modified Task schedule.

ORBITRAX.WIN	11/08/2017	Displaying a list of Agents...
Did you know ... that there is a new way of displaying Customers and Agents on the list? In previous versions, ALL Customers and Agents, regardless their status, have been displayed on one list (in Menu option 3.1.2 Alter Agent and in 3.3.2 Alter Customer). Currently, by default only Trading (Active & On-Stop) Customers and Agents are displayed. To display a list of Agents / Customers with other status, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.1.2 Alter Agent and in 3.3.2 Alter Customer 2) Display Agents or Customers list. By default Status (top left corner of the screen) shows "Trading (Active & On Stop)" 3) In box "Status" select one of the options: All, Active, On-Stop, Closed or Prospect to have only Agents / Customers with selected status displayed 4) Changing Agent / Customer status can be done "en block" by marking records, then clicking on icon "Status" on the top taskbar, then selecting new status. As changing the Agent / Customer status is irreversible (cannot be "undone"), before changing it, the system asks for the final confirmation: "Are you sure to save new status: (Active, Closed, Prospect, etc). Continue? Confirm operation. Y/N"

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/07/2017	Installing Orbitrax on a ne...
Did you know ... that in case you want to install Orbitrax on a new PC, you can do it without our assistance? In order to have Orbitrax installed on a new PC, follow these steps: 1) Make sure the new PC is connected to the server 2) Copy anywhere on the new PC Orbitrax setup file (either setup.exe or Orbitrax.WIN XX.XX.XX), the one you would normally use to install a new Orbitrax version 3) Run it 4) It will create a directory C:/Program Files/orbitrax.win on the new PC 5) Copy file database.ini from the directory C:/Program Files/orbitrax.win from any PC on which Orbitrax is installed and paste it to C:/Program Files/orbitrax.win on the new PC. Overwrite the old database.ini file. 6) Run Orbitrax as usual.

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/07/2017	Internal alerts / notificat...
Did you know ... that setting of internal communication (internal alerts / notifications) located previously in various places in Orbitrax, have now been moved to one place - Menu option 3.7 Depot File, Tab. 10 Contacts (bottom section)? It concerns the following alerts / notifications: 1) Accounts on Stop - sending notifications to selected email addresses (Users) about Customer Accounts that have been put On Stop. Email notification is generated when Customer Status is changed to On-Stop (Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer, Tab. 1 Main) 2) Agent Entered or On Stop - sending notifications to selected email addresses (Users) about new Agent File created or Agent put On Stop. Email notification about Agent Entered when a new Agent is entered in Menu option 3.1.1. Enter Agent. Email notification about Agent put On Stop is generated when Agent Status is changed to On-Stop (Menu option 3.1.2 Alter Agent, Tab. 1 Main). 3) Customer Credit Limit Alert - sending alerts to selected email addresses (Users), when 80% of credit given to Customer has been exceeded and another one when 100% of credit given has been exceeded. Customer Credit is set in Customer File, Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer, Tab. 3 Financial, box "Credit Given". Used credit is displayed in box "Credit used". 4) Shipments Data Received Late - sending notification to selected email addresses (Users), with Customer code(s) and list of HAWBs for which data has been received late (after those HAWBs have been manually entered in Orbitrax). NOTE: In all 4 options, multiple email addresses (to multiple Users) should be separated by comma.

ORBITRAX.WIN	24/07/2017	Removing HAWB(s) from the s...
Did you know ... that there are two ways of removing shipments from a shipments list? One (A) is removing HAWBs ONLY from the list, the other one (B) is removing HAWBs permanently (deleting them from the database). A. Removing shipment(s) from a list of shipments can be useful, when remaining shipments are to form Xls or Pdf reports, Pick(up Order) or Shipments Pack. In order to remove shipments from a list: 1) Go to Menu option 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 2) Click on icon "Advanced Search" on the top taskbar 3) Select criteria for HAWBs to be displayed 4) When HAWBs are displayed, highlight (mark blue) HAWB(s) to be removed and click on icon "Remove shipment from list" (4th icon from the left) NOTE 1: Selected shipment will be removed ONLY from the displayed list, but will remain in the database B. Removing shipment from the list and the database (deleting): 5) Go to Menu option 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 6) Click on icon "Advanced Search" on the top taskbar 7) Select criteria for HAWBs to be displayed 8) When HAWBs are displayed, highlight (mark blue) HAWB(s) to be removed and click on icon "Delete" (3rd icon from the left) 9) For security reasons (unlike in case of removing), deleting shipments triggers the following warnings 9.1) "Delete shipment 123456789012345. Continue? Y/N" 9.2) "Are you sure to delete shipment 123456789012345. Continue?" 9.3) Box "Confirm operation (Y/N)" NOTE 2: Answer Y will result in permanent deleting HAWB from the database. This operation is irreversible and no deleted HAWB(s) can be restored.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/06/2017	Resending Confirmed Invoice...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can now resend to Customers their Invoices and Specifications from the archive, in their original form? The option of resending Invoices and Specifications existed before, however if any Customer details (address, VAT number, etc) have been changed between sending original Invoice and re-sending it, those changed details were included into resent Invoice. To resend confirmed Invoices, follow these steps: 1) Go to Manu option 4.2.8 Re-Print Confirmed Invoices 2) Select criteria for displaying list of Invoices: either date range or Invoice number. If you are looking for one, specific Invoice number, enter this number in both fields: From and To 3) Additional criteria, to narrow your selection, are: Customer category, Customer group and (single) Customer Code 4) Press F5 or click on icon Refresh on the top taskbar. This will result in a display of all Invoices matching selected criteria 5) Click on icon Send (envelope) on the top taskbar 6) The system will ask "Do You Want To Send All Invoices From The List? Y/N" WARNING: Answer Y(es) will result in all Invoices being resent IMMEDIATELY in set formats and to default recipient(s), as per Invoice related Communication in Customer Files (Tab.4) 7) If answer is N(o), the system will ask another question: "Do You Want To Send Invoice To The Default Email Address? Y/N" WARNING: Answer Y(es) will result in selected Invoice being sent IMMEDIATELY in set formats and to default recipient(s) as per Invoice related Communication in this particular Customer File (Tab.4) 8) Answer N(o) will open a new window - "Send invoice". If there are any Invoice related email addresses entered in Communication (Tab.4) in Customer File - they will be available for selection in field "Email address", however any other email address can be manually entered in this field. NOTE 1: Only Invoice Types set in Communication (Tab.4) in Customer File are available for selection (for resending) in section "Invoice Type". If a Customer requires a new format e.g. xls, this has to be set in Communication (Tab.4) in Customer file, but this type of file will be available for resending ONLY from the next invoice run. New system does not re-generate new types of files for resending on request, but resend only files which were already created and are available in the archive. NOTE 2: This option requires a specific configuration of the web server (serving as an archive) NOTE 3: This option is available from Orbitrax version 12.5.1 onwards. Earlier versions resend Invoice and Specification the "old" way.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/06/2017	Handling of HAWB copies - M...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of archiving HAWBs? Option is meant to help to easily locate them in case of Customer request for hard copy signature or internal needs such as resolving disputes with the Agents and Customers (Credit Requests / Credit Notes). Below description of the procedure is based on example of VXLWAW and it is an indication of how the option can be used. (A) Insert HAWB copies - Menu option 1.15.1 This submenu is meant for scanning HAWBs and allocating them to the envelopes with given numbers. Numbers are NOT pre-defined and have to be entered manually. VXLWAW is using continuous envelope numbers, and at the moment it is approaching 48000 (envelopes). This option is also offering a few additional features. Scanning is possible for originals and for copies, therefore it is advised to do the sorting prior to scanning. Otherwise every time HAWB is scanned, user will be required to change Document from Original to Copy and back. 1) Select Menu option 1.15.1 "Insert HAWB copies". This will open a new screen "Handling HAWB copies list" with a list of scan sessions for selected date (dates can be modified). It shows Agent, number of scanned shipments and number of linked shipments (linked means - in the system). Check box "Unlinked" and refresh (F5) to display list of sessions with unlinked shipments (not in the system) - these will have to be entered at the later stage. If this is the case, the "post-linking" has to be done by clicking on icon "Link shipments" on the top Taskbar. Ultimately, at the moment of invoicing, there should be no difference between total number of scanned shipments and linked shipments. Full list of all unlinked HAWBs can be displayed in Menu option 1.15.3 Reports - Unlinked HAWB copies. Menu option 1.15.3.2 is not working at the moment. There is also an option of printing report from scanned session on the top Taskbar. 2) Click on + to start scanning HAWBs into new envelopes 3) Enter OK Envelope Number. OK Envelope is for HAWBs, which are in the system (indicated by YES in column "Linked"). 4) Enter Check Envelope Number. Check Envelope is for HAWBs, which are NOT in the system (column "Linked" is blank). NOTE 1: Numbers in bold displayed on the right side of both boxes indicate how many HAWBs have been scanned so far. VXLWAW scans about 90 HAWBs per envelope. 5) Enter Agent code, from whom we received HAWBs 6) Select type of Document: Original or Copy 7) Using the barcode reader, start scanning HAWBs, one by one NOTE 2: Providing scanned HAWB is in the system, it can be open from "Insert HAWB copies" screen. Otherwise the system will show a warning "Item Not Found" NOTE 3: If scanned HAWB is in the system, but does not have POD, the system will automatically display SSR Entry screen for POD Entry. Close SSR Entry screen, if you do not want to enter POD / Status. If shipment has not been manifested (and therefore POD cannot be entered), click on Open Shipment icon on the top Taskbar. This will open HAWB screen. Click F6, check box "Save as Manifested" and enter POD. Save, then close open windows, until you are back on "Insert HAWB copies" screen NOTE 4: If HAWB has been scanned twice, once as an Original and once as a Copy, both in different envelopes and / or different box - search will find and display both: envelope number and box number where Original and envelope number and box number where Copy are located NOTE 5: The same HAWB can be scanned only once as original and only once as copy, means no second copy can be scanned. This also means that no duplicate HAWB (from different Customers) can be scanned and archived at the moment. However, should this be required, CDT can add extra setting in Depot File (Menu option 3.7 Tab. 9 Settings) "Allow scanning duplicate HAWBs Y/N?" Please request it if you are interested (B) Envelopes Scans - Menu option 1.15.4 Once HAWBs are scanned into envelopes, envelopes can be scanned into boxes with given numbers. Numbers are NOT pre-defined and have to be entered manually. VXLWAW is using continuous box numbers, at the moment it is approaching 560 8) Select Menu option 1.15.4 Envelopes Scans. This will open a new screen "HAWB copies envelopes scans" 9) Enter Envelope number in box "Envelope #" and corresponding Box number in box "Box #". This will automatically allocate File Name of HAWBs scanned in an envelope, in pdf format - described below 10) Keep adding envelope numbers and allocating them to corresponding box. Every time you enter new envelope number - File Name will change. When allocating of the envelopes to the boxes is finished - click on Save 11) VXLWAW is creating "virtual" archive (very useful), by scanning all HAWBs within an envelope in pdf format. In practical terms it means that the person in charge of archiving, takes all HAWBs out of the envelope and scans them all, in random order, in one go. Pdf file is automatically saved on the PC with random file name, e.g. KMBT35020160.pdf VXLWAW then rename this file to match File Name created automatically in "HAWB copies envelopes scans" screen, e.g. to ENVELOPE________100 (for envelope nr 100) and copy them on the server in location that can be accessed by all. By scanning HAWBs in pdf, HAWBs not only can be find in the allocated box nr, but also in pdf file. This means that at any time everyone can have access to HAWB (pdf), without physically looking for a box, then inside the box, for the envelope, then inside the envelope, for required HAWB. This also prevents HAWB from "disappearing for good", if someone in the process of searching for HAWB, has misplaced the envelope by putting it back in the wrong box. 12) Additional options on "HAWB copies envelopes scans" screen are: displaying last 100 envelopes by Date (of scan), displaying last 100 envelopes by number and searching by Envelope nr. (C) Search HAWB copies - Menu option 1.15.2 13) Enter HAWB number you are looking for. This will open a new screen "Scanned HAWB copy search" with HAWB archive information: HAWB, Agent, Date, Envelope nr, Box # and pdf scan File Name. 14) Depending on the system you use, with HAWBs scanned in pdf or without, you either go to pdf files location (see item 11 above) and look for copy of HAWB or you physically go and look for a box number, then envelope number and then for HAWB inside the envelope. (D) Import Box Reference From XLS - Menu option 1.15.15 Apparently this was used by VXLWAW just once, for importing xls with matching numbers of envelopes and boxes, when there was an action of archiving huge (thousands) numbers of HAWBs in one go and it has not been used since. HAWBs still have to be scanned into envelopes and this option only allocates box numbers to the envelopes.

ORBITRAX.WIN	19/06/2017	Attaching the documents to ...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of uploading various types of documents (tariff files, important correspondence, Service Agreement, Credit Application form, Agreement on using GSM by the driver, Copy of the identity card / driver license of the driver, etc) and attaching them to Customer / Agent file? To upload the document, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.1.2 Alter Agent or 3.3.2 Alter Customer 2) Go to Tab. 2 Note 3) Click on button Documents 4) Click on +. This will open a new window "Add document" 5) Select Document type (for the time being the only type available is Agent (general) or Customer (general) 6) In the field "File" upload the file from its location on the PC, by clicking on the little box next to it 7) Enter file description 8) Save NOTE 1: Files of all types: pdf, xls, doc, etc can be uploaded NOTE 2: This option requires a specific configuration of the web server NOTE 3: Option is available from Orbitrax version 12.5.0 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	13/06/2017	Attaching the documents to ...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of uploading various types of documents (pro-forma invoice, customs documents, image of the label, correspondence, etc) and attaching them to HAWB? To upload the document and attach it to HAWB, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 2) On HAWB screen, go to Tab. 4 Other 3) Click on button Documents 4) Click on +. This will open a new window "Add document" 5) Select Document type you want to upload. The choice is between blank (no type), Shipment label (in the future it will be used for the uploading of an image of the label, HAWB), Shipment (general) and Shipment customs (e.g. pro-forma invoice) 6) In the field "File" upload the file from its location, by clicking on little box next to it 7) Enter Description 8) Save NOTE 1: This option requires a specific configuration of the web server NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 12.5.0 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/05/2017	Turnover Report in xls
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can generate a Turnover Report in xls for all Customers and for selected time? To generate Turnover Report, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 4.4.22.5 Turnover Report 2) Select dates you want to generate Turnover Report for 3) Refresh (F5) NOTE 1: Dated selected for generating Turnover Report are shipments Pickup dates. NOTE 2: Details available on screen as well as in xls are: - Customer (Code) - Total (turnover) - Status (A-Active, C-Closed, P-Prospect, S-On Stop). Status of Customers with turnover higher than 0 and status Prospect should be changed to Active - Category - Customer Name - Country (Code) - Zip - Town - Address - Contact (being Main contact as in Customer File, Tab. 6. Contacts) - Email (being an email of Main contact as in Customer File, Tab. 6. Contacts) NOTE 3: Turnover Report is exported to xls by clicking on xls icon on the top taskbar. Having Turnover Report in xls enables sorting the data by all above listed elements. NOTE 4: Option is available from Orbitrax version 14.4.2 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/05/2017	New SSRs
Did you know ... that the new, communication SSRs have been added to Orbitrax? 1) New SSRs are all Standard (not Final, not Critical) and they are: C1 - Customer Service has spoken to Consignee C2 - Contact Consignee not successful C3 - Left a Tel/Mobile voice message to Consignee C4 - Email sent to Consignee C5 - SMS sent to Consignee 2) By default, new SSRs are set for action "Send ASAP", they are not set to be sent on any particular days, they are set not to generate Auto-reminders and they are set to be sent and not fully sent (fully sent SSRs include manually added message) 3) Should you require to change the above setups, go to Menu option 3.10.1 SSR Setup, scroll down to find SSR, open it, make all necessary changes, then Save. NOTE 1: Above SSRs are sent to the Customers usual way and they appear on the website, as any other SSR. NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 12.4.0 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	25/05/2017	New Service Codes (E-Commer...
Did you know ... that on request of a few Members, on top of standard courier (C), Airfreight (A), Road (R) and Seafrieght (S), new Standard Service Codes (STS E) for E-Commerce have been added to Orbitrax? 1) Those newly created STS can be found in Menu option 3.9.6 Service Codes and they are: EEAA00 = E-Commerce Export Airport to Airport EEAD00 = E-Commerce Export Airport to Door EEDA00 = E-Commerce Export Door to Airport EEDD00 = E-Commerce Export Door to Door EIAA00 = E-Commerce Import Airport to Airport EIAD00 = E-Commerce Import Airport to Door EIDA00 = E-Commerce Import Door to Airport EIDD00 = E-Commerce Import Door to Door EDAD00 = E-Commerce Domestic Airport to Door EDDD00 = E-Commerce Domestic Door to Door 2) By default, all those STS are enabled. To disable them (and therefore limit a list of STS available during HAWB entry), open STS and uncheck box "Service enabled" 3) To create more STS: 01,02,03 etc, click + on the top taskbar. This will open a new window "Select service". 4) Scroll down and find basic (00) STS. 5) Click on top left option "Select" on the top taskbar. It will open a new window "Service Standard Properties". 6) Complete new STS details, then Save. NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 12.4.0

ORBITRAX.WIN	02/05/2017	Interfaces Orbitrax > &l...
Dear Members, WQXS have developed and fully tested two interfaces with DHL: 1) Sending shipments (manifest) data from Orbitrax to DHL, without having to use external DHL desktop or web application 2) Automatic importing of PODs / SSRs from DHL, without having to copy them from DHL web Track & Trace and paste them into Orbitrax Interested Members are requested to contact Beata (email: Beata.Porzecka@wqxs.net), who will provide you with further info, as there will be some details you would be required to obtain from your local DHL.

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/04/2017	MAWB Summary Report
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can generate a summary report with the details of selected MAWBs? This report could either serve as linehaul and handling charges analysis material or, when used as an attachment, can be used for re-billing of handling charges to the Customer. In order to generate MAWB Summary report, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.10.3 MAWB Summary. It will open a new window "MAWB Summary Report" 2) If you want to generate report for specific Lineahul Agent, select it from the list. If you want to generate report for all Lineahul Agent, leave box "Linehaul Agent" blank 3) If you want to generate report for specific Origin Gateway, select it from the list. If you want to generate report for all Origin Gateways, leave box "Origin Gateway" blank 4) If you want to generate report for specific Destination Gateway, select it from the list. If you want to generate report for all Destination Gateways, leave box "Destination Gateway" blank 5) Select dates From and To 6) Select report order either by Date or by MAWB Number 7) The following output of the report are available by clicking on corresponding icons on the top taskbar: - xls - print (on printer in pdf format) - preview (on screen) 8) The following elements are included in the report: - Sequence number - MAWB Number - Date - Route - Flight - Weight - number of Bags - Linehaul Agent - Linehaul Charge and currency - Handling Agent at Origin (if there are more than one Agent, they will appear in two separate lines) - Handling at Origin charge and currency - Handling Agent at Destination (if there are more than one Agent, they will appear in two separate lines) - Handling at Destination charge and currency - Total charge in local currency

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/04/2017	MOB(ile device) Communicati...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can generate a report for analysis of PODs / SSRs entered by the driver on his MOB (mobile phone device)? This is in order to control date and time of PODs / SSRs entry by the driver, in comparison to actual POD / SSR date and time. In order to generate this report, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 7.14 MOB Communication statistics 2) Select dates in fields From and To 3) Enter the speed of returning PODs / SSRs in boxes Fast (within X minutes from actual delivery or other event) and Slow (within X minutes from actual delivery or other event) 4) Time adjusted (All / Yes / No) refers to setup on MOB, whereby the driver either is or is not allowed to adjust time of POD / SSR. If he is not allowed - current date and time are prompted and only this date and time can be used as actual time of the event (POD or SSR). If he is allowed to adjust time - current date and time are prompted, but can be changed. This is used by the drivers who enter PODs / SSRs after the event, however should not be abused, as the main purpose for using MOB and advantage of this system is receiving PODs / SSRs from the driver and sending thm to customers in real time. 5) Refresh (F5 or refresh icon on the top taskbar) 6) The system will calculate and display a list of drivers matching the above criteria, total number of PODs / SSRs, number of PODs / SSRs returned fast, normal and slow, as per minutes entered like in item 3) above 7) To generate xls list of HAWBs concerned with the details of POD / SSR entry, click on icon xls on the top taskbar. You will have to name the file and choose its location on your PC. The option of export is either for All Agents on the list or only selected Agent. 8) Information shown in xls include: - HAWB number - Driver Code - SSR Code entered - SSR Description or, in case of POD - name of the recipient - POD / SSR event date and time - POD / SSR entry date and time - Time offset (in hours and minutes), being the difference between POD / SSR entry date and time and POD / SSR event date and time - Entry adjustment - indicates whether or not the driver adjusted date and time of POD / SSR. 0 - No, 1 - Yes. - Date and time of POD / SSR received by the server (for further processing via Orbitran to Orbitrax and then to customer)

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/04/2017	Agent(s) Billing account
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of checking purchase invoices using one, joined Agent(s) billing account? Multiple Agents accounts are often created in Orbitrax, if the Agent offers several different services, but for separate manifesting purpose, it is not possible to use just one Agent Code. However, purchase invoice is coming from one source, regardless the Agent shipments have been manifested to. Example: A company has two accounts opened with DHL: one for express, one for airfrreight. There are two DHL Agents in Orbitrax. DHL is issuing one invoice for both accounts (both Agents). Billing Agent option can also be used in case of several Agents on whose behalf a main office / HQ is issuing one, joined invoice. Example: Agent ABC in Belgium is issuing one joined invoice, for shipments manifested to ABC in Belgium, ABC in Netherlands and ABC in Luxembourg. NOTE: AS a result of the setup explained below, when purchase invoice is registered under Billing Account in Menu option 4.1.1 Purchase Checking and when top left option "Purchase Checking" (HAWB, Linehaul, Handling of Origin, Handling of Destination) is selected, the system will display all HAWBs of all Agents, whose billing account is one under which purchase invoice has been registered. In order to set Billing account: 1) Billing account can be, but does not have to be a "trading" Agent . Make sure that all Agent Accounts exist in Orbitrax. If billing account does not exist - create it. 2) Go to (trading) Agent File in Menu option 3.1.2 Alter Agent, Tab. 1 Main 3) Enter Billing account code in box "Billing Account" 4) Save modified record.

ORBITRAX.WIN	24/04/2017	Imported / Manually entered...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can show statistics of imported / manually entered HAWBs from Customers whose manifest data is supposed to be imported? This option helps to quickly identify not received data and contact Customer in order to resolve the problem. In order to set it up, follow these steps: 1) Go to Customer file, Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer 2) Go to Tab. 4 Communication 3) In the bottom section of the screen, check box "Subject to report Imported HAWBs statistics" 4) Save modified Customer File 5) Customers with checked box "Subject to report Imported HAWBs statistics" will appear in this Report in Menu option 4.4.24 6) By default statistics of yesterday and today will appear on screen 7) Dates can be changed, if requited 8) The following elements are shown on screen: - Group - Customer Code - Category - Total (total number of HAWBs) - Imported (number of imported HAWBs) - Entry (number of manually entered HAWBs) 9) Report can be saved as Excel, by clicking on xls icon on the top taskbar, what allows more detailed analysis of imported / manually entered HAWBs. NOTE 1: HAWBs considered imported are: HAWBs received by interface, received from web, injected from xls NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 12.2.0 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	21/04/2017	POD by SMS to the Shipper
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of sending POD by SMS to the Shipper? 1) In order to send SMS with POD to the Shipper, make sure that in HAWB screen the mobile number of the Shipper is entered in the field "Mobile" and that box "Send SSR" next to it is checked. 2) SMS contains the following info: - HAWB number - Consignee Town - Text "Delivered at" - Date of delivery - Time of delivery - Name of the signatory 3) As soon as POD has been entered in Orbitrax or received by interface, from MOB, from Web etc, it is placed in SMS queue and processed for sending 4) Status of SMS is shown in SSR Log Tab.2 History, section "Export History" NOTE 1: in order to activate SMS Module (if it has not been activated yet), please contact CDT NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 10.2 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	11/04/2017	Weight reconciliation betwe...
Weight reconciliation between Manifest(s) and MAWB Pretty often MAWBs are entered (or injected) in advance as 1 bag and 1 kg. And often, by an oversight, MAWB Pre-Alert is sent to the Agent without correct weight and number of bags. Also, if total weight on MAWB is not changed to actual weight, it results in incorrect MAWB pricing (and consequently errors during Purchase Checking of lihehaul / handling charges) and also, incorrect cost / margins are shown on HAWBs. Although not full and automatic reconciliation between Manifest(s) / MAWB, we worked out the system which helps spotting incorrect weight on MAWB. There is no special setup required. In Menu option 1.10.2 Alter MAWB, we added the columns "Manifest shpts" and "Manifest weight", which are showing 1) total number of shipment manifested on Manifests associated with selected MAWB 2) total dead weight of all Manifests associated with selected MAWB. Both indicate that pre-entered (or pre-injected) weight and possibly the total number of bags on MAWB may have not been changed. NOTE 1: As long as manifest is not printed for selected MAWB, both values Manifest shpts and Manifest weight shows "0". NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 12.2.0 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	10/04/2017	Forcing Agent per country (...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax allows forcing selection of Agents to certain countries on Customer level? This option is useful, when you have Customers who require their shipments to be sent through different (than your default Agent) to various destinations. E.g. You default Agent to Hong Kong is TNT. However, Customer ABCLHR0000 requires their shipments to Hong Kong to be always sent via DHL. To set it up, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer 2) Go to Tab.14 Agents 3) Click on + to add new Agent and allocate country(countries) to this Agent. This will open a new window "Default agents for customer XXXXXXXXXX". 4) Enter (or select from a list) Agent code in box "Agent" 5) Click on box "Modify country list". This will open countries selection window 6) On this list, check box next to the country and click on right green arrow, to move it to the "Selection" part of the screen. You can check more than one box. 7) Once countries have been selected, click on Save. 8) Save modified Customer File. 9) When HAWB is entered for this Customer and for one of those selected countries, the system will force selected Agent. NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 12.2.0 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/03/2017	Copying HAWB(s)
Did you know … that Orbitrax has an option of copying HAWB(s)? This is particularly useful when historical HAWB entry has to be replicated, without having to enter all the details again. To copy HAWB, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.3 Alter / View HAWB(s) 2) Select option “Advanced Search” (middle icon on the top taskbar) 3) Select criteria for the search for original (source) HAWB 4) Locate HAWB on the list of shipments 5) Click on icon “Copy Shipment” (3rd from the right on the top taskbar). It will open a window “Input Value” 6) Enter number of copies of a new HAWB, then click on Save. If number of copies entered is higher than 1, the system will display a warning: “You are about to create selected number of identical records. Are you sure you want to continue? Y/N” NOTE 1: Copied / newly created HAWB(s) are given numbers as per automatic numbering in 3.7 Depot File, Tab. 3 Document Numbers, section “HAWB printing & Numbering”, field “Next number” 7) Copied HAWB(s) have all the details identical to those on original (source) HAWB so, if necessary, they should be modified.

ORBITRAX.WIN	24/02/2017	Registering Pickup and Deli...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has a new option of quick registering and pricing Pickup and Delivery on one, the same HAWB, without having to create Pickup Order? To achieve this, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.7 Depot File, Tab. 9 Settings 2) Check box "Using matrix" in section "Pickup job" on the right hand side of the screen. 3) Save modified Depot File 4) Pre-enter HAWB in Menu option 1.2 Pre-Enter HAWB(s) 5) Enter Pickup Agent in filed Pickup. If required, you can also enter Pickup Agent HAWB nr in field "HAWB" 6) Providing the Pickup Agent has set up sending Pickup Request in Agent File, Tab. 4 Communication (function PICKUP REQUEST), you can also generate Pickup Request by clicking on icon "Send Pickup Request" on the top taskbar. 7) HAWB will be correctly priced, on Customer, Pickup and Delivery Agent, providing Zone Set and Zone Matrix have been set up prior in Menu options 3.8.3.5 and 3.8.3.3 respectively. NOTE 1: Instruction of how to set up Zone Set and Zone Matrix have been sent in System News on 11/09/2015, subject "ZONE MATRIX - simplified zoning and tariffs entry". This instruction can also be downloaded from www.wqxs.net / Members Area / Downloads. Alternatively, contact CD Team for assistance NOTE 2: To complete Pickup / Delivery HAWB pricing, you can also use new functionality of import MAWB cost allocation, as per System News on 20/02/2017, subject "Adding import MAWB charges to HAWB(s)". NOTE 3: Correct pricing of Pickup Agent on HAWB may take a few seconds, as it has to be locally processed by Orbitran. NOTE 4: Option is available from Orbitrax version 12.1 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	20/02/2017	Adding import MAWB charges ...
Did you know ... that a new option of adding Import MAWB to HAWB(s) has been added to Orbitrax, in order to show full lineheaul (both - import and export) charges on HAWB? This option can be used either separately or as a part of a new procedure of registering pickup and delivery on one HAWB, without having to create Pickup Order (this new procedure will be described in the next System News). To link import MAWB and its charges with HAWB(s) follow these steps: 1) Enter import MAWB in Menu option 1.10.1 (exactly the same way export MAWBs are entered) 2) Go to Menu option 1.6.15 Import MAWB allocation 3) Click on + to add import MAWB number. This will enter a new window "Import MAWB allocation" 4) Enter import MAWB number and date 5) Click on + to add HAWB(s) 6) Once HAWB(s) have been added, click on Save 7) Click on icon "Select" (top left icon on the top taskbar) to confirm allocated MAWB and change its status to "Confirmed" NOTE 1: Upon confirmation of import MAWB and providing it was priced (either automatically or manually), its total cost is allocated to HAWB(s) linked to this MAWB (like in item 5 above), in proportion to their weight. The higher the weight of HAWB, the bigger part of MAWB cost is allocated. NOTE 2: Number of HAWB(s) linked to import MAWB is shown on the screen in column "Shipments" and their details can be viewed by clicking on icon 'Shipments list" on the top taskbar NOTE 3: Opened and Confirmed import MAWBs, for selected period, can be viewed by selecting one of the statuses in box "Status" NOTE 4: Option is available in Orbitrax version 12.1.0 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/01/2017	Light Pack on shipments lis...
Did you know ... that on top of a standard Pack, a Light Pack has been added to shipments list? Standard Shipments Pack allows making the same change on group (Pack) of HAWBs, but requires creating Pack and giving it a name. Light version of Pack, does not force the user to name the Pack and allows changes directly from shipments list, withought having to go to Menu option 1.16.Shipments Pack To use Light Pack on shipments list, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) 2) Click on icon "Advanced Search" from the top taskbar. If will open a new window "Advanced Search" 3) Enter criteria for your search and Save 4) Mark (highlight blue) shipments which you wish to update 5) Click on icon "Update shipments" on the top taskbar. This will open a new window "Update shipments in pack" 6) Enter required changes 7) Save 8) After "Update success" message is shown, the system will ask "Do you want to save Pack?" Answer "N" will not save Pack and move you back to shipments list. Answer "Y" will open a new window "Pack properties", where Pack can be named and saved as either Private (it is Private by default) or Public Pack (by unchecking box "Private pack") NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 11.5.5 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/01/2017	Customer Summary Status Rep...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can generate Customer Summary Status Report, being a summary of statuses of shipments registered in Orbitrax in certain period of time? This has been developed on request of several Customers, who want to know in the morning the summary status of their shipments sent on the previous day / night. NOTE 1: Report works only for Customers sending data either by interface or via website. The elements of the Report are: 1) Shipments received too late - shows total number of shipments and a list of HAWBs which received SSR 17 "Shipment received", followed by SSR 68 "Delayed - Shipment received after cut-off time" 2) Shipments received, but put ON-HOLD - shows total number of shipments and a list of HAWBs which received SSR 17 "Shipment received" and have been then put On Hold. Exceptions are HAWBs which have been put On Hold due to SSR 68 "Delayed - Shipment received after cut-off time", which fall into category "Shipments received too late" as in item 1) above 3) Shipments manifested, but not received - shows total number of shipments and a list of HAWBs which received SSR 52 "Manifested but not arrived (missing) at import station" 4) Shipments received and manifested/out for delivery - shows total number of shipments and a list of HAWBs which received SSR 17 "Shipment received", followed either by SSR 18 "Shipment manifested" or by SSR 23 "Out for delivery" 5) Shipments received unmanifested - shows total number of shipments and a list of HAWBs which were not received by interface / via web and were entered in Orbitrax manually. NOTE 2: Report can be previewed, printed or saved as pdf. Due to the fact that customer also require copy of HAWBs of shipment(s) received unmanifested (item 5 above), report is not sent automatically, but requires saving as pdf, which can be then sent as email attachment, together with scanned copies of HAWBs of unmanifested shipments. NOTE 3: Upto Orbitrax version 11.5 Report can be found in Menu option 9.6.1.4. From version Orbitrax 11.6. onwards, Report will be available in Menu option 2.4.8. Customer Summary Status Report.

ORBITRAX.WIN	24/01/2017	Warehouse labels
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of printing Warehouse labels with the barcodes? Scanning these barcodes replaces using the keyboard in order to enter (scan) Agent name, Gateway IATA code and perform certain operations. This is particularly useful when shipments are scanned far from the PC (keyboard). The labels should be printed and stuck on the wall nearby scanning place. Labels can be printed per Agent (including drivers) and / or Gateway. In order to print the labels follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.13.8 Print Warehouse Labels. This will open a window "Warehouse Labels Print" 2) Select (check) either option "by Agent" or "By Gateway" 3) Select from combo box either Agent or Gateway for which you want to print the label 4) Click on icon Preview on the top taskbar to preview label to be printed or click on icon Print to print the label 5) The label consists of the following details: - (a) barcode with Agent code or IATA Gateway code - (b) Agent name or Gateway description - (c) Agent or Gateway location (town and country) - 1 - barcode to "Add piece" - 2 - barcode to "Reallocate Agent" - 3 - barcode to "Save Anyway" - 4 - barcode to "Delete" - 5 - barcode to "Exit" NOTE: Scanning barcodes (a) replaces manual entry of Agent Code or Gateway code on keyboard. Scanning barcodes 1-5 replaces using keys 1-5 on keyboard.

ORBITRAX.WIN	16/01/2017	Printing labels for shipmen...
Did you know ... that you can print the labels for shipments to be released from On Hold? This is particularly useful in case of shipments that have to be taken off Hold and redelivered to the new address, which has been changed in HAWB screen. To print the labels for On Hold shipments follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.7.2 Released Delayed HAWB(s) 2) Select criteria in Advanced Search 3) On screen "Delayed Shipments", select (mark blue) shipments to be released from On Hold NOTE 1: If Delayed Until date are used, sort data by Delayed Until column and select shipments to be released on given date, by marking them by using combination of Shift+left mouse click 4) Once HAWBs to be released from On Hold have been selected, click on icon Print label (barcode) on the top taskbar 5) Labels will be printed: - by the LAST digit of HAWB number, then - by Customer Code, then - by the zipcode NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 11.4.1 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/12/2016	Modifications of some reports
Did you know ... that there were modifications made recently on some of the Orbitrax reports? Modifications have been made on the following reports: - Special Pre-Alert (from HAWB screen) - Pickup Request (from HAWB screen - Pre-Entry) - On-Hold shipments Report (Menu option 1.7.2) A. Special Pre-Alert Pre-Alert for Special Services is sent to the Agent (as per communication set in Agent File 3.1.2 Alter Agent, Tab. 4. Communication) in order to communicate Special Service required. To send Special Pre-Alert, click on icon "Alert" on HAWB top taskbar. 1) Modification: barcode has been added to the Special Pre-Alert B. Pickup Request Pickup Request is sent to the Agent as per communication set in Agent File 3.1.2 Alter Agent, Tab. 4. Communication, based on HAWB Pre-Entry. To send Pickup Request, click on icon "Send Pickup Request" (envelope) on HAWB top taskbar. 2) Modification: "Send & Print" option has been added to Pickup Request (before only "Send" option was available) C. On-Hold Shipments Report On-Hold Shipments Report can be generated in Menu option 1.7.2 Release Delayed HAWB(s), through Advanced Search. To print On-Hold Shipments Report, click on icon "Print" (printer) on the top taskbar of the Delayed Shipments list, then select criteria in window "Delayed shipment report". 3) Modification 1: barcodes have been added to the report 4) Modification 2: dimensions have been added to the report 5) Modification 3: report is printed by the last digit of HAWB - from the lowest to the highest NOTE: Modifications are available from Orbitrax version 11.4.1 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	27/12/2016	Light Pack on Driver Run Sh...
Did you know ... that light version of Shipments Pack (Light Pack) has been added to Driver Run Sheet in Menu option 6.2? Standard Shipments Pack, which allows making the same change on group (Pack) of HAWBs, requires creating Pack name and making those changes is only available in Menu option 1.16.1 Pack of shipments. Light version of Pack, for the time being added only to Driver Run Sheet, does not force the user to name the Pack and allows changes directly from Driver Run Sheet displayed on screen. To use Light Pack on Driver Run Sheet, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 6.2 Driver Run Sheet 2 By default, current date is displayed. If required, dates can be changed. Other elements displayed are: Drivers with shipments allocated to them on selected date(s), total number of jobs, number of jobs finished (Delivered, Picked up) and number of jobs pending. 3) Highlight (mark blue) and double click a line with the Driver for whom you want to generate Run Sheet. This will open a Run Sheet for selected driver 4) Click on icon "Update shipments" on the top taskbar 5) The system will ask "Do you want to update all shipments from the list" Y/N 6) In newly opened window "Update shipments in pack", enter required changes 7) Click on icon "Save" to start update process 8) When information "Update success" is displayed, click on OK. This will result in a popup of a next question "Do you want to save Pack?" Y/N 9) Answer N will not save Pack and will move you back to Driver Run Sheet, answer Y will open a window "Pack properties" where Pack can be named. Also, by checking or unchecking box "Private pack", Pack can be marked as either private or public. Then click on icon Save. NOTE 1: As in standard Pack, changes of pricing in Light Pack have to be made with caution, as this operation is irreversible. NOTE 2: Light Pack, being easier and quicker created than standard Pack, will be gradually added to other Orbitrax menus. NOTE 3: Option is available from Orbitrax version 11.4.1 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	20/12/2016	Outstanding SSR Report for ...
Did you know ... that Outstanding SSR Report for Agent (Menu option 2.4.6) has been modified to make it more selective and transparent? 1) Outstanding SSR Report for Agent previously contained the following elements: - Daily, Weekly, Monthly Requests (as per setup in Agent File - Menu option 3.1.2 Alter Agent, Tab. 4 Communication) - All Agents - Selective Agents (to be selected by checking box "Selected") - Export Date - Pickup Date - Period From - Period To - box "Ignore standard rules" (when this box is check, SSR Report ignores transit time, SSR setup and date of last status) - Order of output (default or screen order) 2) The newly added elements are: - Agent type (Any, Partner, Driver, Other - to match type in Agent File). This allows generating report only for one type of Agent, e.g. only drivers - box "Ignore ON-HOLD shipments". When this box is checked, SSR Report excludes shipments allocated to selected (or all) Agent(s), which are currently On Hold - Service. When left blank - SSR will include shipments with all Services. When Service is selected, SSR Report includes only shipments with selected Service. - box "Selective". Checking this box will generate a Report with reverse Agents selection. It means that Report will include shipments for ALL but selected Agents (all except selected Agents). NOTE: New options are available from Orbitrax version 11.4.1 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	19/12/2016	Scheduled / regular pickups
Did you know ... that regular pickups can be scheduled in Orbitrax and transferred every day to Dispatcher screen? 1) Regular pickups can be set in Menu option 3.12.3. Pickup definition. The elements of a regular pickup are: - Caller - Customer - Shipper details - Consignee details - Dispatcher - Service code - Type of job - Agent - Vehicle type - Weight - Type of payment - Active days - Period from - Period to (enter 01/01/2100 if ending date is unknown) 2) To transfer scheduled pickups to Dispatcher screen, highlight (mark blue) ALL scheduled pickups and click on icon "Export pickup definition" on the top taskbar. All pickups scheduled for current date will be transferred. NOTE: If amongst transferred pickups there is one of a Customer who is On Stop, the system displays a warning: "Customer XYZ0000000 has status ON STOP. Do you want to continue? Y/N". If you continue, all pickups matching current date, including those of Customers On Stop, will be transferred. If you want to exclude transfer of scheduled pickups from Customer On Stop, select answer N(o), sort screen by Customer code and leave pickups of Customer On Stop unmarked, when doing the transfer to Dispatcher screen.

ORBITRAX.WIN	14/12/2016	Zero Income Report
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can generate Zero Income Report? This is useful when a company uses Customer accounts, which should always show zero income, such as company own accounts, test accounts, etc. Report is called "Zero Income Report", however it is a lists of HAWBs, which are not priced at zero (as they should be) and therefore require manual pricing. To generate this report, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 4.4.22.4 Zero Income Report 2) Click on little box next to field "Customers". This will display a list of all Customers 3) On the left hand side of the screen, highlight (mark blue) Customers whose HAWBs should always show zero income 4) Click on right arrow to move selected Customers the right hand side of the screen 5) Save 6) Number of selected Customers will be shown in field "Customers" 7) Displayed on screen will be all not invoiced HAWBs, with pricing other than zero, for selected Customers. 8) To change HAWB pricing to zero, open HAWB by clicking on top left icon "Open" on the top taskbar. When you save this modified HAWB and refresh "Zero income report screen", this HAWB will disappear from the shipments list. Ultimately, at the end of the process, there should be no HAWBs displayed on screen NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 11.4.4 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	12/12/2016	Returning shipment(s) - new...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has now a new option dedicated to handle return shipments? The procedure applies to handling shipments return to the Customer, Shipper or third party, due to failed delivery (refused, incorrect address), misroutes, damaged and any other occurrences which result in request of shipment being returned. Returned HAWB(s) = original shipment(s) we are returning Return HAWB = HAWB we are returning original shipments on Return HAWB can be created either for single HAWB (from HAWB screen by clicking on icon "Ret" on top taskbar) or for multiple HAWBs from shipments list (by clicking on icon "Return" on top taskbar) How to use return shipment procedure, step by step: 1) In Menu option 3.7 Depot File, Tab. 6. Overnight/Triangle/Return, in section "Return service", add default STS (Standard Service Code) for return shipments. This STS can be changed during creation of return HAWB 2) Save modified Depot File 3) To create return HAWB for a SINGLE HAWB, go to Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) 4) Click on icon "Ret" on the top taskbar. This will open a new window, where both Pickup and Export dates of return HAWB should be entered 5) Once dates have been entered, a new window with return HAWB will appear 6) By default original Consignee is a new Shipper and Customer is a new Consignee on return HAWB, however clicking on little box next to Shipper and Consignee Name expands possible Shipper and Consignee selection. Available options for Shipper are: - Customer - Customer & Consignee list - Depot - Clear All, should Shipper details be different than all the above Available options for Consignee are: - Customer - Consignee list - Depot - Shipper original - Clear all, should Consignee details be different than all the above 7) By default, text "Return of HAWB XXX" is added to Special Instruction field, whereby XXX is returned HAWB number 8) Number of returned HAWB can either be entered manually (e.g. as advised by Customer requesting return) or can be allocated automatically, as per setup in Menu option 3.7 Depot File, Tab. 3. Document numbers, section "HAWB printing & Numbering" 9) Save newly created, return HAWB NOTE 1: Shipment description, value, number of pieces and weight are all copied from returned HAWB to return HAWB. NOTE 2: Clicking on button "Return" (next to HAWB number) on returned HAWB will display return HAWB. Clicking on button "Returned" (next to HAWB number) will display returned HAWB. NOTE 3: Once return HAWB has been created and saved, final SSR 70 Shipment returned is automatically added to SSR Log of returned HAWB, indicating return HAWB number in SSR Subject, e.g. "70 Shipment returned under HAWB: 12345678912345" 10) To create return HAWB for MULTIPLE HAWBs, go to Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s), Advanced Search 11) Select criteria to display shipments list 12) Select HAWBs to be returned then click on icon "Return" on the top taskbar. This will open a new window, where both Pickup and Export dates of return HAWB should be entered 13) Follow steps 5-9 as above. NOTE 4: Due to lack of space, HAWB number of returned HAWBs are not listed in Special Instruction field (item 7 above) NOTE 5: In case of multiple HAWBs, pieces and weight of return HAWB equal number of all returned shipments and their total (dead) weight. NOTE 6: Selection of HAWBs from list can be done by: left mouse click + Shift to select block of HAWBs or left mouse click + Ctrl to select various HAWBs NOTE 7: In case of selection of HAWBs from various Customers, a warning "Multiple customers selected. Do you want to continue?" will appear. Selection of HAWBs from various customers is not always a mistake. Sometimes it can be the case of HAWBs from various departments or depots of the same Customer to be returned in bulk, to the same Consignee. If this is the case, after Pickup and Export dates of return HAWB have been entered, a list of all selected Customers will appear and a single Customer has to be selected. Press Esc to quit the list and select Customer of return HAWB manually. NOTE 8: Clicking on button "Return" (next to HAWB number) on returned HAWBs will display return HAWB. Clicking on button "Returned" (next to HAWB number) will display a list of returned HAWBs. NOTE 9: Once return HAWB has been created and saved, final SSR 70 Shipment returned is automatically added to SSR Log of all returned HAWBs, indicating return HAWB number in SSR Subject, e.g. "70 Shipment returned under HAWB: 12345678912345" NOTE 10: Option is available from Orbitrax version 11.4.10 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	08/12/2016	Copying Customer File
Did you know ... that existing Customer file can be used as a template for creating other Customer account(s)? This is particularly useful when opening separate accounts for Customer's Departments whereby, perhaps except Name, all other details and settings may be identical. To copy existing Customer file into a new Customer file follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer 2) Enter first letter(s) of a Customer Code to display a list of Customers 3) Highlight Customer details you want to copy into a new Account 4) Click on icon "Copy customer" on the top taskbar. This will open a new window 5) Enter new Customer Code, click on Save 6) This will open a new Customer file, whereby ALL details are copied over the original Customer NOTE 1: Regardless the Status of Customer you copy from, newly created Customer is, by default, on Status Prospect. This can be modified before saving this newly created Customer file. 7) Modify any details that may require modification 8) Save NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 11.4.3 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	06/12/2016	Automatically putting HAWBs...
Did you know ... that HAWBs matching some pre-set criteria can automatically get flag On Hold? There are cases when shipments must be put On Hold and Customer / Consignee / Customs contacted in order to arrange delivery, customs clearance, mean of transport, etc. In order to set the rules for HAWBs to be automatically put On Hold follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.7.5 Delayed rules files. This will open a new window "Delayed rules list" 2) Click on icon + on the top taskbar. This will open a new window "Delayed rule properties" 3) In field "Rule type" select one of the options: - T-Status shipments - Outsized shipments - Heavy weight shipments 4) In field Set On Hold Category, choose On Hold Category shipments automatically put On Hold should fall into (Categories are set in Menu option 1.7.4 Delayed Category files) 5) Enter rule description in field Description 6) Select Customer in field Customer or leave blank for all Customers 7) Then, depends on rule type enter: - for T-status shipments - amount in field Value Limit and currency in field Currency - for Outsized shipments - highest, single piece dimension in field Size limit (cm) - for Heavy weight shipment - weight (in full kg, no decimals) in field Weight limit per piece 8) check box Active to activate or leave it unchecked, to disable the rule 9) Save NOTE 1: Rules set as above will result in new HAWBs matching criteria being moved automatically to On Hold (Menu option 1.7.2) NOTE 2: The above applies to HAWBs pre-entered, entered, imported by interface, imported from web, injected from xls. When shipments matching the pre-set criteria are scanned in, the system displays warming PUT ON HOLD and gives PUT ON HOLD sound message, to make sure that the scanning person physically moves shipment to On Hold area NOTE 3: Option is available from Orbitrax version 11.4.3 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/11/2016	Ignoring Customer Billing a...
Did you know ... that although HAWBs of a Customer can be billed on a Billing (different) account, special services (SPS) of relevant HAWBs can still be billed on original account? Example: HAWB has been entered under Customer ABCBRU0000. Billing account for Customer ABCBRU0000 is XYZBRU0000. That means that HAWBs entered under account ABCBRU0000 will be entirely billed on account XYZBRU0000. However, if there is a requirement that special services (STS, such as timed deliveries, returns, redeliveries, etc) are billed on original ABCBRU0000 account, here is how to do it: 1) Go to Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) 2) Go to Tab.3 Pricing 3) Mark (highline blue) Customer SPS pricing line 4) Open it by clicking on top left icon on the top taskbar (Edit pricing item). This will open a new window "Customer charge" 5) Check box "Ignore customer billing account" 6) Click on Save 7) Save modified HAWB This will result in SPS being billed directly on original Customer Code instead of Billing Account (in our example SPS will be billed on ABCBRU0000 account instead of XYZBRU0000. NOTE 1: The same method can be used for billing entire HAWB on original account instead of on Billing account, however if this is the case, box "Ignore customer billing account" has to be checked on each pricing line separately NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 11.4.1 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/11/2016	On Hold categories
Did you know ... that shipments put On Hold can now be categorized? As a reminder - HAWBs / shipments can be put On Hold for multiple reasons: failed delivery, customs processing, damaged, improperly packed while re-packing, held for pick-up, future delivery requested by the consignee, misrouted, received after cut-off time, basically all HAWBs / shipments that should be temporarily excluded from Manifests / Delivery Sheets. Previously, all shipments were appearing on one, joined list (1.7.2 Release Delayed HAWB(s)) and the user could identify a reason of On Hold only by SSR (if SSR was entered during putting shipment On Hold, what was not mandatory). Assigning a category while putting HAWB On Hold allows easier preview of all On Hold shipments and makes it more transparent. To create On Hold categories follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.7.4 Delayed category files. This will open a new window "Delayed category list" 2) Click on + to create a new category. This will open a new window "Delayed category properties" 3) Enter Category name in the field "Category" 4) Enter Category description in the field "Description" NOTE 1: HAWBs assigned to a certain On Hold category can appear in Call Log in Menu option 9.6. It basically allows the user to contact consignee and keep record of those contacts, before shipment can be put Off Hold and sent out for either delivery or return. Functionality of a Call Log will be described in the next System News. 5) If HAWBs assigned to a category should appear in Call Log, check box "Subject to Call Log" 6) Save NOTE 2: If On Hold categories have been set up, it is mandatory to select a category during putting shipment On Hold: - either for a single HAWB in Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s), Tab 2. Manifest, section On Hold options, field Category or - for multiple HAWB(s) via Menu option 1.7.1 Delay HAWB(s), Advanced Search, shipments list, top taskbar icon Delay HAWB NOTE 3: If HAWB has been put On Hold under certain category and release Off Hold date is not known yet, this category appears on HAWB screen, under red flag On-HOLD NOTE 4: If HAWB has been put On Hold under certain category and release Off Hold date has been already entered, instead of category, release date appears on this HAWB screen, under red flag On-HOLD NOTE 5: When displaying a list of On Hold HAWBs in Menu option 1.7.2 Release Delayed HAWB(s), HAWBs of all Categories are listed by default (top left box Category: Any). However, by selecting a specific category from combo box Category, only HAWBs allocated to this category will be listed. NOTE 6: Typical examples of On Hold categories: - 1st DELIVERY TO BE ARRANGED (typically subject to Call Log) - CUSTOMS / T-Status - DAMAGED - DELAYED OUTBOUND (received after cut off time) - FAILED DELIVERY - HEAVY WIGHT / OVERSIZED - HELD FOR PICK-UP - MISROUTED SHIPMENT NOTE 7: Option is available from Orbitrax version 11.4.3 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	25/11/2016	Flag "Final" on H...
Did you know ... that on HAWB screen flag "Delivered" can be dynamically replaced by a flag "Final"? This is useful when identifying shipments without flag "Delivered" being checked, yet closed with final status other than POD, without having to go to SSR Log. Flag "Final" (instead of flag "Delivered") will appear on HAWB screen (Menu option 1.3) when one of the following SSRs have been entered in SSR Log: 22 - Onforwarded by post - delivery in outer location 24 - Onfwd to subcontractor - POD will not be Available 26 - Handed over to (Agent of) Customer of Shipment Picked-up 27 - Pickup attempted 28 - Pickup not attempted 43 - Given to Consignees Customs Broker (POD equivalent) 70 - Shipment returned to Sender as agreed with export Station 71 - Shipment destroyed upon request of Shipper 79 - Shipment confiscated by Customs 80 - Confirmed lost shipment 95 - Claim closed NOTE: Option is available from Orbitrax version 11.4 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	07/10/2016	Multiple STS on Customer or...
Did you know ... that in order to avoid copying Customer or Agent tariffs, you can select multiple STS (Standard Transport Service code) in Customer / Agent tariff entry screen? This is particularly useful, when the Customer / Agent has the same tariff for many services to enter. To add STS to Customer / Agent tariff entry screen, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.9.2.1 Enter Customer Tariff or 3.9.1.1 Enter Agent Tariff. This will open a window "Tariff Properties" 2) Enter (the usual way) Type of the tariff, CRB / ARB, Tariff Code, Active from and Expired dates 3) In the bottom right section of the screen "Services" click on icon +. This will open a new window "Select Service" with a list of all active STS 4) Select STS to which the tariff applies. If you need to select more than one STS, select them one by one (option multi-select doesn't work here) 5) Click on icon Save at the top taskbar. This will open a tariff details entry window 6) Continue with the tariff details entry, as usual. NOTE: The option of multiple STS selection on Customer tariff existed before, the option of multiple STS selection on Agent tariff is available from Orbitrax version 11.4.0 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	03/10/2016	Customer FSS Tariff
Did you know ... that full Customer FSS tariff has been recently added to Orbitrax, expanding FSS options beyond existing FSS in %? To enter Customer FSS tariff, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer (for existing Customers, otherwise 3.3.1 Enter Customer) 2) Go to Tab. 3. Financial 3) In the newly added, bottom section "Customer FSS parameters", enter FSS tariff code in box "Tariff FSS" 4) Click on yellow icon next to box "Tariff FSS" to open Customer FSS Tariff entry window. If FSS for entered code already exists, it will be displayed. 5) Click on + on the top taskbar 6) This will open a new window "Customer Tariff Header Properties" 7) Enter values in boxes: - Country - Zone Code - Service - Tariff Code - Category - Active from (date) - Expired (date) NOTE 1: If you leave the above values blank, it would mean selection of ALL. 8) Save. This will open a tariff proper entry window "Customer FSS tariff code" 9) Select one of the types of FSS tariff: - Weight (per kg) - Pieces - Weight / Distance (Weight Up/To, Minimum, Basic, Per/km) - Distance / Weight (Kilometers Up/To, Basic, First/kg, Additionals, Per/Kg) - Percent (the old option) 10) Enter FSS tariff currency and Description 11) Continue entering tariff like any other tariff 12) Save NOTE 2: Customers FSS tariffs can also be entered / previewed / modified in Menu option 3.9.2.4 Customer FSS Tariff NOTE 3: Option is available from Orbitrax version 11.3 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/09/2016	Displaying Number of HAWBs ...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of displaying number of HAWBs vs Pickup Order (PO)? To the companies who do not bill Customers on Pickup Orders created by F12, but only on corresponding HAWB(s), it is essential to control that every Pickup Order has HAWB(s) entered and linked to this Pickup Order. Until recently, when a list of Pickup Orders was displayed (in Menu option 1.3, Advanced Search, Type P-up Order), and column HAWB next to column PO# was blank, it could mean one of the two things: - either that there was no HAWB linked to the Pickup Order at all or - that there were multiple HAWBs linked to the Pickup Order. Consequently, the user had to open all such Pickup Orders, one by one, to check what was the case. Now, for the controlling purpose, when a list of Pickup Orders is displayed (in Menu option 1.3, Advanced Search,Type P-up Order), it contains an additional column P.Sh (short for Pickup/Shipment), showing number of HAWB(s) allocated to selected (highlighted) Pickup Order. The option allows the user reviewing Pickup Orders without HAWBs entered / linked to them and complete HAWBs entries before invoice run. NOTE 1: If column P.Sh is blank and no HAWB number is shown in column HAWB, it means that no HAWB has been entered / linked with his Pickup Order. NOTE 2: If column P.Sh is blank, but HAWB number is shown in column HAWB, it means that although HAWB has been entered in field HAWB of Pickup Order, no HAWB has been entered / linked with this Pickup Order.

ORBITRAX.WIN	22/09/2016	Volumetric Weight Internal ...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can generate Internal Manifest (Report) showing volumetric weight, even if Agent is not advised about volumetric on Manifest "proper"? This allows locating any possible error entries of dimensions / volumetric weight at the early stage of HAWB processing and prevents incorrect pricing / billing. In order to print Internal Manifest Repot, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.6.1 Print Manifest 2) Enter Manifest details, the usual way 3) Instead of selecting option Print, click on icon P.Int (Print Internally) on the top taskbar 4) This will generate a Report in form of INTERNAL Manifest, with specified dimensions and volumetric weight, where available 5) However, when Manifest "proper" is generated, its layout will depend on Agent's setup in Agent File - Menu option 3.1.2, Tab. 4 Communication, box "Print Volumetric weight". Dimensions and Volumetric weight will be printed on Manifest only for the Agents whose box "Print Volumetric weight" is checked. Otherwise only dead weight will be printed. NOTE 1: The same Report can be printed from Menu option 1.6.2 Re-Print Manifest NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 11.3 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	19/09/2016	Volumetric Weight Error Rep...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax can assist you in locating incorrectly entered shipment piece(s) dimensions / volumetric weight? This option will not eliminate all dimensions / volumetric entry errors, but can help in finding HAWBs with volumetric weight likely to be incorrect, based on comparison with the dead weight. In order to run Volumetric Weight Error Report, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 4.4.22.2 Volumetric Weight Error Report 2) Select dates From and To as a period for which you wish to generate a Report NOTE 1: Based on CDT tests, the prompted formula for locating HAWBs with "suspicious" volumetric weight is: "suspicious volumetric weight" => dead weight x 5 + 10 kg, however both values 5 and 10 can be changed in boxes A. and B. respectively, depending on company's own calculations of "suspicious" volumetric weight formula 3) Once bove criteria have been entered, click on icon Refresh on the top taskbar 4) This will display a list of HAWBs matching selected criteria. If no HAWBs are listed, it means that there are no HAWBs matching those criteria 5) List contains the following elements: - HAWB (number) - Pickup date - Customer (Code) - Pieces - Dead weight - Volumetric weight - Dimensions (list of dimensions entered for each piece of HAWB) EXAMPLE: There are two HAWBs displayed on a list: (A) HAWB 201506262, 3 pieces, Dead weight 12,00 kg, Volumetric Weight 343,00 kg, Dimensions [100x120x140][20x20x20][30x30x30] (B) Calculation: 12,00 kg x 5 + 10 kg = 70 kg, therefore Volumetric weight of 343,00 kg is considered "suspicious" (A) HAWB 201506261, 2 pieces, Dead weight 2,00 kg, Volumetric weight 68,20 kg, Dimensions [60x60x60][50x50x50] (B) Calculation: 2,00 kg x 5 +10 kg = 20 kg, therefore Volumetric weight of 68,20 kg is considered "suspicious" 6) The details as displayed on screen can be either previewed or printed on a printer by selecting one of these options from the top taskbar NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 11.3 onwards

ORBITRAX.WIN	31/08/2016	Inbound Manifest Print
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of printing a list (Manifest from Customers) of all shipments imported into Orbitrax? This concerns HAWBs imported from external sources, such as HAWBs entered by Customers on the web, HAWBs transferred between two Orbitraxes or received via interfaces. List of imported HAWBs is often used in case of lack of "paper" Manifest, for comparing the details of shipment with the details of HAWBs imported into Orbitrax. In order to print a list of imported HAWBs, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.9.4 Inbound Manifest Print. This will open a new window "Inbound Manifest Print" 2) By default, records of last 7 days are displayed, but if needed you change dates From and To. If you want to print Manifest from one day, both dates should be identical 3) Click on Refresh icon on the top taskbar 4) The following details are displayed on a list of Manifests: - Date Upto (Manifest Date) - Imported - date and time of import of the Manifest file - Customer (Code) - MAWB (number) if available, otherwise column Mawb is blank - Flight (if available), otherwise column Flight is blank - Dox - Dox Manifest number or blank indicates this is Dox Manifest, otherwise column Dox shows NULL - Ndx - Ndx Manifest number or blank indicates this is Ndx Manifest, otherwise column Ndx shows NULL - Hv - Hv (High Value) Manifest number or blank indicates this is Hv Manifest, otherwise column Hv shows NULL 5) Available output options indicated by the icons on the top taskbar are: - Print (on printer) - Preview (on screen) - Pdf (saves file in pdf format) - List of shipments on selected Manifest. From this list, selected HAWB screen can be displayed.

ORBITRAX.WIN	26/08/2016	Invoice export history
Did you know ... that Orbitrax stores THE details of how and where electronic invoices (INV) have been sent? Orbitrax offers an option of sending invoices electronically, in various formats and to multiple recipients. This can be set up in Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer, Tab. 4 Communication (see System News of 15/04/2016 - "Invoice Specifications in various formats"). To check what INV formats were sent to which recipients follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 4.2.8 Re-Print Confirmed Invoices 2) In box "Search by" select either option (by) Date Range or (by) Number 3) If option Date Range has been selected, enter dates From and To. These are dates of Invoices. If you are searching for particular date, dates From and To should be identical 4) If option Number has been selected, enter INV number From and To. If you are searching for one particular INV number, numbers From and To should be identical 5) Once either dates or number have been entered, press F5 or select icon Refresh on the top taskbar to display a list of INV matching selected criteria 6) Select (highlight blue) required INV and click on icon HIST on the top taskbar 7) Hitting icon HIST will open a new window "Invoice export history", where the following elements are displayed: - Export type (type and format) - Output (EMAIL) - Status (Sent, Error, Waiting) - Error message (if any) - Sent at (date and time when INV has been sent) - Sent to (email addresses of all recipients as setup in Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer, Tab. 4 Communication) - Subject of all emails by which INV has been sent NOTE 1: Depending on setup in Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer, Tab. 4 Communication, recipients of each email and subjects of all emails may be different. NOTE 2: If, for whatever reason, INV has to be re-sent (by clicking on "envelope" icon on the top taskbar) the new details of sending will also be shown in "Invoice export history" window.

ORBITRAX.WIN	16/08/2016	HAWB number and Customer re...
Did you know ... that HAWB number and Customer reference can be transferred to Pickup Order? This should be used when there is one HAWB linked to one Pickup Order, created either by option PICK on HAWB screen or option PICK from the Shipments list. Transfer of HAWB number to Pickup Order is NOT automatic. In order to set it up, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.7 Depot File 2) Go to Tab. 9. Settings 3) In the bottom right section "Pickup Order", check box "HAWB transfer to Pickup Order" NOTE 1: HAWB number will appear on Dispatcher screen, together with Pickup Order number, if HAWB has been added to the visible elements in Menu option 3.12.2 Dispatch module configuration NOTE 2: HAWB number will be sent to MOB of the Pickup Agent as one of the details of Pickup Order (Pickup or Sprinter), so that the Driver can give it to the Shipper as Pickup reference.

ORBITRAX.WIN	08/08/2016	Customer HAWB number valida...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of validating Customer HAWB number? Validating Customer HAWB number helps preventing data entry staff from entering incorrect HAWBs, which as a result, may be questioned by the Customer when settling the invoice. To set Customer HAWB number validation, follow these steps: 1) If HAWB number validation was not set at the moment of registering a new Customer, go to Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer 2) Go to Tab. 8 Other 3) In section "HAWB validation mask" click on box "Open validation mask constructor". This will open a new window "Input HAWB mask" NOTE 1: The fields 15 to 1 reflect each digit / character of HAWB number 4) Available options in every field are: - Alphanumeric (can be either digit or character) - Numeric (can be either of the digits 0-9) - Character (can be either of the characters A-Z) - Empty (emptying text previously entered) 5) Start entering HAWB mask from number 15 to 1 (left to right) NOTE 2: Number of defined fields determines the length of the HAWB. Remaining (not defined) fields will automatically take value "0" (HAWB "padded" with 0). For example, if only 6 fields have been set up (in fields 15-10), allowed length of entered HAWB is 6 digits / characters, remaining ones will become "0". Example: HAWB structure is 2016AXXXX whereby XXXX are any digits. HAWB number mask to enter: - field 15: 2 - field 14: 0 - field 13: 1 - field 12: 5 - field 11: A - field 10: Numeric - field 9: Numeric - field 8: Numeric - field 7: Numeric - field 6: leave blank (will become 0) - field 5: leave blank (will become 0) - field 4: leave blank (will become 0) - field 3: leave blank (will become 0) - field 2: leave blank (will become 0) - field 1: leave blank (will become 0) NOTE 3: After HAWB number mask has been saved, all entered values will move to the right and remaining fields will be blank (will become 0 in HAWB number) 6) Save HAWB validation mask 7) Save modified Customer file. NOTE 4: The length and the structure (mask) of HAWB are validated during HAWB entry (or pre-entry). If entered HAWB number is not matching the mask, the system will display a warning "Invalid HAWB Number. The correct format is (....) Save anyway?" giving an option of still saving HAWB not matching the pre set mask. NOTE 5: Customer HAWB number validation works only for HAWB manual entered or pre-entered. It does not validate HAWB numbers received from external sources, such as interfaces. NOTE 6: Option is available from Orbitrax version 11.2.1 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	29/07/2016	New STS for pallets handlin...
Did you know ... that Orbitrax now includes STS (Standard Transport Service) codes for the pallets? To view existing (default) pallets STS codes and add new ones, if necessary, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.9.6 Service Codes 2) Scroll down until you see the default STS codes for pallets listed: PEAD00, PIAA00 and PIDA00 3) Highlight required STS and double click to open a new window "Service Standard Properties" 4) Complete all the elements in top section of the window: Description, Short Description, Kgs/pieces, Weight option, Type of job (Pickup & delivery jobs or Pickup job only), check or leave unchecked boxes "Service enabled" and "Use security fee" and set colour (to be displayed in the Pickup Order F12). Bottom section of the window "Definition for WEB" will be described in the separate System News 5) Save the record 6) If you require additional service within pallet STS, click on the icon + on the top taskbar, select required STS and double click to open its properties, then complete the details like in item 4) above. Newly created pallet STS will get a sequence number: 01, 02, 03, etc 7) To enter pallets STS tariff, go to Menu option 3.9.2.1 Enter Customer Tariff or 3.9.1.1 Enter Agent Tariff and proceed with pallet STS tariff entry like with any other Customer / Agent tariff entry, using "P" STS codes. Although the most common is using a simple Pallet tariff (per) Pieces, it may also be useful to use Distance / Pieces tariff, whereby price depends on the distance in kilometers.

ORBITRAX.WIN	22/07/2016	Adding tariff code to selec...
Did you know ... that instead of adding Customer tariff codes in Customer File(s) it is now possible to add them from the Customers list? To add tariff code from the Customer list follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer 2) Using options in fields "Field" and "Value", select criteria for displaying Customers list 3) Highlight (mark blue) a Customer for whom you want to enter tariff code 4) Click on icon + Tariff on the top taskbar. This will open a new window "Add Customer Tariff" 5) Enter Customer tariff code in box "Tariff code" and tariff description (if any) in box "Description" 6) Set the order of Customer tariff by checking either "First position" or "Last position". This is the order of the tariff as shown in Customer File, Menu option 3.3.2, Tab 3. Financial, Section "Tariffs". 7) Save. 8) To add tariff code to other Customers from the list, repeat steps 3-7 above. NOTE 1: Tariff code entered from Customer list can be either existing or a new one. NOTE 2: Any changes made in Customer File by entering a tariff code from Customer list (such as tariff entry or setting up the order of newly allocated or changing the order of already existing tariff codes), will be recorded in Customer File, Tab. 12 Audit.

ORBITRAX.WIN	13/07/2016	Customer / Agent Note(s)
Did you know ... that Orbitrax allows keeping Notes about Customers and Agents? Notes can be of various nature: date when the account has been opened, closed, change of VAT number, ID card number (Drivers), SIM card number (Drivers) and any other essential information not entered in any of the Tabs of the Customer / Agent Files. To enter a new Note, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 3.1.2 (Alter Agent) or 3.3.2. (Alter Customer) 2) Go to Tab.2 Note 3) To add a new Note, click on icon + 4) Enter a subject of the Note in field "Subject" 5) Enter the text of the Note in field "Note" 6) The system automatically saves the date of the Note and User who entered it. To read / delete the Note, follow these steps: 7) Go to Menu option 3.1.2 (Alter Agent) or 3.3.2. (Alter Customer) 8) Go to Tab.2 Note 9) Highlight (mark blue) the Note and its text will appear in the bottom section of the screen 10) To delete the Note, providing you have sufficient access rights as a User, highlight it (mark blue) and click on red icon x (Delete) on the top taskbar. NOTE: Sign * (star) next to Tab. 2 Note indicates that there has been at least one Note entered for selected Customer /Agent.

ORBITRAX.WIN	05/07/2016	Credit Control
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has a tool supporting Credit Control? As much as Orbitrax is not a financial program, and as such does not keep record or balances of all financial transactions (Invoices, CNS, payments, etc), it has a little tool to help chasing payments for outstanding invoices. To keep records of taken credit control actions, follow these steps: 1) Go to Customers File, Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer 2) Go to Tab. 13 Credit Control 3) Click on icon + to open new entry screen - Customer credit control properties 4) In the top section "Current action", enter (confirm) date and time of current entry 5) Enter subject of current entry, e.g. Unpaid INV 140333 6) Enter description of current action, e.g. "I spoke with Mr. Smith who promised that the payment will be executed tomorrow, 05/07/2016" 7) In the bottom section "Future action" enter date and time, subject and description, e.g. 06/07/2016, 12:00, Unpaid INV 140333, "If payment not received on 05/07/2016, call Mrs. Smith again" 8) Save the record The text / reminder as specified in item 7) above can be sent to a Credit Controller by email, on the date shown in section Future action. To set this up, follow these steps: 9) Go to Depot File, Menu option 3.7 10) Go to Tab. 10 Contacts 11) Click on icon + to add a new contact. This will open a new window - "Depot Contact Properties" 12) Select context Credit Control 13) Complete the details specified - Person (Name + Surname), Description (e.g. Department), Phone, Fax, Mobile, Email, www (website) NOTE 1: The details entered as in item 13) above will not only be used for sending Credit Control emails / reminders by email, but they will also appear at the bottom of email with INVOICE file sent as an attachment. To set up email scheduler (time and frequency), follow these steps: 14) Go to Task Manager, Menu option 9.1 15) Click on icon + to add new task to the scheduler 16) In section "Task", select task type Credit Control, in the box "Task name" enter task the name, e.g. "Credit Control reminder", if required, in the box "Task description" enter the detailed description of the task 17) In section "Schedules", click on box "New schedule". Enter the criteria for the frequency of email with credit control actions reminder. When finished, click on Save 18) When all the above has been completed, click on Save to save new task schedule 19) Email with credit control actions reminder will be sent as per set schedule to Credit Controller (see items 9-13 above). It is a simple list containing: Customer Code, Date (of action), Time, Subject and Message entered in Orbitrax (see item 7 above) NOTE 2: Task remains open in Customer File (items 1-8 above) as long as it has not been manually closed. Once the task is completed, go to Customer File in Menu option 3.3.2 Alter Customer, Tab. 13 Credit Control, highlight and open completed task and check box "Task closed" at the top right section of the screen. Closing completed tasks leaves only open tasks displayed on screen. Closed or All (Closed and Open) tasks can be displayed by selecting one of the options: Closed or All. NOTE 3: All tasks entered in Customer Files can be found as a summary in Menu option 4.4.20 Customer Credit Control. By default, all opened tasks are displayed, to date. Date can be modified in box "To" and type of the tasks to display can be selected in box "Status" - either Open, Closed or All. Tasks can be selected (multi-selection by Ctrl+left mouse click) and sent in form of above described email, by clicking on icon "Send" (envelope) at the top taskbar.

ORBITRAX.WIN	30/06/2016	Shipments consolidation
Did you know ... that it is now possible to consolidate multiple HAWBs under one, consol HAWB? This may be considered useful, when there are a lot of shipments (from one or multiple sources) to be delivered to the same consignee, as consolidating them into a bigger / heavier consol (or pallet) would be more cost effective than the delivery of each shipment separately. Additional advantage to such solution is, that POD entered for one of the consolidated HAWBs, is populated across all HAWBs within the same, consol HAWB. To consolidate HAWBs, follow these steps: 1) Enter Consol HAWB, the usual way 2) Go to Menu option 1.13.11 Shipment Consolidation 3) To open a scanning session, click on icon + on the top taskbar 4) Enter consol HAWB (see item 1) above) in the box "Consol HAWB" 5) Start scanning consolidated HAWBs, one by one, in the box "Consolidated HAWB" NOTE 1: Consolidated HAWBs should not have Pickup Date older than 3 weeks 6) If it is required, there are extra options of allocating a certain Agent (in the box "Reallocate consolidated HAWB to") and / or STS (in the box "Service") 7) Once all consolidated HAWBs have been scanned, choose one of the output options for Report of Consolidated Shipments: print (on printer), preview or save as pdf file. At its bottom, Report has space for the names and the signatures of the driver and the consignee 8) Once the Report has been printed, close the window by clicking on down arrow icon on the top taskbar. This will move you back to the main window - "Shipment consolidation file" 9) Click on the third right icon on the top taskbar "Close session", to change status of scanning session from "Open" to "Closed" NOTE 2: All consolidated HAWBs will be automatically given a flag "Manifested", so that they do not appear on the Driver's Delivery / Run Sheet NOTE 3: When consol / consolidated HAWBs are viewed in Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s), the title of the HAWB screen shows either "Consol" or "Consolidated" NOTE 4: In addition, option "Shipment Consol" in Tab. 4. Other of HAWB, shows the details of consolidation: consol HAWB, all consolidated HAWBs, Pickup / Export Date, Customer, Service (STS), Zone, Zipcode, Town, Delivery Agent, weight, pieces and consignee. NOTE 5: For simplifying the search for consol and consolidated HAWBs, section "Consolidation" with options "Any", "Consol" and "Consolidated" has been added to Advanced Search in Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s). It is located on the right hand side, in the middle of the Advanced Search screen.

ORBITRAX.WIN	28/06/2016	Warehouse inventory
Did you know ... that Orbitrax has an option of scanning and generating a report of all shipments (pieces) held in the warehouse? To generate an inventory Report, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.13.12 Warehouse inventory 2) To start new scanning session, click on icon + on the top taskbar. This will open a new window "Warehouse inventory" 3) Select one of the Scan options - either by Customer (single Customer) or by a group of Customers (Customer Group) 4) Depending on above selection two options will be available - Customer or Group. Enter either Customer Code or Group Code 5) Upon above selection, the bottom section of the screen will show all shipments in the Warehouse (scanned IN previously) either for selected Customer or group of Customers. The details displayed are: HAWB, Pickup date, Customer (Code), ZipCpde, Town and number of pieces to scan 6) Start scanning HAWBs (pieces) in the field "HAWB" 7) The details of scanned HAWBs are: HAWB, Piece number, number of pieces scanned, date and time of scan and indication whether or not HAWB (piece) has been previously scanned IN (Yes/No) 8) Once scanning has been finished, choose one of the Report printing outputs from the top taskbar: Print, Preview or Save as pdf. 9) Details printed on Report are: HAWB number, Piece reference and the following indications whether or not a scanned piece: - is in the system (In system Y/N) - has been previously scanned (Scan in Y/N) - has been consolidated (Consolidated Y/N) - has been scanned OUT (Scan out Y/N) - has been manifested (Manifested Y/N) 10) Once scanning has been finished and Inventory report printed, close scanning session by clicking on down arrow icon on the top taskbar. This will move you back to the main screen "Warehouse inventory". Click on third top right icon "Close Inventory" on the top taskbar to change status of scanning session from "Open" to "Closed". NOTE 1: Warehouse inventory is only meant to produce an Inventory Report. It does not add any scan record to HAWB SSR Log. NOTE 2: Option is available from Orbitrax version 11.1.2 onwards.

ORBITRAX.WIN	14/06/2016	PODs / SSRs entry by Delive...
Did you know ... that PODs / SSRs for HAWBs, which were printed on Delivery Sheet, can be entered all in one place, instead of on each HAWB individually? This is particularly useful, when the drivers collect PODs / SSRs on paper Delivery Sheet, which then have to be manually entered in Orbitrax. In order to do enter PODs / SSRs by Delivery Sheet, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 2.3 SSR Entry by Delivery Sheet. 2) Enter Delivery Sheet Number where prompted and click on OK 3) This will open a new window "Shipments On Delivery Sheet", whereby HAWBs appear in the Delivery Sheet sequence 4) Double click on HAWB or click on top left icon "Add SSR Log" to open HAWB POD / SSR Entry screen 5) Proceed with POD / SSR Entry as usual, when entered click on icon Save 6) You will then be moved back to "Shipments On Delivery Sheet" screen and next on list HAWB will be highlighted, ready for POD / SSR Entry 7) Continue entering PODs / SSRs till the end of the list 8) When all PODs / SSRs have been entered, close the list by clicking on top right icon "Close"

ORBITRAX.WIN	07/06/2016	Searching for over sized an...
Did you know ... that you can now search by dimensions and / or weight of a single piece? The purpose for this search is identifying HAWBs matching selected criteria, creating shipment pack and adding Over seized or Overweight SPS to selected HAWBs in order to have them correctly priced. To search for over sized and / or overweight pieces, follow these steps: 1) Go to Menu option 1.3 Alter/View HAWB(s) 2) On the top taskbar, click on Advanced Search icon (binoculars). This will open a new window - Advanced Search 3) System always prompts last week. On the first screen Tab Main 1. you may want (this is not mandatory) to select basic criteria - different than prompted dates, Customer, Shipper, Consignee, HAWB Status, Type - DOX, NDX, etc